H274738001P00 PDF

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)
PMT OPRNS
SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ARAMCO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.
ENGG CERT
DESCRIPTION
100% DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING FOR

Issued for IFC
BI-23-10028 PUBLIC SCHOOLS – EAST DAMMAM II HOME OWNERSHIP
FIVE (5) SCHOOLS - DAMMAM

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
06/01/22
DATE
BOYS & GIRLS SCHOOL COMPLEX

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
January 06 2022
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
Al Khobar Saudi Arabia

BY:
REVISIONCERTIFICATION
APPROVAL/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS,
THIS INDICATES THAT REV. NO.__________
CERTIFICATE
OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL
BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
Construction Specifications DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHT.NO. REV.NO.
REVISION
90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 1

East Dammam II Home Ownership
381 A HE-274738
of 00
Dammam SAUDI ARABIA BI / JO: 23-10028-0001 3
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EGEC – BI-23-10028 –Construction Specifications – Dammam
PMT OPRNS
Construction Specifications
ENGG CERT
List of Sections
Section No. Title
Division 1 - General Requirements
01000 General Specifications

01005 Miscellaneous Requirements
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
01010 Summary of Work

01051 Surveying
01400 Quality Control
01710 Cleaning Up
Division 2 - Sitework
02000 General Instructions

02050 Demolition and Alterations
23-10028-
02110 Clearing and Grubbing

JO/EWO
0001
02200 Earthwork
02210 Excavating, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
06/01/22
DATE
02231 Geotextile
02444 Chain Link Fence and Gates
02480 Landscaping
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 02513 Sub-Base/Base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving

ENGINEER
02515 Concrete Walkways and Sidewalks
02516 Unit Pavers
DATE:
PROJECT 02527 Street Markings
ENGINEER
02528 Concrete Edging, Concrete Curbs and Gutters
02575 Pavement Cutting, Repair and Reinstatement
DATE:
CERTIFIED
02601 Site Non-Electric Utilities Network Appurtenances
02610 Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Pipes for Gravity Sanitary Sewer
DATE:
Applications
CONSTRUCTION 02615 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings
AGENCY
02622 Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (UPVC) Pipe and Fittings
DATE:
02623 RTR (Fiberglass Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings
OPERATIONS 02720 Drainage System
02725 Irrigation Distribution System
02790 Synthetic Turf Systems
DATE:
02863 Play Structures and Play Area Surfacing
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Division 3 - Concrete
03100 Concrete Formwork

ENGG CERT
03200 Concrete Reinforcement

03210 Epoxy Coated Concrete Reinforcement
03251 Construction, Expansion and Contraction Joints
03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03400 Precast Concrete
Division 4 – Masonry
DESCRIPTION
04300 Reinforced Unit Masonry System

Issued for IFC
Division 5 - Metals
05120 Structural Steel

05300 Metal Roof Panel
05315 Metal Deck
05500 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication
Division 6 - Wood & Plastics

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06100 Rough Carpentry

06/01/22
06620 Solid Surfacing Materials

DATE
Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 07100 Damp proofing and Waterproofing
07110 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing
DATE:
07210 Building Insulation
PROJECT
ENGINEER 07220 Roof Deck Insulation
07256 Sprayed Fireproofing
DATE: 07531 Roofing System
CERTIFIED
07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07631 Roof Walkway Treads
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
07810 Unit Skylights
AGENCY 07920 Sealants and Caulking
DATE:
Division 8 - Doors and Windows
OPERATIONS
08100 Metal Doors and Frames

DATE: 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames
CONTROL NUMBER
08211 Flush Wood Doors

VERIFICATION
08520 Aluminum Windows

EDSD
08665 Vertical Sliding Serving Windows

DATE:
08710 Hardware
BY:
08800 Glass and Glazing

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Division 9 - Finishes
09260 Gypsum Board Systems

ENGG CERT
09310 Ceramic Tiles

09330 Quarry Floor Tile and Base
09511 Suspended Acoustical Ceiling
09516 Acoustical Panels
09660 Resilient Flooring
09680 Carpet
09770 Seamless Flooring System, Athletic Surface-Indoor
09810 Acoustic Insulation
DESCRIPTION
09900 Painting
Issued for IFC
Division 10 - Specialties
10110 Marker Boards

10120 Tackboards
10165 Phenolic Toilet Partitions
10240 Aluminum Trellis and Screens
10241 Aluminum Bleacher
10260 Wall and Corner Guards
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
10350 Flagpoles
10442 Photomurals
06/01/22
10530 Bleacher Shed

DATE
10710 Site Furnishing

10800 Toilet Accessories
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Division 11 - Equipment
DATE:
11000 General Equipment
PROJECT
ENGINEER 11900 Kitchen Units and Appliances
DATE: Division 12 - Furnishings

CERTIFIED
12100 General Furniture and Accessories

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
12356 Custom Wood Casework
AGENCY 12370 Wood Casework
12501 Blinds
DATE:
12535 Motorized Draperies and Stage Curtain
OPERATIONS
12692 Floor Mats and Frames
DATE: Division 13 - Special Construction – Not Used

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Division 14 - Conveying Systems – Not Used

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
- END OF VOLUME 1 LIST –

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
List of Sections
Section No. Title
Division 15 - Mechanical
15001 Industry Codes and Standards

15050 Basic Mechanical Material and Methods
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
15051 Cleaning Pipe and Equipment

15060 Chilled Water Piping
15140 Piping and Ducting Supports
15190 Mechanical Identification
15240 Vibration and Sound Isolation
15260 Piping Insulation
15290 Duct Insulation
15300 Fire Protection System
15320 Fire Protection Pumps
23-10028-
15410 Water Supply Piping System

JO/EWO
0001
15411 Drainage Piping Systems

15430 Plumbing Specialties
06/01/22
DATE
15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment

15445 Booster Pumps
15450 Reverse Osmosis (RO) Water Treatment Plant
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
15530 Refrigerant Piping and Accessories
ENGINEER 15540 Chilled Water Pumps
15545 Chemical Dosing Pot for Water Chiller System
DATE:
PROJECT
15604 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Storage Tank
ENGINEER
15680 Air Cooled Chillers
15782 Close Control Air Conditioning Units
DATE:
CERTIFIED
15831 Air Curtains
15840 Electric Duct Heaters
DATE:
15855 Air Handling Unit
CONSTRUCTION 15860 Exhaust Fans
AGENCY
15890 Ductwork
15910 Ductwork Accessories
DATE:
OPERATIONS 15930 Variable Air Volume Terminals
15940 Air Inlets and Outlets
15950 HVAC Controls
DATE:
15960 Variable Frequency Drive
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Division 16 – Electrical/Telecommunications
ENGG CERT
16100 Electrical - General

16110 Raceways
16115 Underground Electric Distribution System
16120 Wires and Cables, Low Voltage
16130 Boxes
16140 Wiring Devices
16145 Variable Frequency Drive
16150 Motors
DESCRIPTION
16160 Panelboards
Issued for IFC
16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices

16361 Low Voltage Switchboard
16450 Grounding
16500 Lighting
16605 Utility Power Distribution System for the Schools
16670 Lightning Protection System
16721 Fire Alarm System
16726 Sound System
16730 Master Synchronous Digital Clock System
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
16740 Telephone/Data System

16750 Data Network System
06/01/22
16783 IP CCTV System

DATE
16950 Miscellaneous Equipment

16999 Electrical Field Acceptance Tests
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
IT Equipment
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER - END OF VOLUME 2 LIST –
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01000
ENGG CERT
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SUBSECTION INDEX
1.0 Definitions
2.0 Abbreviations
3.0 Construction and Materials Standards
DESCRIPTION
4.0 Materials - Inspection

Issued for IFC
5.0 Contractor's Shop and Working Drawings

6.0 Product Options
7.0 Substitution
8.0 Interface with Other Contracts
9.0 Limits of Normal Excavation
10.0 Storage of Materials
11.0 Safety
12.0 Sanitary Regulations
13.0 Lines, Grades and Measurements
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
14.0 Work to Conform

15.0 Bolts, Anchor Bolts and Nuts
06/01/22
16.0 Cutting and Patching

DATE
17.0 Protection Against Electrolysis

18.0 Geotechnical Information
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
19.0 As-Built Drawings
ENGINEER
DATE:
1.0 Definitions: Refer to Schedule "A" of the Contract.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.0 Abbreviations
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Where any of the following abbreviations are used in the Contract Documents, they
shall have the meaning set forth opposite each: -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Standards:
DATE:
AASHTO American Association State Highway and Transportation
OPERATIONS
Officials
DATE: ACI American Concrete Institute

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute.

EDSD
DATE:
AAN American Association of Nurserymen

BY:
AOAC Association of Analytical Chemists

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
BS British Standards
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
ENGG CERT
ANS American National Standard
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APCS Approved Protective Coating Systems
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

DESCRIPTION
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

Issued for IFC
AWG American or Brown and Sharp Wire Gauge

AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (USA)
DIN Deutsches Institut Fur Normung e.V.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Fed. Federal Specifications issued by the Specs. Federal Supply

Service of the General (FS) Services Administration,
06/01/22
DATE
Washington, D.C., USA

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
IEC International Electrical Commission
DATE:
ISO International Organization for Standardization
PROJECT
ENGINEER MOT Ministry of Transport
DATE:
CERTIFIED MOPTT Ministry of Post, Telegraph and Telephone
DATE:
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
NEC National Electrical Code (USA)
DATE:
OPERATIONS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association (USA)

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
SASO Saudi Arabian Standards Organization

EDSD
SEC Saudi Electricity Company

DATE:
BY:
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
UBC Uniform Building Code
ENGG CERT
UL Underwriters' Laboratories (USA)
2. Miscellaneous:
mm Millimeter
cm Centimeter
DESCRIPTION
m Meter
Issued for IFC
LM Linear meter
in. Inch
ft. Foot
sq.mm Square millimeter

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
sq.cm Square centimeter

06/01/22
sq.m Square meter

DATE
sq.ft Square feet

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER cu.m Cubic meters
DATE:
g Grams
PROJECT
ENGINEER
kg Kilogram
DATE:
CERTIFIED
lb Pound
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
C Centigrade (Celsius)
AGENCY
F Fahrenheit
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A Ampere
DATE: v Volt
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
kv Kilovolt
EDSD
DATE:
Hz Hertz
BY:
hr Hour
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
kg/sq.cm Kilogram per square centimeter

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KN/m Kilonewton per meter
ENGG CERT
kPa Kilopascal
MPa Mega pascal
psi Pounds per square inch
psig Pounds per square inch gage

DESCRIPTION
DB Direct Burial
Issued for IFC
ppm Parts per million
TDS Total dissolved solids
AC Alternating current
DC Direct current
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
GE General Electric
06/01/22
No. Number
DATE
min. minimum
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER max. maximum
DATE:
% percent
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.0 Construction and Materials Standards

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Where reference is made to construction or materials standards in this Specification
or on the Drawings, the latest edition of the relevant standards shall apply, unless
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
otherwise specified.
AGENCY
4.0 Materials - Inspection

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Unless otherwise expressly provided on the Drawings or in any of the other Contract
Documents, only new materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the Work. All
DATE: materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor to be incorporated in the Work
CONTROL NUMBER
shall be subject to inspection by Saudi Aramco Representative, and to enable him to

VERIFICATION
give approval, the Contractor shall submit complete material or equipment

EDSD
manufacturer information in a formal shop drawing submittal. All inspections,

DATE:
certificates, records and data for installed equipment shall be submitted or performed
BY:
in accordance with Standard Inspection Procedures.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5.0 Contractor's Shop and Working Drawings
A. Contractor shall comply with requirements of the Contract and as herein specified.
ENGG CERT
B. Contractor shall submit shop and working drawings complete as follows but not
necessarily limited to:
1. Concrete reinforcement and structural plans, sections, details showing exact

location and type of all openings, sleeves, wall castings, anchors, water stops
and construction and expansion joints. Detail steel bending schedules
prepared by the Contractor using standard schedules or as specified by Saudi
DESCRIPTION
Aramco Representative.
Issued for IFC
2. Electrical, wiring, conduits layout, etc., complete as mentioned above as

applicable except for isometric piping.
3. The shop drawings shall include but not limited to the following:
a. Installation details of mechanical items, utility appurtenances including

manholes, valve chambers, inspection chambers, mounting pads,
pavements, trenches for different pipe material and size in different
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
type of soil, reinforced concrete items like lintels, thurst blocks, pipe
directional changes, fire hose/fire reel installations, HVAC systems,
06/01/22
floor drains, vanity counters, faucets, sprays, instrumentation items,

DATE
etc; vendors, etc; trellis, doors, windows, louvers, etc.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
4. Civil and architectural and all other works as required.
ENGINEER
C. Such drawings shall show the principal dimensions, weight, structural and operating
DATE:
features, space required, clearances, type and/or brand of finish and shop coat,
PROJECT
ENGINEER grease fittings, etc. depending on the subject of the drawing. When it is customary to
do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or when so specified, the
DATE: drawings shall be certified by the manufacturer or fabricator as corrected for the
CERTIFIED
Contract. All submittals shall be checked, approved and certified by the Contractor.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Contractor shall submit complete manufacturer's specifications, catalog data,
AGENCY descriptive matter, illustrations, etc., marked up to show only data related to this
Contract. Submission shall be in quadruplicate including minimum one original copy.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt and timely submittal of all shop and
working drawings so that there shall be no delay to the Work due to the absence of
DATE: such drawings. Prior to the submittal of any shop drawings, Contractor shall submit a
CONTROL NUMBER
schedule of proposed shop drawing transmittals. The schedule shall identify the
VERIFICATION
subject matter of each transmittal, the corresponding specification section number

EDSD
and the proposed date of submission. During the progress of the Work the schedule
DATE:
shall be revised and resubmitted as necessary.

BY:
F. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated for the Contract until the
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
required shop and working drawings have been submitted as herein above provided
(DCC) NO. _____________________
and reviewed and approved by Saudi Aramco Representative for conformance to the
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Contract requirements. All such materials and equipment and the work involved in
their installation or incorporation into the Work shall then be as shown in and
represented by the said drawings.
ENGG CERT
G. Only shop and working drawings, approved by Saudi Aramco Representative shall be
used for fabrication, installation or supervision of the Work.
H. Until the necessary review has been made, Contractor shall not proceed with any
approved portion of the Work (such as the construction of foundations), the design or
details of which are dependent upon the design or details of work, materials,
equipment or other features for which review is required.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
I. All shop and working drawings shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative by
and/or through Contractor, who shall be responsible for obtaining shop and working
drawings prepared on standard size, (A, B, C, D and E) or metric equivalent sheets,
except those which are made by changing existing standard shop or working
drawings. All drawings shall be clearly marked with the names of Saudi Aramco,
Contractor, and building, equipment, or structure to which the drawing applies, and
shall be suitably numbered. Each shipment of drawings shall be accompanied by a
letter of transmittal giving a list of the drawing numbers and the names mentioned
above.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
J. Only drawings which have been checked and corrected by the fabricator shall be
06/01/22
submitted to Contractor by his Sub-Contractors and Vendors. Prior to submitting

DATE
drawings to Saudi Aramco Representative, Contractor shall check thoroughly all such
drawings to satisfy himself that the subject matter thereof conforms to the Drawings
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
and Specifications in all respects. All drawings which are correct shall be marked with
ENGINEER the date, checker's name, and indication of Contractor's approval, and then shall be
submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative; other drawings shall be returned for
DATE:
correction.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
K. If a shop drawing shows any deviation from the Contract requirements, Contractor
DATE: shall make specific mention of the deviations in his letter of transmittal.
CERTIFIED
L. The review of shop and working drawings hereunder will be general only, and nothing
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
contained in this General Specification shall relieve, diminish or alter in any respect
AGENCY the responsibilities of Contractor under the Contract Documents and in particular, the
specific responsibility of Contractor for details of design and dimensions necessary for
DATE:
proper fitting and construction of the Work as required by the Contract and for
OPERATIONS
achieving the result and performance specified thereunder.
DATE: M. One marked-up copy of the shop and working drawings and one marked-up copy of
CONTROL NUMBER
catalog cuts will be returned to Contractor. Contractor shall furnish additional copies
VERIFICATION
of such drawings or catalog cuts when so requested.

EDSD
DATE:
6.0 Product Options

BY:
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
meeting those standards or description.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
ENGG CERT
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for

Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
7.0 Substitution
A. All requests for substitutions must be submitted in writing to Saudi Aramco

Representative.
DESCRIPTION
B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed

Issued for IFC
Substitution with Contract Documents.
C. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds

the quality level of the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified
product.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be
06/01/22
required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owners.

DATE
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
become apparent.
ENGINEER
5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with

DATE:
reapproval by Saudi Aramco Representative.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop
DATE: drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when
CERTIFIED
acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
E. Substitutions Submittal Procedure:
AGENCY
1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each
DATE:
request to one proposed Substitution.
OPERATIONS
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results for both the
DATE: originally specified item and the proposed substitution, so that Saudi Aramco
CONTROL NUMBER
Representative may easily make a comparison between the two products.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Saudi Aramco Representative will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to

DATE:
accept or reject request.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
8.0 Interface With Other Contracts
A. Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of Saudi Aramco

ENGG CERT
Representative, afford access to the site for other Contractors to complete their work
as and when necessary and directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
9.0 Limits of Normal Excavation
A. Limits of excavation shall be as defined in Sections 02200 and 02210.
10.0 Storage of Materials

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. All excavated materials to be incorporated in the Work shall be placed so as not to

injure any part of the Work or existing facilities and so that free access can be
maintained at all times to all parts of the Work and to all existing utility installations in
the vicinity of the Work. Materials shall be kept neatly piled and properly stored in
such locations as will cause minimum of inconvenience. Contractor shall comply with
Saudi Aramco Work Permit requirements.
11.0 Safety
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Schedules `B’ and `D’ and all other
Contract Documents.
06/01/22
DATE
12.0 Sanitary Regulations

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Contract and Saudi Arabian
ENGINEER Standards Organization (SASO).
DATE:
13.0 Lines, Grades and Measurements
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Contractor shall deploy a competent full time Civil Engineer. Contractor shall require
DATE: said Engineer to establish all lines, elevations, reference marks, batter boards, etc.,
CERTIFIED
needed by Contractor during the progress of the Work, and from time to time to verify
such marks by instrument or other appropriate means. Contractor shall deploy a
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
qualified surveying team capable enough to carryout Works related to all surveying
AGENCY Works (specifically having thorough know how of coordinates, as most of the Work is
done with coordinates).
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Saudi Aramco Representative shall be permitted at all times to check the lines,
elevations, reference marks, batter boards, etc., set by Contractor, who shall correct
DATE: any errors in lines, elevations, reference marks, batter boards, etc., disclosed by such
CONTROL NUMBER
check. Such a check shall not be construed to be an approval of Contractor's work

VERIFICATION
and shall not relieve or diminish in any way the responsibility of Contractor for the
EDSD
accurate and satisfactory construction and completion of the entire Work.

DATE:
BY:
C. Contractor shall make all measurements and check all dimensions necessary for the
proper construction of the Work called for by the Drawings and Specifications. During
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
the execution of the Work, Contractor shall make all necessary measurements to
(DCC) NO. _____________________
prevent errors in the Work.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Contractor shall provide at his own expense batter boards, forms, materials, and labor
as may be required or directed. If Contractor for any reason removes, or permits to
ENGG CERT
remove, any reference marks established, the replacement of such reference marks
shall be set at Contractor's expense.
E. Contractor shall furnish to Saudi Aramco Representative such assistance as may be

needed for setting or checking lines and grades and making other measurements in
connection with the Work.
F. This will require the part-time services of one or two men of Contractor's organization.
DESCRIPTION
Such help shall be furnished promptly, whenever needed, in order not to delay the
Issued for IFC
Work.
14.0 Work to Conform
A. During its progress and on its completion, the Work shall conform truly to the lines,
levels, and grades indicated on the Drawings or given by Saudi Aramco
Representative and shall be built in a thoroughly substantial and workmanlike
manner, in strict compliance with the Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents and the directions given from time to time by Saudi Aramco
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Representative. Crossing of sewer/water lines etc. shall be in accordance with Saudi

Arabian Standards Organization (SASO).
06/01/22
DATE
15.0 Bolts, Anchor Bolts and Nuts

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. All necessary bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, washers and plates shall be furnished by
ENGINEER Contractor in accordance herewith. Anchor bolts shall have suitable washers and,
where so required, their nuts shall be hexagonal.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. All anchor bolts, nuts, washers and plates shall be galvanized unless otherwise
indicated or specified.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
C. Expansion bolts shall have malleable iron and lead composition elements of the
required number of units and size.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. Unless otherwise specified, stud, tap, and machine bolts, and nuts shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification for High-Strength Bolts for
DATE:
Structural Steel Joints, Designation A325 and A490 as applicable. Hexagonal nuts of
OPERATIONS
the same quality of metal as the bolts shall be used. All thread shall be clean cut and
shall conform to ANSI Standard B1.1-1974 for Unified inch Screw Threads (UN and
DATE: UNR Thread Form).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
E. Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers, specified to be galvanized, shall be zinc
EDSD
coated, after being threaded, by the hot-dip process in conformity with the ASTM
DATE:
Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated

BY:
from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip, Designation
A123, or the ASTM Standard Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Steel Hardware, Designation A153, as is appropriate.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers specified to be stainless steel shall be Type
316 stainless steel.
ENGG CERT
G. Anchor bolts and expansion bolts shall be set accurately. If anchor bolts are set
before the concrete has been placed, they shall be carefully held in suitable templates
of acceptable design. Where indicated on the Drawings, specified, or required,
anchor bolts shall be provided with square plates at least 100 mm (4 in) by 100 mm (4
in) by 10 mm (3/8 in) or shall have square heads and washers and be set in the
concrete forms with suitable pipe sleeves, or both. If anchor or expansion bolts are
set after the concrete has been placed, all necessary drilling and grouting or caulking
shall be done by Contractor and care shall be taken not to damage the structure or
DESCRIPTION
finish by cracking, chipping, spalling, or otherwise during the drilling and caulking.
Issued for IFC
16.0 Cutting and Patching
A. Contractor shall leave all chases or openings for the installation of his own work or
any other Contractors and Sub Contractors work concerned in reference to this Work.
B. In case of his failure to leave or cut all such openings or have all such sleeves
provided and set in proper time, he shall cut them or set them afterwards at his own
expense, but in doing so he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be
cut without the written consent of Saudi Aramco Representative.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work
specified herein to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER D. All of this Work shall be done by careful workmen competent to do such work and
with the proper small hand tools. Power tools shall not be used except where, in the
DATE:
opinion of Saudi Aramco Representative the type of tool proposed can be used
PROJECT
ENGINEER without damage to any work or structures and without inconvenience or interference
with the operation of any facilities. Saudi Aramco Representative's concurrence with
DATE: the type of tools shall not in any way relieve or diminish the responsibility of
CERTIFIED
Contractor for such damage, inconvenience, or interference resulting from the use of
such tools.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Contractor shall not cut or alter the work of any sub-Contractor or any other
Contractor, nor permit any of his sub-Contractors to cut or alter the work of any other
DATE:
Contractor or sub-Contractor, except with the written consent of Contractor or sub-
OPERATIONS
Contractor whose work is to be cut or altered or with the written consent of Saudi
Aramco Representative. All cutting and patching or repairing made necessary by the
DATE: negligence, carelessness, or incompetence of Contractor or any of his sub-
CONTROL NUMBER
Contractors shall be done by or at the expense of Contractor and shall be the

VERIFICATION
responsibility of Contractor.
EDSD
DATE:
17.0 Protection Against Electrolysis

BY:
A. Where dissimilar metals are used in conjunction with each other, suitable insulation
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
shall be provided between adjoining surfaces so as to eliminate direct contact and

(DCC) NO. _____________________
any resultant electrolysis. The insulation shall be bituminous impregnated felt, heavy
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
bituminous coatings, non-metallic separators or washers, or other acceptable
materials.
ENGG CERT
18.0 Geotechnical Information
A. Contractor shall perform additional soil investigation to confirm suitability of the soil for
the buildings. Availability of the attached geotechnical report shall in no way relieve
Contractor from his responsibility to determine or verify actual site conditions.
19.0 As-Built Drawings

DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Schedules `A’ and `B’ of the Contract.

Issued for IFC
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01005
ENGG CERT
MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
SUBSECTION INDEX
1.0 General
2.0 Traffic Control
3.0 Voltage Ratings of Motors
DESCRIPTION
4.0 Start-up Spare Parts

Issued for IFC
5.0 Delivery, Storage and Handling
1.0 General
A. Contractor shall conform to all miscellaneous requirements as herein specified.
2.0 Traffic Control
A. For control of traffic, Contractor shall provide an adequate number of flag-men

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
employed at his own expense.

06/01/22
B. The employment or presence of traffic flag-men, shall in no way relieve Contractor of

DATE
any responsibility or liability which is his, under the terms of the Contract.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
C. Contractor shall provide detour signs, barricades, etc., as and where required.
ENGINEER
D. A traffic flow plan shall be provided.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. All traffic signs shall be standard in compliance with Saudi Government regulations.
DATE: 3.0 Voltage Ratings of Motors

CERTIFIED
A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on Drawing, motors rated voltages shall be

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
400V, 3 phase or 230V, single phase, 60 Hz as per Saudi Building Code.
AGENCY
4.0 Start-Up Spare Parts

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Refer to schedule `G' of the Contract.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

DATE:
BY:
B. Shipping:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Ship equipment, material and specified spare parts complete except where
partial disassembly is required by transportation regulations or for protection
of components.
ENGG CERT
2. Pack spare parts in containers bearing labels clearly designating contents and
pieces of equipment for which intended.
3. Deliver specified spare parts at same time as pertaining equipment. Deliver to

Saudi Aramco after completion of Work.
C. Receiving:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Assume responsibility for equipment, material and spare parts before

unloading from carrier at site.
2. Inspect and inventory items upon delivery to site.
3. Unload, haul, and store items.
4. Pay all demurrage charges if failed to promptly unload items.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
5. Store and safeguard equipment, material and spare parts.

06/01/22
DATE
- END OF SECTION -
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01010
ENGG CERT
SUMMARY OF WORK
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Introduction
DESCRIPTION
1.02 General Description of the Work

Issued for IFC
Part 2 - Products - Not Used
Part 3 - Execution - Not Used
Part 1 - General
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.01 Introduction
06/01/22
A. The construction specification together with the Drawings listed in the project
DATE
documents constitute the basis for the complete Works to be performed by the
Contractor.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. The Scope of Work comprises five (5) schools, and supporting buildings such as gate
entrances with guardrooms, substations, electrical rooms, garbage enclosures RO
DATE:
and FW/PW pump room, FW/RW tanks area, chiller yard, chiller pump shed, shaded
PROJECT
ENGINEER waiting areas, and outdoor sports facilities.
C. This section shall be read in conjunction with and is part of Schedule B of the
DATE: Construction Contract.
CERTIFIED
D. In case of any conflict between the Contract documents, the Contractor shall inform
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Saudi Aramco Representative and receive his directions before taking any further
AGENCY action.
DATE:
E. Construction Contractor is responsible for supplying all additional materials missed or
OPERATIONS
short of quantities as required during construction to complete the Work.
DATE: 1.02 General Description of the Work

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The Work as specified herein and shown on the Drawings generally includes but not
EDSD
limited to the following:

DATE:
BY:
A. Site:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Site preparation including site surveys, clearing and rough grading as
required.
ENGG CERT
2. Site grading, compaction, and storm drainage.
3. Provision for paved asphalt service parking, landscaped areas and concrete
walkways within the school lot area.
4. Installation of area lighting within the school lot area.
5. Provision for site development including curbing, planting, irrigation and site
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
furniture, etc.
B. Buildings:
1. Provision for permanent (1) single-storey school with rigid steel frame and
pre-cast concrete perimeter wall cladding with dry wall internal partitions,
and fully air-conditioned by variable air flow central DX system.
2. Provision for permanent (2) two-storey school with rigid steel frame and
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
pre-cast concrete perimeter wall cladding with dry wall internal partitions,
and fully air-conditioned by variable air flow central DX system.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Provision for a permanent typical single storey guardhouse with rigid steel
frames and precast concrete perimeter wall cladding for each school
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
entrances.
ENGINEER
DATE:
4. Provision for permanent outdoor and indoor Basketball / Volleyball courts.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
5. Provision of outdoor soccer field play area, shaded seating, and all
DATE: essentials to complete the work.
CERTIFIED
6. Provision for permanent Shaded Playground including play

DATE:
structure/equipment with space frame structure.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
7. Provision for RO & RW/FW Pump Room in precast concrete panel bearing
DATE:
OPERATIONS
walls and precast hollow core slab.
DATE: 8. Provision for chiller yard and FW/RW tanks area.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
9. Provision for shaded chiller pump shed.

EDSD
DATE:
10. Provision of waiting shed for every school building located in front
BY:
entrances.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
11. Provision of precast concrete panel for Chiller Plant and FW/RW Tanks
Area enclosures.
ENGG CERT
12. Provision of trash enclosure located at the back of the schools respectively.
13. Provision of internal parking with fence and access gates at Boys school
complex.
14. Provision for an electrical room with rigid steel frames and precast concrete
perimeter wall cladding.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Utilities:
1. Provision of electrical utility systems including indoor lighting, power

distribution equipment, receptacles, wiring, above and underground cabling,
power supply to mechanical equipment, transformers and service
equipment and power cabling to the buildings.
2. Provision for a complete voice/data communication system, Public Address,

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Time program synchronized Clock/Bells system, and CCTV system to serve

the school including cabling and equipment inside the building and POT'S
Telephone infrastructure outside the building and on site.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Provision of drinking water, fire water, irrigation water and waste water
NO.
REV
00
piping to serve the school, including trench excavation, dewatering if

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
necessary, bedding, installation of utilities and all required accessories and
appurtenances, backfilling and compaction of backfill, in addition to testing
DATE: and disinfection of pipes.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
4. Provision for a plumbing system including a centralized drinking water
DATE: system.
CERTIFIED
5. Provision for central DX air-conditioning system and associated piping to

DATE: serve the buildings.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
6. Provision of a fire fighting system including portable fire extinguisher and

DATE:
OPERATIONS fire hose cabinets.
7. Provision of fire detection system to the proposed buildings.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
8. Provision of storm drainage system.

EDSD
D. The Work to be performed by Contractor includes, but shall not be limited to the
DATE:
following:
BY:
1. Site preparation, site survey and layout, site grading and excavation
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
whether in common soil or in rock and backfilling, compaction, walkways

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
and foundations of all structures, transportation of any needed borrow
materials, and disposal of excess and unsuitable materials at a
Government approved dumping area or at location designated by Saudi
ENGG CERT
2. Excavation of all utilities trenches, dewatering if necessary, bedding,

bypassing excavated utilities, installation of all utilities and accessories
such as distribution water network, irrigation network, sewer network,
electric and lighting systems and telecommunication system, backfilling
and compaction of backfill to specified standards. Work shall also include
testing and disinfecting of pipes prior to use.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3. Construction of asphalt parking areas, development of concrete

walkways/open spaces including site preparation, grading, irrigation
network, and associated lighting, and other structures as shown on the
plans. The Work also shall include construction of sidewalks, walkways,
curbs, concrete edging, tree wells and other furniture, and asphalt
markings.
E. Contractor shall provide all required personnel and equipment and all other work
required to provide complete operational facilities.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
F. The Contractor shall furnish three (3) sets of reproducible final as-built drawings
06/01/22
and electronic files related to this project.

DATE
G. The Contractor shall perform continuous site clean-up during the project and after
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
demobilization and shall adhere to Saudi Aramco Quality and Safety Procedures.
ENGINEER
H. Testing of all materials shall be done at Contractor’s expense by an independent

DATE:
Saudi Aramco approved laboratory or independent laboratory chosen by Saudi
PROJECT
ENGINEER Aramco Representative.
DATE: I. Testing and commissioning of all the works by Contractor shall be done by
CERTIFIED
qualified personnel.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Part 2 - Products - Not Used
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
- END OF SECTION -
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01051
ENGG CERT
SURVEYING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC
1.03 Reference Standards

1.04 Contractor Responsibility
1.05 Accuracy and Quality Assurance
1.06 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Stakes
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
3.01 Surveying Work

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 1 - GENERAL
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing survey crew, setting up
reference points and bench marks, vertical and horizontal setting out of all grading,
DATE: trench work, utility installations, roadways, asphalt paving, walkways and other works
CERTIFIED
forming part of the Contract.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Work is to be performed in accordance with the conditions set forth in subsection 1.03
AGENCY of Section 02000 General Instructions.
DATE:
1.02 Related Work
OPERATIONS
A. Section 02000 - General Instructions

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Section 02513 - Base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving

DATE:
BY:
D. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
E. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization.
1.04 Contractor Responsibility
A. Contractor responsibility includes, but is not limited to:
1. Performing all surveys for the duration of the Contract to ensure that levels
and locations conform to the design Drawings, and shop/working drawings
DESCRIPTION
approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.

Issued for IFC
2. Making formal requests to Saudi Aramco for data on survey control points
related to the project prior to construction.
3. Verifying the figures on all Saudi Aramco furnished data and documents
before laying out the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for any errors or
inaccuracies resulting from his failure to do so.
4. Informing Saudi Aramco Representative if the validity of any survey

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
monument is threatened, and take the necessary steps as outlined in this

Specification.
06/01/22
DATE
5. Obtaining approval of Saudi Aramco Representative if any survey control

points will be disturbed or destroyed by construction activities.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 6. Maintaining all established reference points and bench marks at all times
during construction. Under the direction of Saudi Aramco Representative,
DATE:
replace any survey monuments damaged or disturbed by construction activity.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
7. Preparing accurate as-built survey and submission of drawings.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.05 Accuracy and Quality Assurance
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Contractor is to establish all horizontal and vertical reference points, and monuments
AGENCY accurately within a maximum tolerance of 5 mm vertically and 10 mm horizontally.
Subsequent checking or lack of checking by Saudi Aramco does not relieve
DATE:
Contractor from his responsibility for the correctness of the construction.
OPERATIONS
B. Contractor will be provided with survey controls (refer to benchmark data shown on
DATE: the drawings). These control points shall be tied from any Established survey
CONTROL NUMBER
controls and closed to another established survey control. All survey field notes must
VERIFICATION
be kept in field at all times for inspection by Saudi Aramco Representative.

EDSD
DATE:
1.06 Submittals
BY:
A. Submit to Saudi Aramco Representative all data and grade sheets at least 48 hours
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
prior to construction. Show on the grade sheets the vertical and horizontal
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
relationships between the stakes and the design reference points shown on the
Drawings.
ENGG CERT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Stakes
A. Construction Stakes: Construction stakes shall be 14 mm steel rebar. Wood or PVC

stakes may be used as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
B. Machine Control Stakes: Machine control stakes shall conform to manufacturer's

DESCRIPTION
specifications.
Issued for IFC
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Surveying Work
A. Contractor Survey Controls: From the provided survey controls (refer to bench mark
data shown on the Drawings), Contractor shall establish additional survey controls
with an accuracy as stipulated in this Specification.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Survey Monuments: If the validity of any survey monument is threatened, place at

06/01/22
least three (3) reference or witness markers for each point likely to be disturbed.
DATE
Submit survey notes listing the relative positions of the reference markers to each
other, and to the points they are referencing at least 48 hours prior to disturbing or
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
threatening the validity of the monument.
ENGINEER
C. Road Works:
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. General: Prior to the start of grading, and during the progress of the Work, set
and maintain sufficient stakes to show conformance with the Drawings.
DATE: Locate all stakes in such a way that they will not be disturbed by construction
CERTIFIED
operations.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. Stake Placement: Construction stakes shall be placed at the left and right of
AGENCY center lines, at shoulders, edge of paving, grade breaks, beginning and
ending of curves, angle points and intersections of flow lines.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3. Stake Spacings:
DATE:
Item Curve Straight Vertical
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Grade
EDSD
Subgrade 30 m 10 m
Base 20 m 10 m
DATE:
BY:
Asphalt Paving, auto equipment 10 m 5m

controlled by string-line
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Utility Work:
1. General: Prior to beginning trenching operations, and during the progress of

ENGG CERT
the Work, set and maintain sufficient stakes to show conformance with the
Drawings. Locate all stakes in such a way that they will not be disturbed by
construction operations.
2. Stake Placement: Construction stakes are to be place at, but not limited to,
the following locations;
a. Utility Pipes: Stakes shall be placed at each wye or tee connection,

DESCRIPTION
cleanout and manholes and at every 10 meter station.

Issued for IFC
E. Park Work: Prior to beginning of grading, and during the progress of the Work, set
and maintain sufficient stakes to show conformance with the Drawings. Locate all
stakes in such a way that they will not be damaged or disturbed by construction
operations.
F. Contractor shall protect the stakes in areas where pedestrians and children may
enter.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
- END OF SECTION -
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01400
ENGG CERT
QUALITY CONTROL
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Sections

Issued for IFC
1.03 Quality Control Requirements

1.04 Quality Assurance/Control of Installation
1.05 References
1.06 General Requirements
1.07 Field Samples
1.08 Inspection and Inspectors
1.09 Manufacturers' Field Services and Reports
1.10 Layout and Measurements
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001

06/01/22

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 1 - GENERAL
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Quality assurance and control of installation.
DATE: B. References.
CERTIFIED
C. General requirements.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. Field samples.
DATE:
E. Manufacturers' field services and reports.
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Section 01000 - General Specifications.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Section 01005 - Miscellaneous Requirements

DATE:
BY:
C. Section 02000 - General Instructions.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.03 Quality Control Requirements
A. Contractor shall prepare a Quality Control plan as per "Schedule Q" to ensure the
ENGG CERT
Contract Specifications were met. The plan, including proposed testing laboratory,
methods, rates of testing, etc. shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for
approval prior to the start of construction.
1.04 Quality Assurance/Control of Installation
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site

conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions or specified reference standards conflict with

Contract Documents, request clarification from Saudi Aramco Representative before
proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards
or more precise workmanship.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

06/01/22
DATE
F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.05 References
DATE:
A. Conform to the latest issue of the applicable reference standards.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Standards: Sampling, preparation of samples and testing shall conform to applicable
AGENCY ASTM methods, unless otherwise specified.
DATE:
B. Reports: Two copies shall be furnished to Saudi Aramco Representative
OPERATIONS
summarizing the results of each test and inspection. Each report shall clearly
distinguish the type of test, location, the material tested and whether an original (first)
DATE: test or a retest, and other related information.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Notification: Saudi Aramco Representative and if applicable, Saudi Aramco testing

EDSD
laboratory appointed by Saudi Aramco, shall be notified 48 hours in advance of any

DATE:
work requiring testing or inspection.

BY:
D. Required Inspection (see applicable sections of specifications for details) includes,

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
but is not limited to;

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Site layout and layout of building.
2. Foundation excavation before forms are started.

ENGG CERT
3. Concrete forms and reinforcing steel, prior to concrete placement.
4. All concrete pouring.
5. Asphalt pavement or reinstatement.
6. Installation of damp-proofing membranes and vapor barriers.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
7. Finish site grading.
8. Backfill.
9. Steel and wall framing prior to enclosure.
10. Roof surface prior to insulation and roof water proofing Work.
11. Floor surface prior to tile and carpet Work.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
12. Any other items specifically required by Saudi Aramco Representative.

06/01/22
DATE
E. Cooperation: The testing laboratory shall prepare, cure, store, etc, all job-made
samples.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER F. Identification: Materials passing test shall be marked or tagged by the Testing
Laboratory and shall thereafter be kept separate and stored so as to facilitate
DATE:
identification. Any such material not identifiable by Saudi Aramco Representative
PROJECT
ENGINEER shall be rejected and removed from storage location or the site.
DATE: G. Non-conformance: Where a test or inspection reveals non-conformance or failure to

CERTIFIED
meet requirements, Saudi Aramco Representative shall immediately be notified,
verbally and subsequently by a written report or letter.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.07 Field Samples
DATE:
A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for
OPERATIONS
review.
DATE: B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after
EDSD
field sample has been accepted by Saudi Aramco Representative.

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.08 Inspection and Inspectors
A. Saudi Aramco Representative or other persons or firms appointed by Saudi Aramco

ENGG CERT
for this purpose will periodically inspect the work and Contractor will provide facilities
and access to the work at all times as required to facilitate this inspection.
B. All testing, including requests, reports, etc., are the responsibility of Contractor, or an
agency employed by Contractor. Saudi Aramco reserves the right to verify the tests
with Saudi Aramco testing laboratory or independent agency approved by Saudi
Aramco.
DESCRIPTION
1.09 Manufacturers' Field Services and Reports

Issued for IFC
A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product

suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site
conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as
applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to

applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written
instructions.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.10 Layout and Measurements

06/01/22
DATE
A. Verify dimensions before layout and request clarification of discrepancies or be

responsible for correction.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Verify all measurements before ordering of fabricated items.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 01710
ENGG CERT
CLEANING UP
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC
Part 2 - Products - Not used
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Cleaning Up
3.02 Disposal and Hauling
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 1 - GENERAL
06/01/22
1.01 Description
DATE
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; removal and disposal of
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
construction and miscellaneous debris from the site during and after construction until
ENGINEER handing over. Such debris includes, but is not limited to, paper, cardboard, plastics,
rubbish, rocks, stones, excess/waste asphalt and concrete, excess/waste materials,
DATE:
shipping materials, rebar and other metallic debris generated by the project or placed
PROJECT
ENGINEER by Contractor, inside and outside the Project Boundary.
DATE: B. On or before the completion of the work, tear down and remove all temporary
CERTIFIED
buildings and structures built by Contractor; remove all temporary works, tools, and
machinery or other construction equipment furnished by Contractor; and leave the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
roads and all parts of the premises and adjacent property affected by Contractor's
AGENCY operations in a neat and satisfactory condition.
DATE:
1.02 Related Work
OPERATIONS
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
3.01 Cleaning Up
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. During the progress of the Work, the Work-site shall be kept clean. All rubbish,
surplus materials and unneeded construction equipment shall be removed, and all
damage repaired so that inconvenience is reduced to a minimum. The Work-site
ENGG CERT
shall be kept in a sanitary condition. Rodent and vector controls shall be undertaken,
as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
B. Where material or debris has washed, flowed into or been placed in drains, pipes, or
structures, whether existing or installed under this Contract such material or debris
shall be entirely removed and satisfactorily disposed of. The drains, pipes, structures,
and Works, etc., shall, be left in a clean and neat condition.
DESCRIPTION
C. On or before the completion of the Work, Contractor, unless otherwise specifically

Issued for IFC
directed or permitted in writing, shall;
1. Remove all temporary buildings and structures built by him;
2. Remove all temporary works, tools, and machinery or other construction

equipment furnished by him;
3. Remove all rubbish from any ground which he has occupied; and
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
4. Leave the Work-site and all adjacent property affected by his operations in a
neat and satisfactory condition.
06/01/22
DATE
D. Contractor, upon completion of the Work, shall deliver materials and equipment
undamaged and in fresh and new-appearing condition.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER E. Contractor shall restore or replace any of Municipality or private property damaged by
his work, equipment, or employees, to a condition at least equal to that existing
DATE:
immediately prior to the beginning of operations. Suitable materials, equipment, and
PROJECT
ENGINEER methods shall be used for such restoration which shall be done as promptly as
practicable, as Work progresses, and shall not be left until the end of the Contract
DATE: period.
CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. All debris resulting from demolition and construction works shall be removed from the
project site and disposed of to an approved Government designated sanitary landfill.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Replaced asbestos cement water pipes or any other asbestos material shall be
disposed off the requirements must be met related to dust control, personal protective
DATE: equipment, and proper handling and disposal.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Waste material shall not be allowed to blow or spill into any public or private property
EDSD
during the transporting.

DATE:
BY:
D. Contractors are required to submit Hazard Implementation Plan to Saudi Aramco

Representative for approval and have Industrial Hygiene approval for each removal of
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
asbestos.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02000
ENGG CERT
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Material Requirements

DESCRIPTION
1.02 Testing Requirements

Issued for IFC
1.03 Survey Requirements

1.04 Access to Sources of Materials
1.05 Work Requirements
1.06 Contract Documents
1.07 Environment Requirement
Part 2 - Products - Not used.
Part 3 - Execution - Not used.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE
1.01 Material Requirements

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Submittals: Prior to purchasing materials, Contractor shall provide, for approval, a
complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed. No
DATE:
equipment shall be purchased/ shipped from the manufacturer/vendor without
PROJECT
ENGINEER approved submittals.
DATE: B. Materials Delivery: Prior to delivery of any material to the job site, Contractor shall
CERTIFIED
provide the manufacturer's recommended method of handling, storage and
installation, which shall become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
actual installation methods used on the Work.
AGENCY
C. Materials Approval: All materials shall be as specified in the applicable Specification

DATE:
section or approved equal. All materials shall be submitted for the approval of Saudi
OPERATIONS
Aramco Representative and other agencies as required by Saudi Aramco
Representative prior to placing purchase orders.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
D. Handling and Storage of Materials:

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Store products immediately on delivery, and protect until installed in the Work.
DATE:
BY:
2. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels

intact and legible.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight
enclosures.
ENGG CERT
a. Maintain temperatures within ranges required by manufacturer's

instructions.
b. Provide humidity control for sensitive products, as required by

manufacturer's instruction.
c. Store unpacked products on shelves, in bins or in neat piles,

accessible for inspection.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
4. For exterior storage provide substantial platforms, blocking or skids to support

fabricated products above ground. Prevent soiling or staining. Cover
products, subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the
elements, with impervious sheet coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to
avoid condensation.
E. Maintenance of Storage: Maintain periodic system of inspection of stored products

on a scheduled basis.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
F. Replacement: In the event of damage to materials, structures or other existing work,

Contractor shall immediately make all repairs and replacements as necessary,
06/01/22
subject to the approval of Saudi Aramco Representative, at no additional cost to

DATE
Saudi Aramco.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
G. Shop and Working Drawing Submittals: Contractor shall prepare shop and working
ENGINEER drawings in an approved format and submit them to Saudi Aramco Representative for
approval prior to the commencement of fabrication.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER H. Material Substitutions: Equivalent products of other manufacturers than those
specified may be acceptable provided that the equivalent product meets or exceeds
DATE: the requirements of the Specification. Contractor shall submit all manufacturers data
CERTIFIED
and information required to verify that the proposed substitution is equivalent to the
specified item. All submittals for substitutions shall include the manufacturers
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
information for the specified item along with the information for the proposed
AGENCY substitution. Failure to provide sufficient information to the satisfaction of Saudi
Aramco Representative will result in rejection of the submittal.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
I. Protection After Installation:
DATE: 1. Provide protection for installed products to prevent damage from subsequent
CONTROL NUMBER
operations. Remove when no longer needed prior to completion of Work.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment and surfaces.

DATE:
BY:
1.02 Testing Requirements

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Sampling and Testing: Sampling and testing shall be the responsibility of Contractor
(DCC) NO. _____________________
as required by the Contract. Tests shall be performed in sufficient numbers to insure

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
that the specified testing requirements of the applicable sections are met. Saudi
Aramco reserves the right to verify and approve the test results.
ENGG CERT
1.03 Survey Requirements
A. Survey Work: Contractor shall provide his own survey team and adequate survey
equipment during the entire construction period in accordance with Drawings and
Specifications.
1.04 Access to Sources of Materials

DESCRIPTION
A. Contractor shall establish his own source of material at a location acceptable to Saudi
Issued for IFC
Aramco and shall construct and maintain his own access to these areas unless
otherwise instructed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
B. It shall be Contractor's sole responsibility, at no cost to Saudi Aramco, to ascertain the

quality of all material prior to use at the Work Site, to perform all necessary tests and
submit these results to Saudi Aramco for approval in writing.
C. All materials shall be subject to the written approval of Saudi Aramco Representative
throughout their use on this Work. In order to confirm the quality of materials, Saudi
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Aramco Representative shall, at his sole discretion, take samples of any material for
testing at Saudi Aramco's independent laboratory approved by Saudi Aramco. It shall
06/01/22
be Contractor's responsibility to obtain required Saudi Aramco written approvals prior

DATE
to use of any materials. Contractor shall give adequate advance notice to allow Saudi
Aramco to obtain samples and to carry out its own testing and inspection of materials
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
and construction if required. Any materials not complying with appropriate
ENGINEER specifications and either used or stockpiled prior to use in any construction layer shall
be rejected by Saudi Aramco and removed by Contractor from the Work Site before
DATE:
any subsequent construction activity proceeds. Such activity shall be at no cost to
PROJECT
ENGINEER Saudi Aramco.
DATE: D. Contractor shall satisfy itself by personal examination of the site and by such means
CERTIFIED
as he may wish as to the actual geological conditions there existing.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.05 Work Requirements
AGENCY
A. Contractor shall supply all the equipment, manpower, and supervision necessary for
DATE:
the successful completion of the Work. Contractor shall operate, transport, maintain,
OPERATIONS
service, lubricate, fuel and repair all of the equipment required under this Contract.
Contractor shall also provide any other equipment to successfully complete the Work.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Contractor shall provide all necessary potable and construction water, water pumps,
VERIFICATION
pipelines, cooling, treatment, storage, distribution and other related facilities as well as
EDSD
wastewater collection, treatment, disposal and other related facilities.

DATE:
BY:
C. Contractor shall provide all the necessary vehicles for transportation of personnel,
utilities, equipment and materials to and within the job site.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Contractor shall supply all protective articles such as, safety helmets, safety boots,
eye and face shields, gloves, etc. required for safe and proper execution of the Work.
ENGG CERT
E. Contractor shall secure and protect all equipment, tools, and materials at the job site
until installation is complete including all stock materials issued by Saudi Aramco for
use on this Contract.
F. Contractor shall obtain all the required work permits from Saudi Aramco prior to
performing any work.
G. Contractor shall check and verify field dimensions, sizes and conditions before
DESCRIPTION
proceeding with construction or fabrication work.

Issued for IFC
H. Contractor shall observe and follow all requirements of the latest issue of applicable
Standards and Specifications or any other applicable standards and specifications for
the construction of this job.
I. Contractor shall provide water for the construction work and supply his own electrical
power source.
J. Contractor shall provide and maintain one air conditioned field mobile office for the
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
use of Saudi Aramco Representatives and one for his own use. The mobile office
shall have a minimum area of 200m2 Additional requirements are found in Schedule
06/01/22
“B” of the Contract.

DATE
1.06 Contract Documents

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. The Drawings provided for the Work reflect the data available for the existing site
conditions and facilities, however there might be differences between the Drawings
DATE:
and existing conditions. Contractor shall check, verify and make the necessary
PROJECT
ENGINEER adjustments to the Drawings to conform to such differences and shall submit the
Drawings to Saudi Aramco for approval.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. In case of any conflicts and discrepancies between the referred specifications,
standards and the construction documents, the most stringent standards/
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
specifications as defined by Saudi Aramco Representative shall govern and his
AGENCY decision shall be binding on Contractor.
DATE:
C. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Scope of Work and
OPERATIONS
Contractor obligations as set forth in the Contract Schedules, the Conditions of
Contract shall govern.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.07 Environment Requirement

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Noise Control: Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements pertaining to
DATE:
noise control. Except as otherwise approved by Saudi Aramco, construction work on

BY:
this project will not be permitted between the hours of 10 pm and 6 am.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Air Control:
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Dust shall be kept down at all times, including non-working hours, weekends,
and holidays. Soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by
Contractor's operations and materials stockpiled for the project shall be
ENGG CERT
treated with dust suppressor or covered to control dust. No dry power

brooming shall be permitted. Vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet
power brooming shall be used instead. Air blowing is permitted only for
cleaning off non-particle debris, such as that from reinforcing bars, concrete
block, concrete, and asphalt.
2. Contractor shall inspect all vehicles for dirt prior to their leaving the
construction site. Dirt, soil, and rubble likely to be dislodged during transit
DESCRIPTION
shall be removed from the trucks and other vehicles prior to leaving the site.
Issued for IFC
3. Contractor shall ensure that equipment transporting materials, to and from the
site, that may become airborne is covered.
C. Dust Control: Water shall be applied to all areas as required to prevent blowing of
dust. The amount of water to be used and the frequency of application shall be
sufficient to prevent dust nuisance. Saudi Aramco Representative has the right in this
Contract to require additional watering whenever it is needed for dust control.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
All existing roads and existing facilities shall be kept clean and dust free at all
times. All sand blown to the roads and facilities from the construction area and
06/01/22
activities shall be broomed and removed immediately.

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02050
ENGG CERT
DEMOLITION AND ALTERATIONS
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work

DESCRIPTION
1.02 Submittals
Issued for IFC

1.04 Dust Control
1.05 Protection
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Existing Facilities to be Removed

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Clean-Up
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
A. The extent of demolition work is indicated on the Drawings.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.02 Submittals
DATE: A. The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of demolition and removal work
CERTIFIED
shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco and approved before work is started. The
procedures shall provide for careful removal and coordination with other work in
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
progress, and disconnection schedule of utility services. The procedures shall include
AGENCY a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation
and the sequence of operations.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE: A. The Work includes the demolition or removal of all construction indicated in the
CONTROL NUMBER
Drawings or specified. The Work includes but is not limited to:

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Relocate existing trees (and its associated irrigation if any) and replant to an
DATE:
approved Saudi Aramco location. Contractor shall coordinate with Saudi

BY:
Aramco appointed agency or Contractor to cut and trim the trees (plants),
digging the ground, to remove the plants, transportation and assists in the
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
irrigation and in re-planting and watering.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Road modification as per new Drawing.
3. All items on the ground affected by grading shall be reset to new elevation
ENGG CERT
required.
B. Trash and debris shall be removed daily, unless otherwise directed, and shall not be
allowed to accumulate either inside or outside the site.
1.04 Dust Control
A. Dust resulting from site clearing and demolition activities shall be controlled to prevent
DESCRIPTION
the spread of dust to occupied portions of the developed neighborhoods, schools,

Issued for IFC
buildings and roads sites and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area.
1.05 Protection
A. Protect existing work to remain in place by temporary covers, shoring, bracing, and
supports. Repair such items that are damaged during performance of the work or
replace with new material. Do not overload structural elements. Provide new
supports or reinforcement for existing construction which is weakened by demolition
or removal work.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Where safety to pedestrians and drivers is endangered in the area of removal work,
06/01/22
barricades shall be erected to insure protection.

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS – Not Used
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.01 Existing Facilities to be Removed

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Removal of Utilities: Remove existing utilities to the extent indicated and terminate in
a manner and at a time satisfactory to Saudi Aramco. If utility lines are encountered
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
that are not indicated on the Drawings, obtain Saudi Aramco direction in the
AGENCY disposition of such services.
DATE:
B. Concrete and Asphalt Pavement: Where existing concrete or asphalt work is to be
OPERATIONS
removed, saw-cut the concrete or asphalt along straight lines to a depth of not less
than 50 mm. The remainder of the concrete or asphalt shall be broken out, provided
DATE: the broken area is concealed in the finished work, and the remaining concrete or
CONTROL NUMBER
asphalt is sound. At locations where the broken face cannot be concealed, it shall be
VERIFICATION
ground smooth or the saw cut shall be made entirely through the concrete or the
EDSD
asphalt.
DATE:
BY:
3.02 Clean-Up
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Debris and Rubbish Control: Debris and rubbish shall be removed and transported in
(DCC) NO. _____________________
a manner that will prevent spillage on streets or adjacent areas.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Regulations: Comply with Saudi Aramco requirements regarding hauling and disposal
of materials to an approved location.
ENGG CERT
- END OF SECTION –
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02110
ENGG CERT
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC
Part 3 - Execution

3.02 Clearing and Grubbing
3.03 Unsuitable Material
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 1 - GENERAL
06/01/22
DATE
1.01 Description
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to:
ENGINEER
1. Removal and disposal of vegetation, brush, rubbish, loose rocks and large
DATE:
stones occurring within the Work-site areas.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2. Removal of roots and organic material to a depth of not less than 0.45 m
DATE: below the original surface level of the ground or beneath the roots level of the
CERTIFIED
removed trees whichever is greater. Other areas, only topsoil having
vegetation shall be removed.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.02 Related Work
DATE:
A. Section 02200 Earthwork
OPERATIONS
DATE: PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. All unsuitable material to be disposed shall be transported in accordance with the
local laws to a Government approved dump site or as directed by Saudi Aramco
Representative.
ENGG CERT
B. Waste material shall not be allowed to blow or spill into any public or private property
during the transporting.
C. Disposal of removed debris shall be transported to approved dump site.
3.02 Clearing and Grubbing

DESCRIPTION
A. Clear the working sites and support facilities of shrubs and other vegetations.
Issued for IFC
1. Completely remove stumps, roots and other debris protruding through the
ground surface.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory surface
soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 150 mm loose depth, and
thoroughly compacted to a density equal to adjacent original ground in
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
accordance with Section 02200 - Earthwork.

06/01/22
3.03 Unsuitable Material

DATE
A. Areas where unsuitable material, such as construction debris, is encountered shall be

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
excavated until the complete removal of this debris is accomplished to the satisfaction
ENGINEER of Saudi Aramco Representative. Backfilling of such areas shall be in accordance
with Section 02200 - Earthwork.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Unsuitable material includes, but is not limited to, rocks larger than 30 cm, debris or
vegetation, organic clay, top soil, foundations, or any specific material so designated,
DATE: in writing by Saudi Aramco Representative.
CERTIFIED
C. All loose rocks within the project site shall be cleared out prior to starting construction.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
- END OF SECTION -
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02200
ENGG CERT
EARTHWORK
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 Quality Control
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Fill Materials
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Excavation
3.02 Fill
06/01/22
3.03 Compaction Test

DATE
3.04 Tolerance
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
1.01 Description
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; performing all operations in
DATE: connection with the stripping of topsoil, excavation of soil and rock, removal and
CERTIFIED
disposal of all unsuitable soil and rock material from the Work site, placing and
compacting of fill materials from Work site excavations and/or imported from a borrow
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
pit, and grading and improving the site to the required elevations shown on the
AGENCY Drawings.
DATE:
1.02 Related Work
OPERATIONS
A. Section 02110 - Clearing and Soil Grubbing

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling

VERIFICATION
and Compacting
EDSD
DATE:
C. Section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete

BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
A. Ministry of Transport General Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
ENGG CERT
1. AASHTO - T 180, Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10 lb)
Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in) Drop.
2. AASHTO - T 224, Correction for Course Particles in the Soil Compaction Test.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM D 421, Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size
DESCRIPTION
Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants.

Issued for IFC
2. ASTM D 422, Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
3. ASTM D 698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil

Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) (600 KN-m/m3).
4. ASTM D 1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by
the Sand-Cone Method.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
5. ASTM D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil

Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3) (2,700 KN-m/m3).
06/01/22
DATE
6. ASTM D 2216, Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture)

Content of Soil and Rock.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 7. ASTM D 2487, Classification of Soils for Engi-neering Purposes.
DATE:
8. ASTM D 2922, Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place
PROJECT
ENGINEER by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
DATE: 9. ASTM D 4253, Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of
CERTIFIED
Soil Using a Vibratory Table.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
10. ASTM D 4254, Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of
AGENCY Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
DATE:
11. ASTM D 4318, Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index
OPERATIONS
of Soils.
DATE: 1.04 Quality Control

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Contractor shall submit samples of fill material for evaluation and approval by Saudi
EDSD
Aramco prior to delivery to the site. Additional submittals of fill material shall be made
DATE:
as requested by Saudi Aramco throughout the Contract.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Fill Materials

ENGG CERT
A. General: `Fill Material' shall be used for all fills except where `Select Fill Material' is
specified. In general `select fill material' shall be used within 0.6 m of the bottom
elevation of pavement sub-base course, foundations, or slabs on grade.
B. On Site `Fill Material': All approved satisfactory material removed from excavations
shall be used as far as practicable for fill. Soil/rock mixture free from organic matter,
containing no rocks or lumps over 150 mm in diameter or half the lift thickness,
DESCRIPTION
whichever is less, shall be considered as suitable material for fill.

Issued for IFC
Fill materials shall be poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little
to moderate fines having plasticity index: non-plastic to 4.
The portion of the materials passing #200 sieve shall be either:
 Less than 5 percent.

 Between 12 percent and 50 percent

23-10028-
Between 5 percent and 12 percent

JO/EWO
0001
C. `Select Fill Material': `Select Fill Material' shall be composed only of inorganic
06/01/22
DATE
material and shall have 100% passing the 50 mm sieve and from 5-20% passing the
No. 200 sieve. That portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a
maximum liquid limit of 35 and maximum plasticity index of 12. Atterberg's limits are
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
not required for select fill material with less than 15% fines passing the No. 200 sieve.
ENGINEER Select fill can either be sand or marl if they meet the requirement of both gradation
and physical properties as mentioned above. Materials shall be mixed and stockpiled
DATE:
PROJECT
for testing prior to use.
ENGINEER
The structural fill shall be placed in a manner that it extends a minimum

DATE:
CERTIFIED
distance beyond the outer perimeters of structural foundation equal to twice the
average foundation width. Permanent slopes beyond the width should not be steeper
DATE:
than 1 vertical 2 horizontal.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
D. Soccer Field Surface: Soccer field surface shall consist of thirty (30) cm of a mixture
of 50% clean sweet sand and 50% Hofuf Red Marl placed in three (3) lifts of ten (10)
DATE:
OPERATIONS cm each. Spread to profile indicated on Site Grating Plan and compact to satisfaction
of Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
E. Site Finish Surface: (Areas not paved or planted) Surface shall consist of a 200 mm
CONTROL NUMBER
marl cap evenly mixed and compacted firmly to finish elevations shown on drawings.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Excavation
ENGG CERT
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation Work shall consist of removing all material

which includes solids and rock necessary for grading and construction in accordance
with the lines and grades shown on the plans.
B. Excavated Material: Excavated material shall be designated as suitable or unsuitable

for use as fill by Saudi Aramco Representative. Suitable excavated material shall be
used to construct fill areas. Unsuitable material such as silts or clays containing
DESCRIPTION
organic material, soils containing large amount of rock, roots, grasses and other
Issued for IFC
vegetation, or any debris shall be disposed of off-site in conformance with Section

02110 - Clearing and Grubbing, at Contractor's expense.
C. Encountered Unsuitable Material Below Grade: Contractor shall remove all

unsuitable material, replace with suitable fill material, and compact material to density
requirements. Bottoms of excavations shall be smooth and free of loose earth or
sand. Any soft or loose areas of insufficient bearing, as determined by Saudi Aramco
Representative, shall be compacted to the density requirements.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Excavation for Structures: Excavation shall be made accurately to the lines, grades
and elevations shown on the Drawings. Trenches and foundation pits shall be of
06/01/22
sufficient size to permit the placement and removal of forms for the full length and
DATE
width of structure footings and foundations shown. Loose disintegrated rock and thin
strata shall be removed. When concrete or masonry is to be placed in an excavated
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
area, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation.
ENGINEER Excavation to the final grade level shall not be made until just before the concrete or
masonry is to be placed.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. Bracing and Shoring: For excavation of 1.2 m or deeper, the sides of pits and
trenches shall be sloped back to a safe angle of repose. Excavations shall not be
DATE: sloped at an angle greater than one horizontal to one vertical (45o measured from the
CERTIFIED
horizontal).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
F. Drainage and Dewatering: To ensure proper drainage conditions throughout
AGENCY construction, the Contractor shall provide and maintain devices (including spares) to
intercept, remove promptly and properly dispose of all water entering the excavation
DATE:
or trenches. Dewatering system shall work uninterruptedly maintaining the trench
OPERATIONS
and all excavated areas dry at all times. The dewatering system shall not be
removed till the backfilling of trench has reached the height of 300 mm above
DATE: groundwater table. Contractor shall provide an engineered dewatering plan for
CONTROL NUMBER
approval by Saudi Aramco Representative. Contractor shall monitor and be

VERIFICATION
responsible for any failure of the existing structures as a result of the dewatering
EDSD
process. The sides of excavation shall be sloped to a safe angle.

DATE:
BY:
G. Protection of Adjacent Building or Existing Structures: When the excavation is close

to an existing structure, Contractor shall avoid any possibility of undermining or

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
disturbing the foundations, draining the bottom of the excavations in an acceptable

(DCC) NO. _____________________
manner approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. Excavation Below Duct Bank: Contractor shall provide structural support to hold
existing and or constructed electrical power, telephone, traffic signal and street
ENGG CERT
lighting cables ductwork.
I. Hand Excavation: Hand excavation will be required for work adjacent to the existing
utilities as specified by the utility agency's requirements.
3.02 Fill
A. Fill: Fill Work shall consist of hauling, placing, compacting and finishing fill areas to
DESCRIPTION
grade as shown on the Drawings.

Issued for IFC
B. Preparation to Ground Surface for Fill: The areas to receive the fill shall be proof-
rolled and any areas that fail to densify or that rut excessively shall be cut to the depth
of the loose material and that loose material removed. Prior to fill placement, the
natural subgrade on which the fill is to be placed shall be scarified, and moistened as
necessary; thoroughly mixed; and compacted to not less than 95% of the maximum
dry density as determined by ASTM D 698 for cohesive materials. Granular soils that
exhibits no well-defined moisture-density relationship shall be compacted to 80%
relative density, as determined by ASTM 4253 and ASTM 4254.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Placing Fill: Fill materials shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts or layers not to
06/01/22
exceed 300 mm in depth before compaction. Each layer, before starting the next,
DATE
shall be levelled and smoothed by means of power driven graders, bulldozers or other
suitable equipment. Hauling and spreading equipment shall be operated over the full
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
width of each layer. Stones greater than 80 mm maximum size shall be removed
ENGINEER from the top surface of any embankment prior to compaction.
DATE:
D. Compaction: Each layer of fill material shall be moistened or dried to a uniform
PROJECT
ENGINEER moisture content suitable for maximum compaction and then thoroughly compacted
by rolling with tamping or pneumatic tired rollers or through wheel power rollers. At
DATE: least one roller shall be operated continuously for each 100 cu.m, or fraction thereof,
CERTIFIED
per hour. When several embankments, each of small area, are so isolated from each
other that one roller cannot compact them satisfactorily, additional rollers shall be
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
provided. All fills shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density as determined
AGENCY by ASTM D 698 for cohesive materials. For cohesion less free draining soils, 70%
relative density as determined by ASTM 4253 and ASTM D 4254 shall be used.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Drainage: Good drainage shall be maintained at all times and ponding of water on
the fill shall be prevented.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
F. Borrow Pit: Borrow pits shall be established and maintained. Prior to importing
VERIFICATION
borrow materials and/or transporting fill material to Work site areas requiring fill, Saudi
EDSD
Aramco Representative reserves the right to inspect and test the fill material for
DATE:
conformity with the Specifications. Fill material which does not meet the requirements
BY:
of Specifications shall not be used and, if on the Work site, shall be removed from the
Work site at Contractor's expense.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
G. If dune sand is used for fill, surface protection will be required. A cap layer of
compacted cohesive material 150 to 300 mm (6 to 12 in) in thickness generally is
sufficient. Capping material shall have a maximum size of one-half lift thickness, and
ENGG CERT
shall have between 11-35% passing the No. 200 sieve. The capping material shall
have a maximum liquid limit of 35 and maximum plasticity index of 12, per ASTM
D4318. Final slopes shall be protected from erosion.
3.03 Compaction Test
A. Methods: To verify that the specified degree of compaction has been achieved,
Contractor shall perform in-place density tests ASTM D 1556, D 2922. Tests shall be
DESCRIPTION
made after compaction of each lift of fill regardless of size and performed at least one
Issued for IFC
lift thickness below the compacted surface.
B. Number of Tests: For projects with less than 3820 cu.m fill, at least one in-place
density test shall be made for every 382 cu.m of compacted soil. For projects in
excess of 3820 cu.m and where consistent compaction results can be achieved, the
frequency of testing can be reduced to one test for every 1530 cu.m of compacted
soil. During the progress of Work, Saudi Aramco Representative may require
additional tests in order to verify the degree of compaction.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.04 Tolerance
06/01/22
A. Fill shall be placed and compacted to the grades shown on the Drawings to within a
DATE
tolerance of zero below and 75 mm above grade. Embankment slopes shall be

constructed to within 150 mm of the plan location. Excess fill may be used to flatten
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
fill slopes if approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER - END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02210
ENGG CERT
EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Bedding Materials

2.02 Fill Materials
2.03 Warning Tape and Tiles
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
3.01 Excavation
DATE
3.02 Structure Fill and Backfill

3.03 Trench Backfill
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.04 Placing Warning Tape and Concrete Tile for Utilities System
ENGINEER 3.05 Reinstatement
3.06 Compaction Testing
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; trenching, excavation, dewatering,
AGENCY backfilling and compacting for utility lines; storage tank; cables; removal and disposal
of excess excavation material and importing required bedding and fill material,
DATE:
installation of cable tiles and warning tapes, boards and posts.
OPERATIONS
1.02 Related Work

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Section 01051 - Surveying

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Section 02200 - Earthwork

DATE:
BY:
C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ENGG CERT
1. ASTM D 698: Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil

Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) (600 KN-m/m3).
2. ASTM D 1556: Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in place by
the Sand-cone Method.
3. ASTM D 2922: Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in place
DESCRIPTION
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

Issued for IFC
4. ASTM D 4253: Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of
Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
5. ASTM D 4254: Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of
Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
1.04 Submittals
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Samples of fill material shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for

evaluation and approval prior to delivery to the site. Additional submittals of fill
06/01/22
materials are made as requested by Saudi Aramco Representative throughout the

DATE
project.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
2.01 Bedding Materials
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Clean Sand: Clean Sand shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a
DATE: combination thereof and shall conform to requirements of fine aggregates specified in
CERTIFIED
ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregate.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Gravel: Gravel shall consist of clean, hard and durable particles or fragments free
AGENCY from dirt, vegetation and other objectionable matter. Gravel shall be either well
graded (with a gradation as per Section 02513, paragraph 2.05, Class B, hot asphalt
DATE:
surface course) or uniformly graded, with a particle size of 13 mm.
OPERATIONS
2.02 Fill Materials

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Selected Backfill Material: For backfilling, the material shall be selected fill material as
VERIFICATION
specified in Section 02200 Earthwork.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Fill Material: For backfilling the remainder of trenches use on-site excavated fill or
BY:
imported fill material free of stones larger than 150 mm or one-half the lift thickness
whichever is less as specified in Section 02200 Earthwork.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Fill Material for Structural Concrete Members: Based on soil chemical analysis of
Geotechnical Investigation Report, the type of concrete used shall be finalized
accordingly.
ENGG CERT
2.03 Warning Tape and Tiles
A. Electrical Warning Tape: PVC yellow warning tape 450 mm wide, 0.15 mm thick with
black lettering in Arabic and English stating "Caution, Buried Electrical Cables".
B. Electrical Cable Tile: Red calcium silicate or concrete tile, size 400 mm x 200 mm x
50 mm.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Telephone warning Tape: PVC orange warning tape 152 mm wide, 0.203 mm thick
with black lettering in Arabic and English stating "Caution, Buried Telephone Cables".
D. Non Electric Warning Tape: Refer to the corresponding section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Excavation
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Excavated material shall be directly placed to dump trucks, transported away from
06/01/22
trench vicinity in a location suitable for stockpiling. No excavated material shall be

DATE
kept or maintained on the shores of the excavated trenches.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Unclassified Excavation: Contractor shall perform excavation as indicated on the
ENGINEER plans and standard details in whatever material encountered. All excavations for
structures, utility pipes, appurtenances or cables shall be made to such an extent that
DATE:
will provide sufficient space to work conveniently around the structure or pipe to be
PROJECT
ENGINEER installed.
DATE: C. Elimination of Unsuitable Materials: All materials removed during excavation or

CERTIFIED
trenching, and unsuitable for backfill, shall be removed from site and disposed of by
Contractor as specified in Section 01710 Cleaning Up, and Section 02110 Clearing
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
and Grubbing.
AGENCY
D. Disposal of Surplus Excavated Suitable Materials: All excavated materials suitable

DATE:
for backfill shall be used and the surplus shall be removed from the site as directed by
OPERATIONS
Saudi Aramco Representative to a dump site outside property and approved by the
Municipality.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
E. Bracing and Shoring: For excavation of 1.2 m or deeper, the sides of pits and
VERIFICATION
trenches shall be sloped back to a safe angle of repose. Excavations shall not be
EDSD
sloped at an angle greater than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical (34o
DATE:
measured from the horizontal). Excavation which cannot be sloped and are 1.2 m in
BY:
depth or deeper, or when soil banks are greater than 1.5 , shall be provided with
suitable shoring.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Drainage and Dewatering: To ensure proper drainage conditions throughout
construction, the Contractor shall provide and maintain devices (including spares) to
intercept, remove promptly and properly dispose of all water entering the excavation
ENGG CERT
or trenches. Dewatering system shall work uninterruptedly maintaining the trench

and all excavated areas dry at all times. The dewatering system shall not be
removed till the backfilling of trench has reached the height of 300 mm above
groundwater table. Contractor shall hire a geotechnical consultant for the dewatering
process and shall provide an engineered dewatering plan for approval by Saudi
Aramco Representative. Contractor shall monitor and be responsible for any failure
of the existing structures as a result of the dewatering process. Sheet pile wall shall
be provided for excavation. Sheet piles shall be properly removed after the
DESCRIPTION
construction, unless otherwise instructed by Saudi Aramco Representative.

Issued for IFC
Monitoring plan shall include, but shall not be limited to, installation of piezometers
and continuous inspection of the existing facilities. All excavation and trenches shall
be kept dry until the structures, pipes and appurtenances to be built/installed are
completed.
G. Protection of Adjacent Building or Existing Structures: When the excavation is close

to an existing structure, Contractor shall avoid any possibility of undermining or
disturbing the foundations by placing sheeting, bracing and supports, dewatering and
draining the bottom of the excavations in an acceptable manner approved by Saudi
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
H. Excavation Below Duct Bank: Contractor shall provide structural support to hold
DATE
existing and or constructed electrical power, telephone, traffic signal and street
lighting cables ductwork.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.02 Structure Fill and Backfill
DATE:
A. Backfilling compaction around and beneath concrete foundation shall have a
PROJECT
ENGINEER minimum of 70% relative density as defined by ASTM D 4254 (for cohesionless
materials) or 95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (for
DATE: cohesive materials).
CERTIFIED
B. Fill and backfill under structures and concrete pavements adjacent to structures shall
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
be select fill as per Section 02200 Earthwork, or coarse aggregate and fine aggregate
AGENCY when indicated or specified for use under structures, and conforming to requirements
for coarse and fine aggregate specified under Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Place fill and backfill materials in layers not exceeding 15 cm in thickness after
compaction. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, each layer shall be compacted
DATE: to the density as specified in A. above.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Do not place backfill against or on structures until they have attained sufficient
EDSD
strength to support the loads (including construction loads) to which they will be
DATE:
subjected, without distortion, cracking, or other damage. Provide special leak tests, if
BY:
required, as soon as practicable after structures are structurally adequate and other
necessary work has been done. Start backfilling promptly after completion of tests.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Avoid unequal soil pressure by depositing material evenly around structure.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. The sides of all concrete foundations shall be coated with thin film of epoxy primer
sealer followed by filler and three coats of Bituminous paint prior to backfilling. Before
coating, concrete surfaces must be well cured and dry. Concrete shall be allowed to
ENGG CERT
cure for a minimum of 28 days prior to coating.
3.03 Trench Backfill
A. Preparation of Trench Bottom: The bottom of the trench shall be free of rock, sharp
debris or foreign matter that could cause damage to pipes, cables or other new
construction. Where subgrade consists of Subkha, provide a foundation layer of 150
mm thick well graded and compacted crushed stone with 38 mm maximum size.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Placement of Bedding Material: Cables, UPVC, CPVC, HDPE, ductile iron, FRP and
RTR pipes, except as specified in C. below shall be laid on a ground bed consisting of
a layer of clean sand (150 mm) compacted to 70% relative density ASTM D 4254
unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
The bed shall be compacted uniformly to provide even bearing for pipes. After pipes
have been laid, tested and approved, fill equally on both sides of the pipe and
periodically compact to maintain equal pressure on the pipe. Backfilling shall be done
in 110 mm lifts or half the pipe diameter whichever is less until a depth of 300 mm of
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
fill over the pipe is obtained.

06/01/22
C. Backfill at Trenches: Place the select fill material above pipe zone thereon and build it
DATE
up in successive layers, compacted by tamping, until it has reached the required

elevation. Ensure that each layer is sloped to drain during construction. Do not allow
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
layers to exceed 200 mm in thickness before compaction. Compact each layer of
ENGINEER material by the use of rollers or other means so as to secure a dense, stable and
thoroughly compacted mass. Where mobile mechanical equipment cannot be used,
DATE:
compact the materials thoroughly by the use of power-driven tampers.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Duct banks shall be placed after all utilities underneath the duct banks have been
DATE: installed and backfill has been compacted to the required density. Contractor shall
CERTIFIED
provide shop drawings, compaction methods and method statement for duct bank
construction. If duct bank are to be installed before other utilities, Contractor shall
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
justify the reason and obtain prior approval from Saudi Aramco Representative to
AGENCY install duct banks prior to other utilities.
DATE:
"Select Fill Material" as specified in Section 02200, Earthwork, shall be used within
OPERATIONS
0.60 m of the bottom of pavement subbase, base course, foundations and slabs-on-
grade.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
E. Compaction: Cable or pipes shall be bedded and filled all (unless otherwise indicated
VERIFICATION
in the Drawings) around with compacted backfill materials to the dimension indicated
EDSD
in typical trench details, having a minimum 70% relative density per ASTM D 4254 or
DATE:
95% of the maximum density per ASTM D698. Using a machine compactor or hand
BY:
tamping, in traffic areas the remaining backfill material shall be compacted to 70%
relative density per ASTM D 4254 for cohesionless material. This shall be consistent
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
with 95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 for cohesive soil.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Backfill surrounding manholes, valve chambers, inspection boxes, and other utility
appurtenances shall be done similar to filling above pipes, in layers not exceeding
150 mm till a level of 300 mm above pipe (pipe zone) and in layers not exceeding 300
ENGG CERT
mm above the pipe zone; all layers in pipe zone shall be compacted by manual
tamping boards and above pipe zone using ramming-compactors or plate
compactors.
3.04 Placing Warning Tape and Concrete Tile for Utilities System
A. Place continuous PVC warning tape, boards and/or concrete tile as specified in the
Drawings for all utilities.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3.05 Reinstatement
A. To install pipe, cable or conduits under existing pavement, Contractor shall saw cut
pavement with setback minimum 400 mm beyond the limit of damage on either sides
of trench as applicable for the area and restore it back to condition consistent or better
from the original conditions.
3.06 Compaction Testing

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Method and Frequency: To verify that the specified degree of compaction has been
achieved Contractor shall perform in-place density test in accordance with ASTM
06/01/22
D1556, D2922 after compaction of each lift of fill. Perform at least one in-place
DATE
density test for every 400 cu.m of compacted soil in fill areas and at a frequency of
one test per 30 m along pipe trenches or as directed by Saudi Aramco
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Representative. Spacing between all test locations shall be approximately equal.
ENGINEER
B. Extra Test: Shall the work in question fail to meet the densities, Contractor shall
DATE:
perform remedial work as required and re-test in accordance with Paragraph A, at no
PROJECT
ENGINEER cost to Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02231
ENGG CERT
GEOTEXTILE
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Works

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Geotextile
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Placement
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1.01 Description
ENGINEER
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; the furnishing and placement of
DATE:
geotextile as a filter layer for gravel trench drain.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.02 Related Works

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. ASTM D 5261 or EN 965, Test Method for Measuring Mass Per Unit Area of
DATE:
Geotextiles.
OPERATIONS
B. ASTM D 5199 or EN 964-1, Test Method for Measuring Nominal Thickness of

DATE: Geotextiles and Geomembranes.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. ASTM D 4632 and EN ISO-10319, Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
EDSD
Elongation of Geotextiles.
DATE:
BY:
D. ASTM D 4751, Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.04 Submittals
A. A sample of the geotextile along with certifications that the physical requirements of
ENGG CERT
these specifications have been met shall be submitted for approval by Saudi Aramco
Representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Geotextile
DESCRIPTION
A. The geotextile felt shall be of 100% polypropylene needle punched, non-woven type.
Issued for IFC
B. The geotextile shall conform to the following physical requirements.
1. A mass per unit area (weight) of 250 g/m2 in accordance with ASTM D 5261
or EN 965.
2. A CBR puncture strength of a minimum of 2500N in accordance with EN ISO-

12236.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. A grab tensile strength (CD) of 14KN/m in accordance with ASTM D 4632.

06/01/22
4. An effective opening size of 80 microns in accordance with ASTM D4751.

DATE
5. A thickness of 2.7 mm in accordance with ASTM D 5199.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 6. Strip Tensile Strength (CD) of minimum 14KN/m in accordance with EN
29073-3.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 7. A minimum permeability of 0.25 cm/s in accordance with ASTM D 4491.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.01 Placement
AGENCY
A. The geotextile shall be placed and anchored as directed by the manufacturer.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. The geotextile shall not be exposed to heat or to direct sunlight to the extent its
strength or toughness are diminished.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. The time lag between installation of the geotextile and installation of the cover
VERIFICATION
material shall not exceed 4 weeks.

EDSD
DATE:
D. Panel of geotextile shall be overlapped or welded in accordance with the

BY:
manufacturers recommendations.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
E. All tears, punctures, seam separation, or other damage shall be promptly corrected.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. The geotextile must not be damaged during installation or during the placement of the
aggregate on or adjacent to the geotextile.
ENGG CERT
G. The geotextile must not form an artificial slip plane. A high degree of flexibility and
elongation is therefore required to provide interlocking of the geotextile/aggregate
system.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02444
ENGG CERT
CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Definitions
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC
1.03 Quality Assurance

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Security Fence and Gates

2.02 Concrete
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.01 Definitions
DATE:
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and erecting of vinyl-clad
PROJECT
ENGINEER galvanized chain link fence and gates; as indicated in the drawings.
DATE: 1. Vinyl-clad (polyvinyl chloride covered) galvanized steel wire fencing.

CERTIFIED
2. Vinyl-clad galvanized barbed wire, tension wire, and tie wire.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Location of fence must conform to the line established in the Drawings.

DATE:
BY:
B. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.04 Submittals
A. Shop and erection drawings of fence and gates, and manufacturer's recommended
ENGG CERT
installation instruction shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for

approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Security Fence and Gates

DESCRIPTION
A. Fence and gates shall be as shown on the Drawings. All metallic fencing materials
Issued for IFC
like wire fabric, top and bottom tension wires, tie wire, posts, winding bracket,
stretcher bar, supports, gates, hinges, truss rod and all other hardware shall be
galvanized unless otherwise defined.
2.02 Concrete
A. Concrete for post anchor foundations, plunger rod catch, gate holder, etc. shall be
in accordance with Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE A. Install new fences and gates in accordance with the construction drawings.
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02480
ENGG CERT
LANDSCAPING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.05 Procurement and Acceptance of Plants
1.06 Delivery, Handling, and Storage
1.07 Job Conditions
1.08 Guarantee
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Materials
06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 Preparation of Planting Soil
ENGINEER 3.03 Preparation of Planted Areas
3.04 Preparation of Planting Beds
DATE:
3.05 Installation
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.06 Maintenance of Planted Areas
3.07 Clean-Up, Protection and Acceptance
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.01 Description
DATE:
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; the furnishing, installation, and
OPERATIONS
short-term maintenance of sweet sand.
DATE: B. The extent of landscape development is shown on the Drawings.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. The types of work specified in this section include the following:

EDSD
DATE:
1. Site preparation to receive soil and planting.

BY:
2. Preparation of planting soil mixes.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
3. Furnishing, mixing, and application of fertilizer and soil amendments.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Furnishing and spreading new topsoil.
ENGG CERT
5. Procurement, planting and protection of plants.
D. Landscaping Work shall be maintained by the Contractor during construction and

during the guarantee period, using the best recognized horticultural practices, giving
special attention to ground preparation, planting soil mix, application and mixing of
planting, watering, maintenance, and protection from inhospitable conditions.
1.02 Related Work

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
A. Standard: Comply with the applicable provisions of the following standards and
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
requirements, except as otherwise shown or specified herein.

06/01/22
1. Association of Office Analytical Chemists (AOAC):

DATE
2. American Association of Nurserymen (AAN): Botanical listing, tagging, and

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
sizes.
ENGINEER
B. Comply with applicable local regulations regarding landscape materials,

DATE:
transportation and work.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
C. The landscape supervisor shall have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in
DATE: landscape Work similar to the Work of this project and three (3) of which shall have
CERTIFIED
been in a supervisory capacity.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.04 Submittals
AGENCY
A. Product Certification:
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Submit certificates of inspection as may be required to accompany shipments.
For standard products, submit the manufacturer's certified analysis. For other
DATE: materials, submit analysis by a recognized laboratory made in accordance
CONTROL NUMBER
with the methods established by the AOAC "Official Methods of Analysis,"

VERIFICATION
wherever applicable.
EDSD
DATE:
B. Topsoil Report:
BY:
1. General: Before delivery of all topsoil, furnish Saudi Aramco with a written
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
statement giving the location of the properties from which the topsoil is to be
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
obtained, the names and addresses of the owners, the depth to be stripped
and the crops grown during the past 2 years, if any.
ENGG CERT
2. Planting Beds and Pits: Before delivery of topsoil, furnish soil analysis made
by an approved soil testing laboratory stating the percentages of silt, clay,
sand and organic matter, the pH and the mineral and plant nutrient content of
the topsoil.
3. The soil analysis shall also include requirements for fertilizers and other
amendment which when mixed with the sweet sand soil mixes will provide the
specific nutrient levels specified (see para 2.01 - C).
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Planting Schedule: Submit proposed planting schedule. Acceptance of schedule by

Saudi Aramco shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with
specified requirements. Planting should not take place between June 1 and August
1.
D. Maintenance Schedule:
1. Submit procedures to be performed for maintenance of landscape Work prior

to planting.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Written instructions for maintenance and care of the plants for three (3) years.
06/01/22
DATE
1.05 Procurement and Acceptance of Plants

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Contractor is responsible for the procurement, acceptance and shipping of the plant
ENGINEER material from a nursery approved by Saudi Aramco .
DATE:
B. Contractor is responsible for inspecting the plant material and ensuring it's conformity
PROJECT
ENGINEER to specification requirements.
DATE: C. Contractor shall dig and prepare all plants for transport according to Section 1.06 - A-
CERTIFIED
1.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Contractor shall care for the plant material during shipment according to Section 1.06-
AGENCY A-2 through A-4.
DATE:
1.06 Delivery, and Handling of Plants
OPERATIONS
A. Delivery and Handling of Plants:

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Immediately prior to shipping, all plants shall be inspected, dug, handled,

VERIFICATION
prepared, and packed with care and skill, in accordance with recognized
EDSD
standard practice for type of plant and as follows:

DATE:
BY:
2. During transportation, all plants shall be packed adequately to ensure

protection from sun, wind and other climatic or seasonal conditions.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Tarpaulins or other cover shall be placed over plants when they are
(DCC) NO. _____________________
transported by trucks and open vehicles.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. Root systems of plants shall not be permitted to dry out at any time and shall
not be exposed to excessive heat.
ENGG CERT
4. Species which require special handling shall be transported only in climatically

controlled containers.
B. On-site Storage of Plants: all plant material shall be properly protected against injury
at all times. Plants which are not planted or which are not to be planted immediately
shall be given special protection as follows:
DESCRIPTION
1. All plants shall be protected from excessive heat or cold and stored in an
Issued for IFC
approved well ventilated and shaded place, protected from wind and sun.
C. Handling of Other Materials:
1. Sand shall be thoroughly protected from salts and drying out during storage.
Compaction and molding of stored sand shall not exceed depths of 1500 mm.
2. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in manufacturer's unopened containers,

each fully labeled, conforming to the applicable regulations and bearing the
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
name of trademark and warranty of the producer and shall be protected form
becoming wet during storage and shall be stored in shade.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Organic resin foam shall be delivered to the site in manufacturer's identified

sealed waterproof containers and shall be protected from becoming wet
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
during storage and shall be stored in shade.
ENGINEER
4. Composed sewage sludge, peat moss, or other approved organic matter shall
DATE:
be delivered to the site in manufacturer's fully identified unopened containers
PROJECT
ENGINEER and shall be protected from becoming wet during storage and shall be stored
in shade.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.07 Job Conditions
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Planting Time:
AGENCY
1. Planting shall not take place between June 1 and August 1.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the planting dates,
a written request shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative stating
DATE: the special conditions and the proposed variance. Permission for variance will
CONTROL NUMBER
be given if, in the opinion of Saudi Aramco Representative the variance is

VERIFICATION
warranted.
EDSD
DATE:
1.08 Guarantee
BY:
A. From the Mechanical Completion date, a 90 day maintenance period shall begin.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
During this period the Contractor is responsible for maintaining the planting and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
landscaping.
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. At the end of the 90 day maintenance period, the Contractor and Saudi Aramco shall
conduct a final maintenance review. All noted dead, dying or diseased plants as
ENGG CERT
further described herein shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to

Saudi Aramco.
C. When the Work is accepted in part, the guarantee periods extend from each of the
partial acceptance to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus, all
guarantee periods terminate at one time.
D. The Contractor shall replace, without cost to Saudi Aramco, and within a specified
DESCRIPTION
planting period, all dead landscape materials and all landscape material not in
Issued for IFC
vigorous, thriving, condition as determined by Saudi Aramco Representative during

and at the end of the guarantee period. The landscape materials shall be free of
dead foliage. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same
species. Replacements shall be subject to all requirements stated in this
specification.
E. The Contractor shall make all necessary repairs due to landscape material
replacements. Such repair shall be done at no extra cost to Saudi Aramco.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
06/01/22
DATE
2.01 Materials
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Plants:
ENGINEER
1. All plants provided by the Contractor shall be free from pests and diseases
DATE:
and be representative of their normal species or variety. All plants shall have
PROJECT
ENGINEER well branched heads and vigorous root systems and shall be injury free. Only
nursery grown plants shall be used, unless otherwise specifically noted on the
DATE: Drawings or in these Specifications.
CERTIFIED
2. Plants shall be true in botanical name and one plant of each lot shall be
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
tagged with the name and size of plants in accordance with the standards of
AGENCY practice of the American Association of Nurserymen. In all cases botanical
names shall take precedence over common names. Plants shall be as
DATE:
specified in the Plant Schedules.
OPERATIONS
B. Planting Soil Mix: Planting soil mix for planting operations shall contain the following
DATE: ingredients as a percentage of volume, thoroughly admixed with fertilizers.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Sand: 75%
EDSD
DATE:
2. Organic Resin Foam: 15%

BY:
3. Organic Matter (compost or other): 10%

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
4. Super Absorbent Humectant: 2L/m3

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Nitrates: Less than 75 ppm in saturation
extract.
ENGG CERT
Phosphorous: 10-25 ppm in 1.5 ammonium nitrate extractant: 1/2 hour

shake.
Potassium: 100-400 ppm in 1.5 ammonium nitrate extractant: 1/2 hour shake.
C. Sand (Sweet Sand): Sand shall be from an approved source and shall be free of
weeds, stones or other foreign matter. Surface crusts and gypsiferous accumulations
DESCRIPTION
shall be removed. Sand shall have the following characteristics:

Issued for IFC
1. pH: : 6.0- 7.3 saturated soil.

2. Electrical conductivity (EC at : Less than 2500 mhos saturated
25 degree C) extract.
3. Free carbonates : Less than 0.5% air dried soil.
4. Chlorides : Less than 800 ppm in
: saturation extract.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
5. Sulphates : Less than 15% in neutral

0001
saturation extract.
6. Exchangeable sodium : Less than 15% in neutral
06/01/22
DATE
normal ammonium extract.

7. Magnesium : 25-100 ppm in 1.5 ammonium
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
nitrates extractant: 1/2 hour
ENGINEER shake.
DATE:
8. Boron : Less than 1.0 ppm, hot water
PROJECT soluble.
ENGINEER
9. Sodium absorption ratio : Less than 5
DATE: (SAR)
CERTIFIED
10. Physical Characteristics Loamy sand made up by
particle size as follows:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION Sand 2 mm-0.05 mm 85%
AGENCY
minimum
DATE: Silt 0.05 mm - 0.002 mm 10 %
OPERATIONS minimum
: Clay less than 0.002 mm 5%
DATE: maximum
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
At the discretion of the Contractor a green manure crop may be grown on stored sand
EDSD
as a stabilizer and for improvement of soil fertility.

DATE:
BY:
D. New Topsoil:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Topsoil to be furnished by the Contractor shall consist of loose, friable, sandy
loam free of admixture of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds,
or other material which would be detrimental to the proper development of
ENGG CERT
vegetative growth. The minimum and maximum Ph value shall be 6 and 7.5
respectively.
2. Topsoil shall be tested in conformance with the standards of the Association

of Official Analytical Chemists, "Official Methods of Analysis".
3. Topsoil shall contain a minimum of 3% and maximum of 20% organic matter

as determined by loss or ignition of samples oven dried to constant weight at
DESCRIPTION
99 degree C (212 degree F).

Issued for IFC
4. Topsoil shall have a grading analysis as follows:
Sieve Percentage by Weight

Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieve
1 in. 100
1/4 in. 97-100
No. 10 80-100
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Particle Sizes:
06/01/22
DATE
Sand 0.75 mm to 2.00 m

Silt 0.2 mm to 0.75.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Clay 0.2 mm or less
ENGINEER
Ratio:
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Sand 85%
Silt 10%
DATE: Clay 5%
CERTIFIED
5. Topsoil shall not contain stone over one inch in diameter.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Gypsum: Agricultural gypsum (CaSO4.2H2O) shall be a finely ground, natural
mineral product commercially prepared for agricultural use and application.
DATE:
Agricultural gypsum shall be pure and supplied in a closed damp proof container or
OPERATIONS
bag having the manufacturer's label with chemical analysis and purity.
DATE: F. Soil Sulfur: Soil sulfur(s) shall be powdered, natural sulfur, commercially prepared for
CONTROL NUMBER
agricultural use and application. It shall be at least 99% pure. Sulfur shall be supplied
VERIFICATION
in a closed damp proof container or bag with the manufacturer's label giving chemical
EDSD
analysis and purity.

DATE:
BY:
G. Fertilizer:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Superphosphate: Soluble mixture of phosphates obtained from treated
mineral phosphates with a minimum amount of 20% available phosphoric
acid.
ENGG CERT
2. Commercial Fertilizer: A standard commercial grade fertilizer complying with

the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, "Official Methods of Analysis."
Commercial fertilizer shall provide the minimum percentage of available
nutrients as specified. Saudi Aramco shall take such samples as deemed
necessary for testing.
a. Fertilizer shall be furnished in bulk or in new, clean, sealed, and

DESCRIPTION
properly labeled containers with name, weight, and guaranteed

Issued for IFC
analysis of contents clearly marked. Fertilizer failing to meet the

specified analysis may be used as determined by Saudi Aramco
providing sufficient materials are added to comply with specified
nutrients per unit of measure.
b. A liquid form of fertilizer containing the minimum percentage of

available nutrients may be used when specified.
c. For trees and shrubs, provide fertilizer with not less than 10%
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
available phosphoric acid and from 3% to 5% total nitrogen and from

3% to 5% soluble potash. Add to soil mix at a rate of 20 kg/cu.m.
06/01/22
DATE
d. For lawns and ground covers, provide fertilizer with not less than 4%
phosphoric acid and not less than 2% potassium, and the percentage
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
of nitrogen required to provide not less than 0.5 kg. of actual nitrogen
ENGINEER per 100 sq. m of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be
available to the lawn during the initial period of growth. Apply to
DATE:
topsoil mix at rate of 1 kg/sq.m.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
e. Plants must be watered sufficiently during initial planting to avoid

DATE: fertilizer burns.
CERTIFIED
H. Water: Water used in planting or care of vegetation shall be free from oils, acids,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
alkalis, salts, or any substance injurious to plant life.
AGENCY
I. Trees Stakes: Tree stakes shall be 50 x 75 x 600 wood. Stakes shall extend
DATE:
minimum of 300 mm into undisturbed site soil. Tree shall be fastened to stakes using
OPERATIONS
No. 10 galvanized tie wire attached through a holed drilled in the stake. Wire shall be
covered with 2 ply reinforced rubber or plastic hose (green color) at least 12.5 mm
DATE: diameter at tree trunk.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
J. Jute Mesh: Jute mesh shall be of a uniform, plain weave with warp and weft yarns of
EDSD
approximately the same size. The physical requirements shall be:

DATE:
BY:
78 warp ends per width.

41 weft ends per yard.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Range in Weight of Cloth: 1.80 lb (average) per running yard with a 5% minimum
tolerance to 1.22 lb (average) per running yard with a 5% minimum tolerance at
standard atmospheric conditions.
ENGG CERT
K. Miscellaneous Landscape Materials:
1. Surface Gravel: Water-worn, hard, durable gravel, washed free of loam,

sand, clay and other foreign substances and of the following size range and
color:
DESCRIPTION
a. Size Range: 38 mm maximum, 20 mm minimum.

Issued for IFC
b. Size Range: 9 mm maximum, 3 mm minimum (pea gravel).
c. Color: Uniform color range, to match Saudi Aramco's sample.
2. Subsurface Drainage Gravel: Clean round stones shall meet the following
gradation requirements: 25 mm to 50 mm.
3. Hessian Bands: Hessian bands shall be 75 mm and to lengths necessary for

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
wrapping of tree trunks and main branches.

06/01/22
L. Tree Root Barrier:

DATE
Root barrier shall be manufactured from durable polyethylene materials to withstand

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
the vigors of construction. The polyethylene plastic shall be 50% recycled with UV
ENGINEER inhibitors and are 0.085 in. thickness. Panels feature ninety-degree root-deflecting
ribs that are 6 inch apart and self-inter locking panel to panel connections to
DATE:
eliminates joiner strips and gluing. As well as being a root-impervious the root panels
PROJECT
ENGINEER shall direct roots downward to prevent damage to surrounding hoodscaps and
landscaps.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Root barrier panels shall be manufactured by Century Products, Inc. Orange,
California or approved equal.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.01 Inspection
DATE: A. Examine the subgrade upon which Work is to be performed, verify subgrade
CONTROL NUMBER
elevations and observe the conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not
VERIFICATION
proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
EDSD
DATE:
B. Determine location of underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will
BY:
avoid possible damage. Do not permit heavy equipment such as trucks, rollers or
bulldozers to damage utilities.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to utilities.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.02 Preparation of Planting Soil
A. Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at the rate of 2 parts loam to
ENGG CERT
1 part peat moss to obtain required planting soil mixture. Delay mixing of fertilizer if
planting will not follow placing of planting soil within 3 days.
B. For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling and stockpile at the
site.
C. For bed type planting, thoroughly mix planting soil prior to placement or mix within
excavated bed area.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3.03 Preparation of Planted Areas
A. The Contractor shall notify Saudi Aramco at least 5 days before he intends to start
topsoil spreading, planting, and related landscape operations.
B. Whenever slope areas to be top-soiled are steeper than 3:1, these slopes shall be
disked or scarified parallel to the contours and to a depth of 150 mm prior to placing
topsoil.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. All areas to be seeded (for lawn or other plant seeding) shall be treated with gypsum
and sulfur at the following rates prior to disking:
06/01/22
DATE
Gypsum @ 5.09 kg/m2.

Sulfur @ 0.2 kg/m2.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Gypsum and sulfur shall be worked into the subgrade surface by disking prior to the
placement and spreading of any soil mix or sweet sand to lines, grades and depth
DATE:
shown on the Drawings.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
D. Excavating for Planting:

DATE:
CERTIFIED
1. Excavations shall be to depth and widths detailed on the landscape Drawings.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. Following excavation of pits, trench or planting beds, loosen subgrade to a
AGENCY depth of 150 mm (6 in.) and remove all stone, rock or foreign matter
exceeding 38 mm diameter/dimension. Apply agricultural gypsum and sulfur
DATE:
evenly on the loosened subgrade at the following rates:
OPERATIONS
Gypsum 5.0 kg/m2.

DATE: Sulfur 0.2 kg/m2.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Work gypsum and sulfur into the 150 mm deep loosened subgrade.
EDSD
DATE:
If water Table is within 1.0 m of pit bed use aggregate (25 mm to 50 mm

BY:
stones)
3. Leaching of pit and bed excavations shall be thoroughly accomplished with

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
potable water prior to backfilling and shall be performed for two days at rates
(DCC) NO. _____________________
of 80 mm per day.
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. After preparation of pit subgrade apply sand and planting soil mix. All
irrigation equipment shall be laid above the membrane.
ENGG CERT
5. Obstructions: If rock or other obstructions are encountered in excavation for

planting of trees or shrubs, notify Saudi Aramco, or remove the obstructions to
a depth of not less than 150 mm below the required planting depth.
6. For excavation of plant pits in hard rock or in areas with hard, rocky or
compacted soil, excavate the plant pits two times the require pit width and one
and one half the required pit depth. Scarify the sides and bottom of the pit.
DESCRIPTION
Following excavation and scarifying, comply with requirements of 3.03 (D) of

Issued for IFC
this section.
3.04 Preparation of Planting Beds
A. Prepare planting beds during the planting period and when ground is relatively dry.
B. Loosen subgrade of planting bed areas to a minimum depth of 150 mm (6 in.) using a
cultivator/mulcher or similar equipment. Remove stones over 38 mm (1-1/2 in.) in any
dimension, and rubbish, and other extraneous matter.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Following excavation of pits, trench or planting beds, loosen subgrade to a depth of

06/01/22
150 mm (6 in.) and remove all stone, rock or foreign matter exceeding 38 mm
DATE
diameter/dimension. Apply agricultural gypsum and sulfur evenly on the loosened

subgrade at the following rates:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Gypsum 5.0 kg/m2.
Sulfur 0.2 kg/m2
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Work gypsum and sulfur into the 150 mm deep loosened subgrade.
DATE: If water Table is within 1.0 m of pit bed use aggregate (25 mm to 50 mm stones).
CERTIFIED
D. Spread planting soil mixture to the minimum depth required to meet lines, grades, and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. Place approximately 1/2
AGENCY of the total amount of planting soil required. Work into the top of the loosened
subgrade to create a transition layer, and then place the remainder of the planting
DATE:
soil.
OPERATIONS
3.05 Installation
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. General:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Proceed with and complete the landscaping Work as portions of the site
DATE:
become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of
BY:
planted material.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
2. Planting Period: The Contractor shall submit his planting schedule for plants
(DCC) NO. _____________________
supplied. Planting shall not be done during windy weather (velocities

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
exceeding 8 km/hr) or when the ground is excessively wet or otherwise
untillable.
ENGG CERT
3. Cooperate with other trades working in and adjacent to the landscape work
area. Examine drawings which show the development of the entire site and
become familiar with the scope of work required.
4. Place gravel beds where shown. Compact soil subgrades before placing
gravel unless otherwise noted. Fill or remove excess as necessary to bring
thickness of bed as shown to required elevation.
DESCRIPTION
B. Planting: Planting shall be performed in accordance with the best recognized

Issued for IFC
practices:
1. Plants shall be set plumb and at such a level or elevation that after settlement
they will bear same relation to level of surrounding ground as they bore to
ground from which they were dug. All plants shall be planted on and in soil
mix. The soil mix will be properly compacted before the placement of trees
with a heavy root ball.
2. During and after planting, the plants shall be thoroughly watered-in to

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
eliminate air voids around the roots and watered regularly as required for the
plants to become established.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Planting of ground cover and grass:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Space plants as shown on the Drawings.
ENGINEER
2. Dig holes large enough to allow for spreading of roots and backfill with
DATE:
planting soil.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer
DATE: indentation around plants to hold water.
CERTIFIED
4. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover crowns of plants with
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
wet soils.
AGENCY
5. Protect from hot sun and wind for several days. Remove protection when
DATE:
plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting shock.
OPERATIONS
6. Maintain plants by watering, weeding, fertilizing, and other operations as

DATE: required to establish healthy, viable plantings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Top Soil Application:

EDSD
DATE:
1. After Saudi Aramco Representative has approved graded areas, topsoil shall
BY:
be spread in areas designated for grass to a depth of 20 cm and to an

elevation which, after settlement, will provide the nominal elevation shown on
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
the Drawings.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is excessively wet or
in a condition detrimental to the Work.
ENGG CERT
3. Roadway surfaces shall be kept clean during hauling and spreading

operations.
4. After spreading has been completed, large clods, stones larger than one inch
and any roots, stumps, and other undesirable materials shall be raked up and
removed and disposed off at an approved location.
3.06 Maintenance of Planted Areas

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Maintenance of landscaping shall begin immediately from the Mechanical Completion

date and shall continue through the guarantee period.
B. Remove diseased or unsatisfactory plants. Remove topsoil containing foreign

materials resulting from Contractor'S operations including oil drippings, stones, gravel,
and other construction materials.
C. Periodically, remove weeds from planted areas, apply selective chemical weed killers
as required. Apply a bedding mulch, if required to maintain moist condition.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Water planted areas and keep moist.

06/01/22
DATE
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and caring for areas. He shall
repair at his own expense any damage to planted areas caused by pedestrian and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
vehicular traffic and other construction related causes.
ENGINEER
F. Before final acceptance of the project, Saudi Aramco may direct that supplemental
DATE:
applications of fertilizer, plants, mulch, and water be made to areas that were
PROJECT
ENGINEER previously planted.
DATE: 3.07 Clean-Up, Protection, and Acceptance

CERTIFIED
A. During landscape Work, store materials and equipment where directed. Keep
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition.
AGENCY
B. Protect landscape Work from loss damage and deterioration during storage,
DATE:
installation and maintenance periods. Protect from unauthorized persons
OPERATIONS
(trespassers), as well as from operations by other tradesmen. Wherever possible,
replace the damaged work by treating or repairing the work to an acceptable
DATE: condition as directed by Saudi Aramco.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Final Inspection: At the end of the guarantee period, Saudi Aramco shall inspect all
EDSD
work, upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least
DATE:
ten calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02513
ENGG CERT
SUB-BASE/BASE COURSE AND ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Sub-Base Course

2.02 Base Course
2.03 Bituminous Prime Coat
2.04 Tack Coat
2.05 Bituminous Paving Mixture
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.06 Job Mix
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Subgrade Preparation and Maintenance

NO.
REV
00
3.02 Sub-Base Course Placement, Compaction and Maintenance

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.03 Base Course Placement, Compaction and Maintenance
3.04 Prime Coat Application
DATE: 3.05 Tack Coat Application
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.06 Placement of Asphaltic Concrete
3.07 Compaction Sampling and Testing
DATE: 3.08 Tolerance
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
AGENCY
1.01 Description
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; site grading, granular sub-base,
aggregate base course, prime coat, tack coat, asphalt concrete paving, sampling and
DATE: testing for the new construction (asphalt road travel lines and asphalted parkings
CONTROL NUMBER
inclusive) as indicated on the Drawings.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1.02 Related Work

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Ministry of Transport, The Technical Administration for Roads and Ports - General
ENGG CERT
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (MOT).
B. General Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Ministry of Transport

(MOT).
C. Asphalt Institute Manual Series No. 1 (MS-1).
D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. T 11 (latest edition) – Standard Method of Test for Amount of Material Finer

than 0.075 mm Sieve in Aggregate.
2. T 27 (latest edition) - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
3. T 48 (latest edition) - Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup.
4. T 49 (latest edition) - Penetration of Bituminous Materials.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
5. T 51 (latest edition) - Ductility of Bituminous Materials.

06/01/22
6. T 90 (latest edition) - Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of

DATE
Soils.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
7. T 176 (latest edition) - Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregate and Soils by Use of
ENGINEER the Sand Equivalent Test.
DATE:
8. T 179 (latest edition) - Effect of Heat and Air on Asphalt Materials (Thin-film
PROJECT
ENGINEER oven test).
DATE: 9. T 201 (latest edition) - Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalt.

CERTIFIED
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. ASTM D 1883 - Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory
- Compacted Soils.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. ASTM D 4253 - Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of
Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3. ASTM D 4254 - Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of
VERIFICATION
Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Sub-Base Course

ENGG CERT
A. General: Sub-base course material shall consist of mixture of gravel and stone
fragments with sand, silt and clay.
B. Production: Sub-base course material shall be blended to meet the requirements

specified in Part C of this Section. Individual sizes of material shall be blended by a
mixing plant as necessary to meet grading requirements.
DESCRIPTION
C. Gradation Requirements: Sub-base course material shall be gravel, mixed with fine
Issued for IFC
material consisting of natural material, of suitable binding quality.
The combined materials shall consist of a mixture of well graded gravel or uniformly
graded from coarse to fine to conform to the following gradation requirements:
AASHTO-Sieve % Passing % Passing

Class A Class B
2-1/2 in. 100 -

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2- in. 90-100 100

1-1/2 in. - 70-100
06/01/22
1 in. - 55-85
DATE
3/4 in. * - 50-80

3/8 in. - 40-70
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
No. 4 35-70 30-60
ENGINEER No. 10 - 20-50
No. 40 - 10-30
DATE:
No. 200 0-15 5-15
PROJECT
ENGINEER
* If less than 30% of the sample is retained on a ¾ in. sieve use (ASTM
DATE: D1557). If 30% or more of the sample is retained on a ¾ in. sieve use
CERTIFIED
(AASHTO T180).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Physical Requirements: Sub-base course aggregate shall conform to the following
AGENCY physical requirements:
DATE:
1. Loss of Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test (ASTM C88):
OPERATIONS
For Coarse Aggregate - 25% maximum for Classes A&B.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
For Fine Aggregate - 25% maximum for Classes A&B.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Loss by Abrasion Test (ASTM C131 or ASTM C535)- 50% maximum for
DATE:
Classes A&B.
BY:
3. Plasticity Index - 6 maximum for Class B.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
4. Liquid Limit - 25 maximum for Class B.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. CBR Ratio: When tested in accordance with ASTM D-1883, California Bearing Ratio,
after four days soaking, shall not be less than 25 for Class `A' and Class 'B' of the
ENGG CERT
sub-base course material.
2.02 Base Course
A. General: All aggregates for base course shall consist of clean, tough, durable, sharp
angle fragments free of any excess of thin or elongated pieces, and reasonably free
of soft, disintegrated or decomposed stone, dirt, organic matter, shale, clay, clay lump
or other deleterious matter.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Production: Crushed gravel or stone fragments for base shall consist of the product
obtained by crushing gravel that has first been screened in such a manner that not
less than 90% of the material to be crushed is retained on a one-quarter (1/4) in
sieve. The amount of crushing shall be regulated so that at least 80%, by weight, of
the pieces retained on the No. 4 sieve have at least one (1) mechanically fractured
face.
C. Aggregate Mix and Gradation Requirements: Base Course material shall be crushed
rock or crushed gravel, mixed with fine material consisting of quarry screening, or
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
natural material, of suitable binding quality.

06/01/22
The combined materials shall consist of a mixture of all aggregate uniformly graded
DATE
from coarse to fine to conform to the following gradation requirements:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
AASHTO-Sieve % Passing % Passing
ENGINEER Class A Class B
DATE:
2-1/2 in. 100 -
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2- in. 90-100 -
1-1/2 in. 60-90 100
DATE: 1 in. 42-77 60-100
CERTIFIED
3/4 in. 35-70 55-85
1/2 in. 25-60 -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
No. 4 15-40 35-60
AGENCY No. 10 10-26 25-50
No. 40 5-15 15-30
DATE:
No. 200 2-9 8-15
OPERATIONS
D. Physical Requirements: Base course aggregate shall conform to the following

DATE: physical requirements:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Loss of Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test (ASTM C88):

EDSD
DATE:
For Coarse Aggregate - 25% maximum for Classes A&B.

BY:
For Fine Aggregate - 25% maximum for Classes A&B.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Loss by Abrasion Test (ASTM C131 or ASTM C535)- 40% maximum for
Classes A&B.
ENGG CERT
3. Thin and Elongated Pieces, by Weight (larger than 1 in., thickness less than
1/5 length) - Maximum 5% for Classes A&B.
4. Friable Particles (ASTM C142) - Maximum 0.25% for Classes A&B.
5. Plasticity Index - 6 maximum for Classes A and B.
6. Liquid Limit - 25 maximum for Class B.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
E. CBR Ratio: When tested in accordance with ASTM D-1883, California Bearing Ratio,
after four days soaking, shall not be less than 50 for Class `B' and 100 for Class 'A'.
2.03 Bituminous Prime Coat
A. Prime coat shall be MC-70 conforming to Ministry of Transport.
2.04 Tack Coat

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Liquid asphalt for tack coat shall be rapid curing type cutback grades RC-250
conforming to Ministry of Transport.
06/01/22
DATE
2.05 Bituminous Paving Mixture

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Asphalt mixture: Asphalt shall be petroleum asphalt cement, grade 60-70
ENGINEER penetration, conforming to the requirements in the following table:
DATE:
General Requirements AASHTO Test Method
PROJECT
ENGINEER Grade 60-70 and Acceptable Limits
DATE: Penetration, 25 degrees C,

CERTIFIED
100 grams, 5 seconds T 49 60-70
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Flash point (Cleveland)
AGENCY open cup, degrees C T 48 232.2
DATE:
Thin film oven test T 179 -
OPERATIONS
Penetration after test

DATE: 25 degrees C, 100 grams,
CONTROL NUMBER
5 seconds percent of
VERIFICATION
original T 49 52 min.
EDSD
DATE:
Ductility: At 25 degrees C T 51 100 min

BY:
Solubility in organic
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
solvents, percent T 44 99 min

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
The asphalt shall be prepared by the refining of petroleum. It shall be uniform in
character and shall not foam when heated to 176.7 degrees C.
ENGG CERT
B. Mineral Aggregate:
1. Gradation: When tested according to ASTM C-117 and ASTM C-136, the
combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the following grading:
a. Class A:
Hot Asphalt Hot Asphalt

DESCRIPTION
Base Course Surface Course

Issued for IFC
Sieve Size % Passing % Passing
1-1/2 in. 100 -

1 in. 75-90 -
3/4 in. 65-80 100
1/2 in. 55-70 76-92
3/8 in. 45-60 64-79
No. 4 31-46 41-56
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
No. 10 18-33 23-37

No. 40 5-18 7-20
06/01/22
No. 80 3-13 5-13

DATE
No. 200 2-9 3-8

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
b. Class B:
ENGINEER
Hot Asphalt Hot Asphalt

DATE:
Base Course Surface Course
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Sieve Size % Passing % Passing

DATE:
CERTIFIED
1 -1/2 in. 100 -
1 in. 100 -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3/4 in. 80-100 100
AGENCY 1/2 in. 68-88 80-100
3/8 in. 60-80 -
DATE:
No. 4 45-65 50-70
OPERATIONS
No. 10 30-50 32-47
No. 40 15-32 16-26
DATE: No. 80 - 10-18
CONTROL NUMBER
No. 200 3-10 4-10

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Physical requirements: The combined mineral aggregate shall meet the

DATE:
quality requirements specified in "Aggregate Base Course" and, in addition,

BY:
shall conform to the following physical requirements:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Sand Equivalent
(ASTM D-2419) 50 minimum
Plasticity Index
ENGG CERT
(ASTM D-4318) 6 max.(Asphaltic Base

Course)
3 max.(Surface
Course)
Loss of magnesium sulphate

Soundness Test:
Coarse Aggregate 25% maximum
DESCRIPTION
Fine Aggregate 25% maximum

Issued for IFC
Loss by Abrasion %
(ASTM C-131) 40% maximum
Thin and elongated pieces

by weight (larger than
25 mm, thickness less
than 1/5 length) per
CRD-C119 5% maximum
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.06 Job Mix

06/01/22
DATE
A. The job-mix formula shall combine the mineral aggregates and asphalt in such
proportion as to produce a mixture conforming to the following composition limits by
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
weight in accordance with ASTM D2172 or ASTM D6307:
ENGINEER
Mix Item %
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Total Mineral Aggregates 93-96
Asphaltic Binder 4-7
DATE:
CERTIFIED
When tested according to the Marshall Method, the bituminous mixture shall conform
to the following requirements:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Characteristics Asphalt Base Surface
DATE:
Stability (kg) 700 min. 800 min.
OPERATIONS
Flow (mm) 2.4-5.0 2.4-4.0
DATE: Loss of Marshall

CONTROL NUMBER
stability by sub-merging
VERIFICATION
specimens in water at
EDSD
60 deg C for 24 hrs as

DATE:
compared to stability
BY:
measured after submersion

in water at 60 deg C for

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(20) minutes 25% max 25% max

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Voids in total
mix % 3.0-7.0 3.0-5.0
ENGG CERT
Voids filled with

Bitumen % 60-75 70-80
Voids in mineral Class A Class A

aggregate (VMA) % 13 min. 14 min.
per ASTM D-2041
Class B Class B
12 min. 15 min.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Maximum Variation: Upon receiving the job-mix formula, approved by Saudi Aramco
Representative, Contractor shall adjust his plant to proportion the individual
aggregates, mineral filler and asphalt to produce a final mix that, when compared to
the job-mix formula, shall be within the following limits:
Tolerance
Material Sieve Size Asphalt Base Wearing
23-10028-
Larger than ½” + 6.0% + 6.0%

JO/EWO
0001
½” + 5.0% + 6.0%
06/01/22
DATE
No. 4 and 3/8 in. + 5.0% + 5.0%

No. 10 and retained on No.80 + 4.0% + 4.0%
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER No. 80 + 3% + 3%
DATE:
No. 200 + 1.5% + 1.5%
PROJECT
ENGINEER Asphalt Content + 0.4% + 0.4%
DATE:
CERTIFIED Submit asphalt mix design to Saudi Aramco Representative for review and approval
at least 30 days prior to use. The asphalt concrete shall be graded from a
DATE: Government approved batch plant.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
C. The mixture temperature shall have a temperature between 139 degrees C and 163
DATE:
degrees C when it leaves the plant and shall be transported from the mixing plant to
OPERATIONS the point of use in pneumatic-tired vehicles having tight bodies, previously cleaned of
all foreign materials. The mixture shall be delivered on the road or surface to be
DATE:
paved, between the temperature of 139 degrees C and 163 degrees C.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
3.01 Subgrade Preparation and Maintenance

BY:
CERTIFICATE
A. Demolition and Existing Material Cuts: Existing asphalt, or other materials identified
23-10028-0001-008
to be demolished as shown on the Drawings, shall be removed prior to the

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
commencement of subgrade cut/fill and asphalt overlay operation. Asphalt is to be
saw cut, providing clean, neat vertical edges that will provide a suitable surface for
matching of new asphalt.
ENGG CERT
B. Subgrade preparation: Contractor shall, as a part of the Work and prior to delivery of
materials for the sub-base course, prepare the roadbed surface including parking
areas by sprinkling, blading, rolling and lightly scarifying where necessary, until the
proper crown is obtained. When compacted and ready for sub-base course
construction, the roadbed shall be well compacted, smooth hard and uniform, all
irregularities having been bladed out and rolled smooth.
DESCRIPTION
C. Sub-grade Compaction: Subgrade shall be compacted to not less than 95% of ASTM
Issued for IFC
D 1557 or AASHTO T 180, method D, or to 85% of relative density determined by

ASTM D 4253 and D 4254.
D. Maintenance of Subgrade: After the roadbed has been prepared, it shall be

maintained true to cross section and grade until the sub-base course is completed.
The roadbed of the entire project shall be maintained by Contractor from the time the
Work is started until covered with the sub-base course.
3.02 Sub-base Course Placement, Compaction and Maintenance

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Sub-Base Course Placement: Do not place any sub-base course material until the
06/01/22
subgrade upon which it is to be placed has been approved by Saudi Aramco

DATE
Representative.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. The sub-base course shall be compacted to not less than 95% of the maximum
ENGINEER laboratory density as determined by ASTM D-1557, Method D, or AASHTO- T180.
DATE:
C. Sub-Base Course Maintenance: Following the construction of the granular sub-base,
PROJECT
ENGINEER the compacted sub-base course shall be maintained by Contractor. Contractor shall
blade, broom and otherwise maintain the sub-base, keeping it free from raveling, and
DATE: other defects until such time as the other surface is applied. Water shall be applied at
CERTIFIED
such time and in such quantities as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.03 Base Course Placement, Compaction and Maintenance
AGENCY
A. Base Course Placement: Do not place any base course material until the sub-base
DATE:
upon which it is to be placed has been approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.
OPERATIONS
B. The base course shall be compacted to not less than 100% of the maximum
DATE: laboratory density as determined by ASTM D-1557, Method D, or AASHTO- T180.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Base Course Maintenance: Following the construction of the aggregate base, the
EDSD
compacted base course shall be maintained by Contractor. Contractor shall blade,

DATE:
broom and otherwise maintain the base, keeping it free from raveling, and other
BY:
defects until such time as the bituminous prime or other surface is applied. Water
shall be applied at such time and in such quantities as directed by Saudi Aramco
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Representative.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.04 Prime Coat Application
A. A prime coat consists of the initial application of liquid asphalt onto the surface of a
ENGG CERT
non-asphalt base course.
B. Cleaning Surface: Immediately before applying the bituminous primer material, the
surface shall be cleaned of all loose dirt and other objectionable materials with a
power broom, hand broom, or blower. If so ordered by Saudi Aramco Representative,
the surface shall be lightly bladed and rolled immediately prior to the application of the
bituminous material, in which case brooming or blowing will not be required. Saudi
Aramco Representative may order a light application of water, just before application
DESCRIPTION
of bituminous material, if required.

Issued for IFC
C. Application: Prime coat shall be applied only when the surface to be treated is dry
and when the temperature in the shade is 8 degrees C and rising. Bituminous
material shall be applied by means of a distributor at a rate of 1.75 liters per sq.m and
at a temperature between 50 degrees to 80 degrees C. If the material is applied in
two lanes, there shall be an overlap of at least 200 mm. Any prescribed application
may be divided into two applications to prevent flowing of the surface and additional
bituminous material shall be applied where surface conditions indicate it is required.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Drying Time: The primed surface shall be kept free from all traffic and in a clean
condition pending placement of the covering asphaltic concrete pavement. A
06/01/22
minimum period of 24 hours shall be allowed for the absorption and curing of the
DATE
prime coat prior to placement of covering pavement.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.05 Tack Coat Application
ENGINEER
A. 1. Concrete Surfaces: Tack coat shall be applied to all concrete surfaces that
DATE:
will be in contact with the asphalt pavement. Tack coat applications shall take
PROJECT
ENGINEER place prior to the paving operations and shall include contact surfaces of
concrete gutters and other drainage structures.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
2. Asphalt Surfaces: Tack coat shall be applied between the binder course and
the surface course; new and old asphalt surface, and vertical cut of adjacent
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
to a new asphalt. If application of the surface is delayed by more than 3 days,
AGENCY or if dirt, sand or other impurities have contaminated the tack coat, then a new
tack coat shall be applied after the original one has been swept clean.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Method of Application: The bituminous material shall be applied on the binder course
by means of a bituminous distributor at a maximum rate of 0.25 liters per sq.m or as
DATE: directed by Saudi Aramco Representative. A hand broom shall be used for
CONTROL NUMBER
application of the tack coat to concrete surfaces not covered by the bituminous
VERIFICATION
distributor.
EDSD
DATE:
3.06 Placement of Asphaltic Concrete

BY:
A. Receipt of Materials: Do not accept asphaltic concrete material unless it is covered

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
with tarpaulins until unloaded, and unless it has a temperature of at least 139 degrees
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C.
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Placement and Compaction: Placement and compaction of the bituminous mixture
shall progress in sections not more than 90 m in length. The bituminous mixture shall
ENGG CERT
be spread, shaped and finished with the power machine with automatic adjustable
grade controlled by a ski or a straight line. The mixture shall be placed one-half width
or one traffic lane at a time. After the first width has been compacted, the second
width shall be placed, finished and compacted as specified for the first width. Do not
place asphaltic concrete when the atmosphere temperature is below 4 degrees C, nor
during fog, rain, wind or other unsuitable conditions.
C. Spreading: Spread material in a placement thickness so that after rolling the nominal
DESCRIPTION
thickness of the compacted bituminous material shall not be more than 80 mm per
Issued for IFC
layer and not less than 50 mm per layer.
D. Rolling: After a layer has been placed the full width, the surface shall be rolled.
Rolling shall be longitudinal, and shall commence at the outer edge of the road
overlapping it and progress towards the center. Rolling shall continue until the
surface is of uniform texture and degree of compaction is achieved, and is true to
grade and cross section. Under no circumstances shall the center of the surface
course be rolled first.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Asphalt Compaction Density: The requirement shall be equal to or greater than 96%
of the Marshall density of each day production.
06/01/22
DATE
F. Protection of Work: Protect those portions of curbs, manholes, valve boxes and other
structures, that will be visible upon completion of the project, from bituminous
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
material. Remove any bituminous material from asphalt fouled surfaces and clean
ENGINEER these surfaces to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
3.07 Compaction Sampling and Testing
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. The compacted asphalt samples shall be taken for testing.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.08 Tolerance
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Surface Tolerance: The surface will be tested with a 4 m straightedge at selected
AGENCY locations. The variation of the surface from the testing edge of the straightedge
between any two contacts with the surface shall at no point exceed 4 mm when
DATE:
placed on or parallel to the centerline or 3 mm when placed perpendicular to the
OPERATIONS
centerline of the roadway. All humps and depressions exceeding the specified
tolerance shall be corrected by removing the defective work and replacing it with new
DATE: material as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Tolerance in Thickness: Measurement of core shall be no less than design thickness

EDSD
minus 10 mm or 15% of the design thickness whichever is less.

DATE:
BY:
- END OF SECTION -
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02515
ENGG CERT
CONCRETE WALKWAYS AND SIDEWALKS
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.03 Submittals
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Surface Preparation

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Form Construction

3.03 Reinforcement
3.04 Concrete Placement
06/01/22
DATE
3.05 Joints
3.06 Concrete Finishing
NO.
REV
00
3.07 Curing
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.08 Repair and Protection
DATE:
PROJECT
DATE: 1.01 Description

CERTIFIED
A. Provide concrete walks as shown on the Drawings.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Related Work:
DATE: 1. Section 03100: Concrete Formwork.

OPERATIONS
2. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
4. Section 07150: Waterproofing, Caulking and Sealing

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Referenced Standards:
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301.
2. American Standard for Testing and Materials ASTM A185 - Specification for
ENGG CERT
Galvanized Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
3. Saudi Arabian Standard: Ministry of Transport General Specifications for

Roads and Bridges.
1.03 Submittals
A. Furnish samples, manufacturer's product data, test reports, and materials

DESCRIPTION
certifications as required in referenced sections for concrete work and joint fillers.
Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
A. Concrete, Formwork, Reinforcement, Joints and Accessories: Concrete work shall

conform to all requirements of ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for
Buildings, except as modified below, and as specified in Section 03300.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Compressive Strength: 28 MPa at 28 days.

06/01/22
DATE
C. Slump Range: 50 mm to 100 mm.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
D. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; gauge, spacing, and dimensions as indicated on
ENGINEER the Drawings.
DATE:
E. Sub-base and backfill: Shall conform to requirements of Section 02200.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE: PART 3 - EXECUTION

CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Remove loose material from the compacted base course surface immediately before
placing concrete.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE: A. Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances:
EDSD
DATE:
1. Grade: Plus or minus 3 mm.

BY:
2. Alignment: Plus or minus 6 mm at any point and no more than 3 mm

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
deviation from a 3 meter straightedge.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent.
D. Provide 0.15 mm (or 6 mil.) plasticized sheet vapor barrier beneath the concrete
ENGG CERT
foundation.
3.03 Reinforcement
A. Locate, place, and support reinforcement as specified in Section 03200.

DESCRIPTION
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 03300 for mixing and placing concrete, and
Issued for IFC
as herein specified.
B. Do not place concrete until subgrade and forms have been checked for line and
grade. Moisten subgrade to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time
concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around structures or frames until they have
been brought to the required grade and alignment.
C. Place concrete in one course monolithic construction for the full width and depth of
walks.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Spread concrete as soon as it is deposited on the subgrade, using methods which

06/01/22
prevent segregation of the mix. Consolidate concrete along the face of forms and
DATE
adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint
assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of
ENGINEER reinforcing and joint materials.
DATE:
E. Refer to Section 03300 for hot weather placing.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.05 Joints
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. General
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Construct expansion, isolation, and contraction joints true-to-line with face
AGENCY perpendicular to surface of the walks.
DATE:
2. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the pavement centerline, unless
OPERATIONS
otherwise indicated.
DATE: 3. When the walkway is abutting existing walks, place transverse joints to align
CONTROL NUMBER
with previously paved joints, unless otherwise indicated.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Contraction Joints:
DATE:
BY:
1. Provide contraction joints, to section the walkway and sidewalks into areas as
shown on the Drawings. Joints shall not be placed more than 6 meters apart
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(length or width). Locate joints exactly at the scoring pattern shown on the
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Drawings.
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Construct weakened-plane joints to a depth equal to at least 1/4 the walkway
thickness, as follows:
ENGG CERT
a. Tooled Joints: Form weakened-plane joints in the fresh concrete by

grooving the top portion of the slabs with a recommended cutting tool
and finishing edges with a jointer.
b. Saw Cut Joints: Saw cut to width equal to 1/2 depth and fill with joint
filler.
DESCRIPTION
C. Construction Joints:
Issued for IFC
1. Place joints at the end of pours and at locations where placement operations
are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such pours
terminate at expansion joints.
2. Construct joints as shown on the Drawings or, if not shown, use standard
metal keyway-section forms.
D. Expansion and Isolation Joints:

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints and isolation joints abutting
06/01/22
concrete paving and curbs, manholes, structures, walks, and other fixed
DATE
objects.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2. Locate expansion joints at approximately 24 meters on center for sidewalk
ENGINEER and each walkway lane, unless otherwise indicated. Subsequently, expansion
joints shall be placed not more than 30 meters apart.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of the joint, and not less than 12 mm or
more than 25 mm below the finished pavement surface where joint sealer is
DATE: indicated.
CERTIFIED
4. Use joint fillers in one-piece lengths for the full width being placed, wherever
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler
AGENCY sections together.
DATE:
5. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete placement with a metal
OPERATIONS
cap or other temporary material. Remove protection after both sides of joint
are placed.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
E. Fillers and Sealants: Comply with the requirements of Sections 07100 and 07920 of
VERIFICATION
these specifications for preparation of joints, materials, installation, and performance.

EDSD
DATE:
3.06 Concrete Finishing

BY:
A. Perform concrete finishing using machine or hand methods as required.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth the surface by screeding and
floating. Adjust the floating to compact the surface and produce a uniform texture.
ENGG CERT
C. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 3-meter straightedge. Distribute
concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to
provide a continuous, smooth finish.
D. Work edges of slabs and joints with a 3 mm radius edging tool.
E. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Broom finish, by drawing a fine-hair broom across the concrete surface,

perpendicular to the line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a
fine line texture.
2. Special finishes shall be as shown on the Drawings or as directed by Saudi

Aramco.
F. Leave forms in place for at least 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form
removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
and replace areas or sections of major honeycombing.

06/01/22
3.07 Curing
DATE
A. Protect and cure finished concrete walks complying with applicable requirements of
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Section 03300.
ENGINEER
B. Use moist-curing methods for initial curing whenever possible. After removal of
DATE:
forms, extend curing to exposed edges.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.08 Repair and Protection

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Repair or replace broken or defective walks.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Protect the walks from damage until acceptance of the work. Exclude pedestrians
AGENCY from walks for at least 3 days after placement.
DATE:
C. Sweep concrete walks and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign
OPERATIONS
material.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
- END OF SECTION -
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02516
ENGG CERT
UNIT PAVERS
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.05 Job Conditions
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturer

2.02 Materials
2.03 Fabrication
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Mortar Setting Bed Mix

06/01/22
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE
3.01 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.03 Cutting and Fitting
3.04 Color Distribution
DATE:
3.05 Installation
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.06 Joint Cleaning
3.07 Replacement, Protection, and Cleaning
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
A. This section covers fabricating, furnishing, and installing precast unit pavers as shown
OPERATIONS
on the drawings.
DATE: B. Provide exterior pavers at walkways and sidewalks over prepared setting bed.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.02 Related Work

EDSD
DATE:
A. Section 02513 - Sub-Base/Base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving

BY:
B. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Section 03400 - Precast Concrete.
ENGG CERT
A. General:
Comply with local governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable
manufacturers that have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years.
Use experience installers. Comply with requirements of PCI MNL-117, unless
otherwise specified.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Quality:
Unacceptable defects in the unit pavers are outlined and listed below. Replace
unsatisfactory unit pavers.
1. Ragged or irregular edges.
2. Exposed surfaces that has surface finish deficiencies.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Damaged or honeycombed surfaces.

06/01/22
4. Exceeding specified tolerances.

DATE
5. For architectural precast units, other defects describe in PCI MNL-117.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Referenced Standards:
DATE:
1. Saudi Arabian Standard: Ministry of Communications General Specifications
PROJECT
ENGINEER for Roads and Bridges.
DATE: 2. ASTM C902; Specification for Pedestrian and Light Traffic Paving Brick.
CERTIFIED
3. ASTM C936; Specification for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.04 Submittals
DATE:
A. Submit detail drawings and/or shop drawings.
OPERATIONS
B. Submit for approval samples, manufacturer’s product data, mock-ups, maintenance

DATE: data, extra stock, test reports, and materials certifications.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.05 Job Conditions

EDSD
DATE:
A. Protection: Protect materials during storage and construction from soilage or mixing
BY:
with earth and other foreign materials. Protect cement and line from wetting and
dampness.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Traffic Control: Maintain access for pedestrian and vehicular traffic during placement
operations, as required for other construction activities.
ENGG CERT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Saudi Concrete Products Co. Ltd. (SACEP), P.O. Box 55779, Riyadh 11544.
B. Qanbar Dywidag Precast Concrete Ltd., P.O. Box 9, Dammam 31411.

DESCRIPTION
C. Approved equal.
Issued for IFC
2.02 Materials
A. Pavers and Paving Units: Provide solid portland cement concrete pavers and paving
units conforming to the following:
1. Concrete compressive strength, at 28 day, f’c = 3000 psi.
2. Absorption: Six percent maximum by weight when tested per PCI MNL 117,
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Appendix D., Commentary, Division II, Product control, Section I, testing,

Paragraph 2.1.2 (9) (b) - Absorption.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Sizes, Shapes, and Edges: As shown.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
4. Dimensional Tolerance: +3 mm (1/8 in.) in any direction.
ENGINEER
5. Abrasion Resistance: Comply with ASTM-C-418.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 6. Durability: No weight loss or visual signs of deterioration after 50 freeze-thaw
cycles.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
7. Color: Colors shall be approved by Owner’s Representative.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
8. Texture on Exposed Surfaces: Edges smooth. Wearing surfaces nonslip with
AGENCY light and medium sandblast surface.
DATE:
9. Sides: Smooth, straight, and true.
OPERATIONS
B. Portland Cement for Pavers: ASTM-C-150, Type V, white.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Fine Aggregate for Pavers: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
D. Coarse Aggregate for Pavers: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast in Place

DATE:
Concrete.
BY:
E. Lime: ASTM C207, Type S, special finishing hydrated lime, non-air-entrained.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Aggregate for Mortar: Sand, ASTM-C-144 or ASTM-C-404, Size No. 2 except for
mortar in joints, all sand shall pass a 1.18 mm (No. 16 sieve.
ENGG CERT
G. Portland Cement for Mortar: ASTM-C-150, Type V, white.
H. Water: Treated (utility water quality), clean, free from materials determined to impair
the strength, bond or appearance of mortar.
I. Expansion Joint and Sealant: 12 mm (1/2 in.) premolded joint filler and sealant
specified in Section 07900 - Sealants.
DESCRIPTION
2.03 Fabrication
Issued for IFC
A. Hot Weather Concreting: Conform to requirements specified in Section 03300 - Cast

in Place Concrete.
2.04 Mortar Setting Bed Mix
A. Proportioning: Use methods which ensure that specified proportions are controlled
and accurately maintained. Measure aggregate materials in a damp, loose condition.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Mortar: ASTM-C-270, and the following; Use type S mortar proportioned by volume;
one part portland cement and 3 part sand. Use only the materials specified herein,
06/01/22
unless otherwise approved. Mortar shall have a minimum compressive strength of

DATE
12.4 Mpa (1800 lb/in2) at 28 days.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
C. Mixing: Combine and mix cement, lime, water and aggregate for at least five minutes
ENGINEER in a mechanical batch mixer. Add as much water as required for workability. Mortar
may be re-tempered by adding water and remising, as required for workability. Do
DATE:
not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 60 minutes has elapsed after
PROJECT
ENGINEER initial mixing.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.01 Inspection
AGENCY
A. Examine the substrates, adjoining constructions, and the conditions under which the
DATE:
work is to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
OPERATIONS
have been corrected.
DATE: 3.02 Surface Preparation

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Remove dirt and loose material from the substrate immediately before placing the
EDSD
setting bed.
DATE:
BY:
B. In vehicular areas, provide 100 mm thick lean concrete layer according to Section
03300. Provide leveling sand layer 50 mm thick and mortar setting bed mix according
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
to Subsection 2.04. Pavers are 10 cm. thick for vehicular areas.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. In pedestrians areas, provide 150 mm crushed compacted stone base course and
leveling sand layer 50 mm thick. Pavers are 8 cm. thick for pedestrian areas.
ENGG CERT
3.03 Cutting and Fitting
A. Cut pavers neatly to line or precast sizes as required to complete the patterns shown
and to fit against other work with uniform joints and edges as shown, including walls,
footings, curbs, drainage, plumbing, and electrical fittings. Provide 12 mm (1/2 in.)
joints where not otherwise shown at such fittings.
3.04 Color Distribution

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Where there is a minor variation in color shading among pavers of the same nominal
color, scatter the different shadings randomly.
3.05 Installation
A. Dampening: Ensure that pavers and substrate are damp at time of laying pavers, but
have no free water on their surfaces.
B. Laying: Lay pavers in a full, uniform bed of mortar for vehicular areas and directly
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
over leveling sand in pedestrians areas, continuous and free from voids, 50 mm (2 in.)
thick unless otherwise noted. Lay pavers with joint spacing, in patterns as specified,
06/01/22
tamped into position with top surfaces in true uniform places to the grades specified
DATE
and as necessary to provide proper drainage, free from depressions which would
cause puddles. Remove mortar splashes from exposed faces as the work
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
progresses.
ENGINEER
C. Dry Mix Joint Mortar Only in Vehicular Areas: Allow top surface of pavers to dry. Mix
DATE:
mortar dry and as otherwise specified for mortar in part 2. Brush mortar carefully into
PROJECT
ENGINEER joints to the level the bottom of edges curvature or levels while tops of pavers are dry.
Hold mortar close to joints and avoid spreading it over exposed paver surfaces as
DATE: much as practicable. Dampen mortar lightly. After surfaces have dried again, repeat
CERTIFIED
the process to fill joint where mortar has slumped below the bottom of edge curvature
or levels.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints as shown and as necessary to divide
paved areas into panels not exceeding 60 square meters. Space expansion joints to
DATE:
match joints in adjacent curbs and to terminate at building corners, offsets or columns
OPERATIONS
but not to exceed a spacing of 9 meters. Install filler material for the full width and
depth of the joint and through the setting bed to + 12 mm (1/2 in.) of the pavement
DATE: finish surface and in one piece lengths for the full width being placed wherever
CONTROL NUMBER
possible. Apply sealant on expansion joints against buildings, walls and where
VERIFICATION
shown.
EDSD
DATE:
E. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved

BY:
submittals. Install materials in proper relation with adjacent construction and with
uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
F. Restore damaged pavers. Clean and protect work from damage.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.06 Joint Cleaning
A. After filling the joints, remove excess sand and mortar, mortar stains, and other
ENGG CERT
foreign matter by approved means which do not damage the appearance of the work.
Acid cleaning will not be permitted.
3.07 Replacement, Protection and Cleaning
A. Replacement: Replace defective work, as directed, including cracked, chipped, and

stained pavers.
DESCRIPTION
B. Protection: Protect the work from damage until acceptance.

Issued for IFC
C. Final Cleaning: Sweep concrete pavers and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt,
and other foreign material just prior to final inspection.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02527
ENGG CERT
STREET MARKINGS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Thermoplastic Material

2.02 Glass Beads
Part 3 - Execution

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Application
3.03 Finish
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.01 Description
DATE:
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; apply white or yellow painted traffic
PROJECT
ENGINEER marking for lane lines, center lines, arrows, and edge lines.
DATE: 1.02 Reference Standards

CERTIFIED
A. Ministry of Transport (MOT) - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Ministry of Transport (MOT) - General Specifica-tion for Road and Bridge
Construction.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2.01 Thermoplastic Material

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. The material shall consist of a light-colored aggregate, pigment and extender bound
DATE:
together with a thermoplastic resin.

BY:
B. Colors: White and yellow paint as shown on Drawings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Specific gravity 1.94 - 2.15.

List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Flash point greater than 240.
ENGG CERT
E. Drying time - 3 minutes at 32 degree C.
F. Softening point measured by the ring and ball method shall be between 93 and 105
degree.
G. Aggregate settlement shall be none.
2.02 Glass Beads

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Total of 20% of glass beads to add to the thermoplastic paint. 10% shall be premixed
and the other 10% to be applied by pressure during the spraying. Glass beads shall
have a minimum 1.5 refractive index, be spherical in shape and 100% passing No. 12
sieve.
B. Spheres percent shall be 90% minimum.
C. Lead free, colorless, not wet or gathered glass beads.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
06/01/22
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. The pavement surface shall be dry and free from loose sand and mud or other
ENGINEER extraneous matter.
DATE:
3.02 Application
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Application shall be by a self propelled mobile sprayer, or template. The paint

DATE: material shall be sprayed at a rate of 1 liter of paint per 5 sq. m of area. The
CERTIFIED
pressurized residual quality of glass beads shall not be less than 250 g per sq. m.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Thermoplastic material shall be used at temperature between 200 - 220 degree C.
AGENCY
C. Painting should not be done during rainy, foggy weather or in the presence of blowing
DATE:
sand.
OPERATIONS
D. Painting shall be of thickness not less than 1.5 mm excluding glass beads.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3.03 Finish
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. The finished lines shall be free from raggedness on sides and ends and be in true
DATE:
plane with the general alignment of the street. The upper surface of the lines shall be
BY:
level, uniform and free from streaks and cracks.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02528
ENGG CERT
CONCRETE EDGING, CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.03 Submittals
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
2.02 Concrete Mix, Design, and Testing
PART 3 - EXECUTION
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001

3.03 Reinforcement
06/01/22
DATE

3.05 Precast Curbs
NO.
REV
00
3.06 Joints
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.07 Concrete Finish
3.08 Curing
DATE: 3.09 Repair and Protection
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE: PART 1 - GENERAL

CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. The extent of concrete curbs is shown on the Drawings.
DATE: B. Related Work:

OPERATIONS
1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

DATE:
BY:
4. Section 03400 - Precast Concrete

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with local governing regulations regarding precast
ENGG CERT
curbs and cast-in-place curbs, curb and gutter, and edging, if more stringent than
herein specified.
B. Saudi Arabian Standard: Ministry of Transport General Specification for Roads and
Bridges. Refer to Section 6.04 "Curbs and Gutters".
1.03 Submittals
DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish samples, manufacturer's product data, test reports, and materials

Issued for IFC
certifications as required in referenced sections for concrete work and joint fillers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
A. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist
movement during concrete placement and retain horizontal and vertical alignment
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
until removal. Use forms free of distortion and defects.

06/01/22
1. Extruding equipment shall be of approved commercial quality and design.

DATE
2. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
required.
ENGINEER
3. Coat forms with a non-staining, clear, form release agent which will not
DATE:
discolor or deface the surface of the concrete.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain billet steel bars for load transfer, expansion joints and
transverse contraction joints, A615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
square and free of burrs.
AGENCY
D. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 Sections for

DATE:
concrete materials, admixture, bonding materials, curing materials, and finish as
OPERATIONS
required.
DATE: E. Expansion Joint Material: Comply with applicable requirements for preformed
CONTROL NUMBER
expansion joint fillers and sealers.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.02 Concrete Mix, Design, and Testing

DATE:
BY:
A. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete mix design,
sampling, testing, and quality control; and as herein specified.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION

381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Design the mix to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of portland cement,
aggregate and water to produce the following properties:
ENGG CERT
1. Compressive Strength: 28 MPa at 28 days.
2. Slump Range: 50 mm to 100 mm.
PART 3 - EXECUTION

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Remove loose material from the compacted base surface immediately before placing
concrete.
A. Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install
sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of the Work, and so that
forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Check complete formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances:
06/01/22
1. Top of forms, not more than 3 mm in 3 meters.

DATE
2. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 6 mm in 3 meters.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent as often as required to
ensure separation from concrete without damage.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.03 Reinforcement
DATE: A. Locate, place and support reinforcement as specified in applicable Division 3

CERTIFIED
sections, unless otherwise indicated.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. General: Comply with the requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for mixing
DATE:
and placing concrete, and as herein specified.
OPERATIONS
B. Do not place concrete until subgrade and forms have been checked for line and
DATE: grade. Moisten if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time
CONTROL NUMBER
concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around structures or frames until they are
VERIFICATION
at required finish elevation and alignment.

EDSD
DATE:
C. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of the mix. Consolidate
BY:
concrete along the face of forms with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from
joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
reinforcing and joint materials.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse
joints.
ENGG CERT
D. Extrusion machines shall have vertical forming tubes which are readily adjustable
vertically during forward motion of the machine to provide when necessary, a variable
height of curb conforming to the pre-determined curb or edging grade; and with grade
line gauges or pointers attached to the machine in a manner which will provide a
continual comparison between the curb or edging being placed and the planned curb
or edging at grade indicated by the offset guide line.
DESCRIPTION
1. In lieu of the above, the extrusion machine may be operated on rails or forms
Issued for IFC
set at uniform depth below the pre-determined finished top of curb grade.
E. Feed concrete uniformly to the machine, and of such consistency that, after extrusion,
the concrete depth will maintain the shape of the curb section without support.
3.05 Precast Curbs
A. General: Precast reinforced concrete curbs may be used in lieu of cast-in-place or

extruded concrete curbs subject to approval of Saudi Aramco Representative.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Precast units shall be set in a lean concrete bed.

06/01/22
DATE
2. Units shall have longitudinal reinforcement and shall be cast with dowel/dowel
holes in the ends.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.06 Joints
DATE:
A. General: Construct expansion, contraction, and construction joints true-to-line with
PROJECT
ENGINEER face perpendicular to surface of the curb. Construct transverse joints at right angles
to the curb centerline.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1. When the curb or edging is joining existing pavement, place transverse joints
to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Contraction Joints: Provide contraction joints at 3 meters on-center unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings. Construct contraction joints as follows:
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Tooled Joints: Form weakened-plane joints in the fresh concrete by grooving
the top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a
DATE: jointer.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at the end of pours and at locations
EDSD
where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except
DATE:
where such pours terminate at expansion joints.

BY:
1. Construct joints as shown on the Drawings, or if not shown, use standard

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
metal keyway-section forms.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Construct joints between concrete curb and asphalt concrete pavement with
unbonded butt joints, without dowels or sealant grooves.
ENGG CERT
D. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints and abutting
manholes, structures, walks, and other fixed objects.
1. Locate expansion joints at 9 meters on-center unless otherwise indicated.
2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of the joint, and not less than 12 mm or
more than 25 mm below the finished surface where joint sealer is indicated.
DESCRIPTION
3. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for the full-width being placed.
Issued for IFC
4. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete placement with a metal
cap or other temporary material. Remove protection after both sides of joint
are placed.
E. Fillers and Sealants: Comply with the requirements of these specifications for
preparation of joints, materials, installation, and performance.
3.07 Concrete Finish

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth the exposed surface by
06/01/22
screeding and floating. Adjust floating to compact the surface and produce a uniform
DATE
texture.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 3 meter straightedge. Distribute
ENGINEER concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to
provide a continuous, smooth finish.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Work edges of gutter, back top edge of curb, and transverse joints, with an edging
tool, and round to 6 mm radius, unless otherwise indicated.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Concrete edging exposed edges shall be as shown on the Drawing.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
E. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
AGENCY disappeared, complete surface finishing as follows:
DATE:
1. Trowel finish, smooth and free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
OPERATIONS
appearance.
DATE: F. Leave forms in place for at least 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form
CONTROL NUMBER
removal, clean ends of joints and point-up minor honeycombed surface areas.
VERIFICATION
Remove and replace areas or sections of major honeycombing, as directed by Saudi

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.08 Curing
A. Protect and cure finished concrete curbs and gutters complying with applicable
ENGG CERT
requirements of Division 3 sections.
B. Use moist-curing methods for initial curing whenever possible.
3.09 Repair and Protection
A. Repair or replace broken or defective curbs as directed by Saudi Aramco

Representative.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Protect the curb from damage. Exclude traffic from curb for at least 14 days after
placement.
C. Sweep concrete curb and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign
material as needed.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02575
ENGG CERT
PAVEMENT CUTTING, REPAIR AND REINSTATEMENT
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Select Fill

2.02 Base Course
2.03 Encasement of Pipes
PART 3 - EXECUTION
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Excavating Plan

3.02 Pipe Installation
06/01/22
DATE
3.03 Road Reinstatement

3.04 Curbs and Gutters
NO.
REV
00
3.05 Site Cleaning

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER

PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. The work shall include, but not be limited to, saw cutting of pavement, excavation,
storage of material, disposal of material, bedding and installation of pipe, backfill and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
compaction, restoration of asphaltic pavement, and clean up of the site.
AGENCY
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for and
DATE: incidental to excavation and backfill of trench and restoration of pavement.
OPERATIONS
C. Personnel who operate cement cutting machinery, and those who work in the close
DATE: proximity of the machinery, must wear respiratory protection specific for respirable
CONTROL NUMBER
dust.
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. The work shall be carried out in accordance with these drawings and the following
Specification sections:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
1. Section 02200 - Earthwork.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Section 02513 - Subbase/base Course and Asphaltic Concrete Paving.
ENGG CERT
3. Section 02528 - Concrete Curbs and Gutters.
4. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Saudi Arabian Standard: Ministry of Transport General Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. The Contractor shall employ an independent, approved, testing laboratory to carry out
all required tests.
B. The Contractor shall obtain Saudi Aramco Representative approval for each step of
construction before commencing the next step.
C. The location of each test shall be as directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
D. Compacted selected backfill shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
ASTM D2167. A minimum of four (4) tests shall be carried out for each trench; i.e.
one test per layer of fill.
06/01/22
DATE
E. Compacted subbase and base course shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D
1556 or ASTM D2167. A minimum of two (2) tests shall be carried out for each
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
trench.
ENGINEER
F. Asphaltic concrete base course and asphaltic concrete wearing course shall be tested
DATE:
in accordance with AASHTO T166 for bulk specific gravity. A minimum of two (2)
PROJECT
ENGINEER tests shall be carried out for each trench.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.01 Select Fill
AGENCY
A. Selected backfill shall comply with Section 02200 "Earthwork", except that any
DATE:
aggregate which is larger than 20 mm in any direction shall be removed.
OPERATIONS
2.02 Base Course

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Granular sub-base and aggregate base course shall be in accordance with Section
VERIFICATION
02513 - Subbase/base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Asphaltic concrete base course and wearing course shall be in accordance with
BY:
Section 02513 - Subbase/base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.03 Encasement of Pipes
A. Concrete encasement shall be as shown on the Drawings and concrete shall comply
ENGG CERT
with Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Excavating Plan
A. Prior to cutting the roadway the Contractor shall develop and submit his plan for
DESCRIPTION
excavating and traffic control for approval by Saudi Aramco Representative and
Issued for IFC
Municipality. In addition to these requirements the Contractor shall limit cut to one
lane at a time, backfilling daily or use cut and cover methods using steel or timber
plates.
B. The trench excavation, backfill, and restoration shall be as shown on the Drawings
and in accordance with this Specification.
C. The asphaltic concrete shall be saw cut as shown on the Drawing.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Pipe Installation

06/01/22
A. The pipe shall be bedded as approved by Saudi Aramco Representative and encased
DATE
in concrete if trench depth is less than 1 meter.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. After the concrete has set for 24 hours or the pipe properly bedded, the trench shall
ENGINEER be backfilled as per Section 02210 of the Specification.
DATE:
C. After the trench has been backfilled to the level of the sub-grade, the existing asphalt
PROJECT
ENGINEER and base course within the saw cut limits of asphalt (minimum 400 mm) from both
sides of trench shall be removed and compacted prior to placing and compacting of
DATE: new aggregate base course, the asphaltic concrete and the granular sub-base and
CERTIFIED
aggregate base course shall be reconstructed to the dimensions shown on the
Drawings and or per observed existing pavement condition in site in the absence of
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
any such Drawings.
AGENCY
3.03 Road Reinstatement

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. The granular sub-base and aggregate base course shall be placed and compacted to
not less than a maximum density of 100% (for base) and 95% (for sub-base).
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. The granular base course shall be sprayed with prime coat and the vertical edges of
VERIFICATION
the asphaltic concrete base course shall be hand brushed with separate tack coat.
EDSD
The asphaltic concrete base course shall then be placed and compacted.
DATE:
BY:
C. The surface of the vertical edges of the asphaltic concrete base and wearing courses
shall be hand brushed with tack coat. The surface of the new asphaltic concrete base
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
course shall be sprayed with tack coat. The asphaltic concrete wearing surface shall
(DCC) NO. _____________________
then be placed and compacted.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
It is a requirement that the new wearing surface shall be smooth and even with the
existing, and that the elevation over the centerline of the trench is five (5) millimeters
ENGG CERT
higher than the original pavement.
3.04 Curbs and Gutters
A. Concrete curbs and gutters shall be removed to an existing joint and shall be placed
to the same line and dimension in accordance with Section 02528 - Concrete Curbs
and Gutters.
DESCRIPTION
3.05 Site Cleaning

Issued for IFC
A. The site shall be cleaned and excess material shall be disposed of as directed by
Saudi Aramco Representative.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02601
ENGG CERT
SITE NON ELECTRIC UTILITIES NETWORK APPURTENANCES
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Gate Valves

2.02 Swing Check Valves
2.03 Valve Boxes/Surface Boxes/Water Meter Boxes
2.04 Water Meters
2.05 Inspection Chambers
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.06 Cleanouts
2.07 Sanitary Sewer Manholes
2.08 Frames and Covers for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Inspection Chambers, Cleanouts,
06/01/22
DATE
Valve Boxes, and Surface Boxes

NO.
REV
00
Part 3 - Execution
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
3.01 Valve Boxes/Surface Boxes
DATE: 3.02 Sanitary Sewer Manholes/Inspection chambers
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.03 Cleanouts
3.04 Exfiltration Test of Manholes/Inspection Chamber
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE: A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to furnishing and constructing/installing
OPERATIONS
gate valves, washout valves, flexible couplings, and valve boxes/surface
boxes/sanitary sewer manholes, inspection chambers and cleanouts as specified and
DATE: as indicated on the Drawings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.02 Related Work

EDSD

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Section 02513 – Sub-base/Base Course, and Asphalt Concrete Paving
ENGG CERT
E. Section 02610 - FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester) Pipes for Gravity Sanitary and
Stormwater Sewer Applications
F. Section 02622 - Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
G. Section 02623 - RTR (Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings
H. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
I. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
J. Section 07150 - Waterproofing, Caulking and Sealing
1. ASTM A48: Specification for Gray Iron Castings.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. ASTM B62: Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Casting.

06/01/22
DATE
3. ASTM C32: Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (made from clay or
shale).
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 4. ASTM C923: Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced
Concrete Manholes Structure and Pipe.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5. ASTM D2583: Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by
Means of a Barcol Impresser.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
6. ASTM D3753: Specification for Glass Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Manholes.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
AGENCY
1. AWWA C 502: Standard for Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. AWWA M 17: Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants.
DATE: C. British Standards (BS):

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. BS 5150: Cast Iron Gate Valves.

EDSD
DATE:
2. BS 5163: Predominantly Key-Operated Cast Iron Gate Valves for

BY:
Waterworks Purposes.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
3. BS 5155: Butterfly Valves.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. International Organization for Standardization (ISO):
1. ISO 7005-2: Metal Valve for Use in Flanged Pipe Systems (Face-to-Face and
ENGG CERT
Center-to-Face Dimensions).
2. ISO 5752: Metallic Flanges (Part 2 - Cast Iron Flanges).
E. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI).
F. Deutsches Institut Fur Normung e.V. (DIN):

DESCRIPTION
1. DIN 30677, Part 2: External Corrosion Protection of Buried Valves; Heavy-

Issued for IFC
Duty Thermoset Plastics Coatings.
2. DIN 2501, Part 1: Flanges, Mating Dimensions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Gate Valves (Non OS&Y Type)

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. All gate valves (non OS&Y) shall have the following characteristics:
06/01/22
Description: Resilient seated flanged gate valve to ES standard.

DATE
Technical Description:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER  Flanged gate valve to BS5150/5163 Type A.
 Flanges are drilled to ISO 7005-2 PN16.
DATE:
PROJECT
 Body and bonnet in ductile iron GGG-50, full bore body design.
ENGINEER
 Stem in werkst. 4021 ( AISI 420).
 Bonnet bolts in A2 stainless steel.
DATE:
CERTIFIED  Wedge in ductile iron fully vulcanized inside and outside with EPDM rubber
approved for potable water by WRC.
DATE:  Wedge nut fixed and fully enclosed in vulcanization.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
 Fusion bonded electro-statically applied epoxy coating internal and external 250
DFD to DIN 30677.
DATE:
OPERATIONS B. OS&Y Gate Valves: OS&Y gate valves shall have the following characteristics:
DATE:
Description: DN100 OS&Y valve, PN16, GS Gulf Standard.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
 Body, bonnet, wedge, yoke and gland follower in ductile iron GGG-50.
EDSD
 Face to face dimension to BS 5163.

 Stem: Alu-Bronze.
DATE:
BY:
 Wedge is fully encapsulated inside and outside with EPDM rubber approved
by WRC for potable water.
CERTIFICATE

23-10028-0001-008
Wedge nut is fixed within wedge.

 Bonnet Bolts: SS AISI 316 (A4).
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
 Bonnet Gasket: EPDM Rubber.
ENGG CERT
C. Gate valves with indicator posts shall be direct buried and shall have the following or
Saudi Aramco approved equivalent characteristics:
Description: DN100 post indicator gate valve PN16 to BS 5150/DIN 3230 part 4/DIN
3352.
 Face to face dimension to BS 5163 Type A.

 Flanges and drilling to ISO 7005-2 (BS EN 1092-2).
 Body & Bonnet: Ductile iron, GGG-50 to DIN 1693.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
 Coating: Electrostatically applied epoxy resin to DIN 30677-min. 300 microns.

 Stem: Alu Bronze.
 Stem Sealing Rings: Teflon, asbestos free and NBR O-rings.
 Nut, Wedge Nut, Stem Nut, Washer: Dezincification resistant brass, CZ 132 to BS
2874.
 Gland bushing, Gland Nut: Polyamide 6.6.
 Wedge: Ductile iron, GGG-50, carefully encapsulated with EPDM rubber and
having integral wedge nut of Dezincification resistant brass CZ 132 to BS 2874.
 Gland Bolts: Stainless Steel A4.
23-10028-
JO/EWO

0001
Bonnet Bolts: Stainless Steel AISI 316(A4).

 Bonnet Gasket: EPDM rubber.
06/01/22
DATE
The indicator posts relevant to the above-mentioned gate valves shall have the
following characteristics:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Description: Telescopic indicator post for above-mentioned gate valve.
DATE:  Body Upper/Lower Material: Ductile iron GGG40.


PROJECT
ENGINEER Operating Rod: SS.
 Coating: FBE coated 350 red.
DATE:  Nuts, Bolts, Washers: SS.
CERTIFIED
 Operating Stem: Bronze B-62.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.02 Swing Check Valves
AGENCY
A. Swing check valves to be used shall have the following characteristics:

DATE:
OPERATIONS
Description: DN100 Resilient Seated Swing Check Valve Flanged to BS 5153.
DATE:
 Body Type: Ductile iron seated BS-body, GGG.
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
Disc and Actuating Type: Rubber seated disc, without lever/weight.

 Drilling in bosses: Non.
EDSD
 Flanges are Drilled: To ISO 2084-PN16.

DATE:
 Disc/Bushing Material: EPDM (EDJ70) rubber/Brass bushing – (standard).

BY:
 Coating: 250 EP/EP blue.

CERTIFICATE
 420s37 stainless steel shaft (standard).

23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.03 Valve Boxes/Surface Boxes/Water Meter Boxes
A. Concrete and rebar work for valve boxes/surface boxes/water meter boxes and valve
ENGG CERT
anchors shall be in accordance with Section 03200 and 03300 of these

Specifications.
B. Aluminum steps shall be provided and installed in the valve boxes/water meter boxes
as shown on Drawings.
C. Waterproofing: The exterior and interior faces of walls of valve boxes/water meter
boxes shall receive three coats of coal tar epoxy.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
D. Valve boxes/water meter boxes shall be made of cast-in-place reinforced concrete as

shown on Drawings.
2.04 Water Meters
Meter type:
Woltmann, Compound or Singlejet type.
Multijet and Volumetric are forbidden.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Regulation:
06/01/22
Dimensions and marking must conform to ISO 4064.

DATE
Manufactured and tested according to EEC council directive N° 75/33 of 17 dec 1974
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Accuracy:
ENGINEER
Class C horizontal position.
DATE:
Proven by an EEC approval or equivalent.
PROJECT Meters must conform to the requested accuracy for all the production of the meter type.
ENGINEER
Meter type proposed in a country for a lower accuracy level than the one requested here
will be refused.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Manufacturer:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION Manufacturer registered to ISO9001 or ISO9002 international quality certificate.
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Specific requirements:
Body in bronze.
Permanent pressure : 16 bars (proven by EEC model approval or equivalent).
DATE:
Maximum accidental temperature : 50°C
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Maximum metrological temperature : 30°C

Register extra dry :
EDSD
DATE:
- with either a copper can and hermetically sealed register or equivalent,

BY:
CERTIFICATE
- or fitted with a mechanical anticondensation device.

23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
The register must be 360° orientable with a full stop. This operation shall not require any
tool and should be performable at any time with hand.
ENGG CERT
The register will be pre-equipped for remote reading.
- The pre-equipment and the proposed communication equipment must be both

unsensitive to magnets of 2500 gauss.
- The choice of the pulse value must be independent from the pre-equipment.
- The pre-equipment should allow to deliver one pulse from a wide range of pulse
DESCRIPTION
values : minimum 5 different pulses values.

Issued for IFC
- The pre-equipment should allow to upgrade the meter with a remote reading device
absolutely trustable in the long term (the register and the remote indicator must
always indicate the same amount of forward volume, hence backflow must not be
computing as forward volume).
- The proposed compatible communication equipments must be able to be installed

on site without breaking any metrological seal.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
The register must be protected with a solid cap in plastic or metal (70kg on the cover
should not break it).
06/01/22
DATE
Head loss must be lower than 0.25 bars at 50 m3/h flow.

No gears in the water.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER The meter should be able to run at 120 m3/h during 2 hours per day without losing any
accuracy.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Maximum reading must be 999 999 m3; minimum reading must be 0.5 liter.
DATE: Reading must be with rollers for the cubic meters.

CERTIFIED
The meter must have flanged connections according to ISO standard.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY The meter should not require any downstream and upstream straight length to keep its
accuracy on site. The meter must be able to function under 1 meter of water.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
An arrow indicating the direction of flow and the nominal diameter (in mm) shall be cast on
DATE:
both sides of the body.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The serial number must be marked on the upper part of the totalizer, near the index, in big
EDSD
letters (1cm minimum) and not on any transparent part of the totalizer.
DATE:
BY:
The serial number of the meter must begin with the 2 last digits of the year of production.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
The meter should be dismountable without breaking any part (like the totalizer casing).
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
The meter to be provided shall include the meter itself, the hand held remote reading device
and all devices required to establish the communication between the meter and remote
device, in addition to any required hardware and software to transmit the information for data
ENGG CERT
processing.
The Contractor shall provide training for the end users (water authority) regarding the use of
the hand held remote reading device and associated applications.
2.05 Inspection Chambers
A. Inspection chambers shall be of Glass Fiber-Reinforced Polyester with a reinforced

DESCRIPTION
concrete base as shown on the Drawings.

Issued for IFC
2.06 Cleanouts
A. Cleanouts shall be of uPVC with protection of concrete collar as shown on the

Drawings.
2.07 Sanitary Sewer Manholes
A. Manholes shall be of Fiber Glass Reinforced Polyester liners, with a reinforced

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
concrete base as detailed in the Drawings.

06/01/22
B. FRP steps shall be provided and installed in the manholes as shown on Drawings.
DATE
Manhole Height (mm) Minimum Stiffness (kpa)

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1000 - 1800 4.96
2000 - 3600 8.69
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3800 - 7600 20.82
DATE:
CERTIFIED Manhole Height (mm) Wall Thickness (mm)
1 - 5.5 7.9
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 5.5 - 9.0 12.2
AGENCY
DATE: C. Quality Control Testing: Quality control testing on manholes shall be conducted in
OPERATIONS strict accordance with this specification. These tests, as a minimum, shall cover: Raw
Materials; Load rating, Stiffness; Soundness; Critical Dimensions; Barcol Hardness;
DATE: Visual Acceptance. Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 7353 and
ASTM D 2583.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.08 Frames and Covers for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Inspection Chambers, Cleanouts, Valve
Boxes, and Surface Boxes
DATE:
BY:
A. Inside roads and parkings, manholes and inspection chambers frames and covers
CERTIFICATE
shall be heavy duty cast iron with a combined weight of 250 kg and a test load of 40
23-10028-0001-008
tons as shown on the Drawings.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Outside roads and parkings, manholes and inspection chambers frames and covers
shall be medium duty cast iron with a minimum combined weight of 160 kg as shown
ENGG CERT
on the Drawings.
C. Cleanouts frames and covers shall be heavy duty cast iron with a combined weight of
not less than 28 kg, as shown on the Drawings.
D. Valve boxes frames and covers shall be medium duty cast iron with a minimum
combined weight of 160 kg as shown on the Drawings.
DESCRIPTION
E. Surface boxes covers and frames shall be cast iron heavy duty with combined weight
Issued for IFC
of not less than 28 kg, as shown on the Drawings.
Covers shall be provided with lifting keys, the key material shall be compatible with
that of the cover. A minimum of 3 sets of keys shall be provided by the Contractor.
Covers shall have the word “Firewater”, “Water”, “Sanitary Sewer”, or “Irrigation” in
English and Arabic as applicable in block letters. The engraving shall be as approved
by the proponent governmental agencies. Contractor shall seek technical
concurrence engraving prior to placing purchase orders.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
All the above covers and frames shall be painted with coal-tar-epoxy, to the
satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative.
06/01/22
DATE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.01 Valve Boxes/Surface Boxes
DATE:
A. Construct new valve boxes/surface boxes, on schools service pipes and wherever
PROJECT
ENGINEER indicated on the Drawings.
DATE: 3.02 Sanitary Sewer Manholes/Inspection Chambers

CERTIFIED
A. General: All manhole/inspection chamber bases shall be cast-in-place as indicated

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
on the Drawings.
AGENCY
B. Benching: Use plain concrete for benching. The inverts are to conform accurately to
DATE:
the size of the adjoining pipes. Side inverts are to be curved and main inverts (where
OPERATIONS
direction changes) are to be laid out in smooth curves of the longest possible radius
which is tangential within the manholes, to the centerlines of adjoining pipelines.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Setting Frames and Covers: Construct a maximum of three courses of brick or

VERIFICATION
concrete blocks and a reinforced concrete frame to which the cast iron frame is to be
EDSD
embedded. Set manhole/ inspection chamber frames with the tops conforming
DATE:
accurately to the finished grade of the pavement, sidewalk or ground surface

BY:
elevation as indicated on the Drawings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
D. All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with Section 03300 Cast-In-Place
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Concrete, and Section 04200 Concrete Unit Masonry and Accessories.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. After installation, manholes, and inspection chambers shall be flushed to remove any
materials that may have entered them, and this to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco
ENGG CERT
Representative.
3.03 Cleanouts
A. Build service connection cleanout as indicated on the Drawings. The pipe is to be set
vertically and fitted in the center of the cover. Fit cast iron frames and covers over the
cleanout and bring to grade. Set the cast iron frame in the concrete.
DESCRIPTION
3.04 Exfiltration Test of Manholes/Inspection Chambers

Issued for IFC
A. The manholes, inspection chambers shall be filled with water to rim or frame level and
the allowable leakage over 24 hours period shall not exceed 1% of the total volume of
the manhole/inspection chamber. Any such tests shall be carried out at the
Contractor's expense.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02610
ENGG CERT
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) PIPES FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER

APPLICATIONS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 – General
DESCRIPTION
1.01 Description
Issued for IFC
1.02 Related Work

1.05 Delivery, Handling and Storage
1.06 Submittal
1.07 Services of Manufacturer's Representative
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Sanitary Sewers

06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 Pipe work Installation
ENGINEER 3.03 FRP Piping Installation
3.04 Warning Tape for FRP Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipes
DATE:
3.05 Trenching, Bedding, Backfilling and Compaction
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.06 Testing
3.07 Connection to Existing Lines
DATE: 3.08 Testing of Backfill
CERTIFIED
3.09 Restoration of Pavements
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
1.01 Description
OPERATIONS
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to furnishing and installing
DATE: Fiberglass (Glass Fiber reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings for
CONTROL NUMBER
gravity sanitary sewer pipes as indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1.02 Related work

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Section 02210 – Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
1. ANSI B 16.5/ANSI B16.1/ANSI B 16.47 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged

Fittings.
2. ANSI B46.5 - Surface TEXTURE.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. ASTM D-3262: Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced

Thermosetting Resin) Sewer Pipe.
2. ASTM D-3839: Practice for Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

Reinforced) Thermo-setting Resin Pipe.
3. ASTM D-3567: Practice for Determining Dimensions of “Fiberglass”

Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
4. ASTM D-4161: Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced

Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joins Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.
06/01/22
DATE
5. ASTM D-638: Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
6. ASTM D-1568: Test Methods for Sampling and Chemical Analysis of
ENGINEER Alkaylbenzene Sulfonates.
DATE:
7. ASTM D-2190: Specification for Vinyl Acetate.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
8. ASTM D-2412: Test Method for Determination of External Loading

DATE: Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel - Plate Loading.
CERTIFIED
9. ASTM D-2487: Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
(Unified Soil Classification System).
AGENCY
10. ASTM D-2583: Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by
DATE:
Means of a Barcol Impressor.
OPERATIONS
11. ASTM D-2992: Practice for Obtaining Hydrostatic or Pressure Design Basis
DATE: for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermo-setting Resin) Pipe and
CONTROL NUMBER
Fittings.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
12. ASTM D-4024: Specification for Machine Made “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

DATE:
Reinforced Thermo-setting Resin) Flanges.

BY:
13. ASTM D-2290: Test Method for Apparent Tensile Strength of Ring or
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Tubular Plastics and Reinforced Plastics by Split Disk Method.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. Manufacturer should establish and show the quality record of supplying the
FRP/GRP products confirming to ISO 9000 Standards at least over a decade,
ensuring no problems from the local consumers.
B. Quality Control: Establish and maintain quality control to assure compliance with
the specified requirements for all work to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco
Representative
DESCRIPTION
C. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the
Issued for IFC
codes, specifications and standards indicated under the subsection Reference

Standards except as otherwise shown or specified.
A. All Pipes, Fittings and accessories shall be handled, and stored strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer's latest published handling and storage
procedures.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.06 Submittals
06/01/22
A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, details and descriptive literature
DATE
showing pipe dimensions, pipe stiffness, physical properties, manufacturer's quality

control and inspection procedures, joint and fitting details, recommended methods
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
of installation, testing equipment, recommended methods of cutting pipes and other
ENGINEER relevant details for the type and class of pipe to be furnished for review and
approval by Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Certification that pipe, fittings and all other materials comply with the requirements
of this Specification.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.07 Services of Manufacturer’s representative
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. The services of a competent representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be
AGENCY provided to instruct the Contractor’s personnel in the installation of the pipe. Said
representative shall be available on a continuing basis as may be necessary to
DATE:
ensure that pipe jointing are being properly made and that the pipe is being
OPERATIONS
installed and hydrotested as necessary in accordance with the recommendations of
the manufacturer.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART-2 – PRODUCT
EDSD
DATE:
2.01 Sanitary Sewers

BY:
A. Pipes, Fittings and Joints: All pipes, fittings and joints shall conform to SASO
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
standard 14/15.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART-3 – EXECUTION
ENGG CERT
3.01 Inspection
A. The Contractor shall inspect all product for damage immediately before installation.
Any products that are damaged or not in accordance with the specifications shall
immediately be repaired or removed from the site and replaced. The repair
procedure for any items should be as suggested by manufacturer and approved by
DESCRIPTION
3.02 Pipe work Installation

Issued for IFC
A. General:
1. Only pipe manufacturer certified pipe fitters shall be deployed to install FRP
pipes.
2. All pipes, Fittings and other materials shall be carefully lowered in the
trench.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall

be placed in the pipe.
06/01/22
DATE
4. The full length of each section of pipe and fittings shall rest solidly on the
pipe bed with releases excavated to accommodate bells, joints, and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
couplings. Anchors and supports shall be provided where necessary and
ENGINEER as indicated on the contract drawings. Proper provision shall be made for
expansion and contraction of the pipe lines if necessary.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5. Open ends of pipe at the end of each day's work, shall be closed
temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. Pipe shall not be laid when the
DATE: conditions of trench or weather are unsuitable.
CERTIFIED
3.03 FRP Piping Installation

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. FRP Pipes and Fittings shall be installed as per the Manufacturer’s instructions as
mentioned under item 1.07 of this Specification.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.04 Warning Tapes for FRP Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipes
DATE: A. A PVC red colored (sanitary sewers) warning tape 0.15 mm thick and 300 mm
CONTROL NUMBER
wide, shall be installed above the installed pipe as shown on the Drawings. It shall
VERIFICATION
bear the following expression in Arabic and English, and in black letters “Caution,
EDSD
buried sanitary sewer line”. This expression shall be frequently repeated on the
DATE:
tape length, to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.05 Trenching, Bedding, Backfilling and Compaction
A. Shall be done strictly in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's published

ENGG CERT
handling and installation procedures duly approved by Saudi Aramco

Representative at site, beside compliance with requirements of Section 02210.
3.06 Testing
A. FRP pipes shall be tested after installation in accordance with International

standards. Before testing, the installed pipes shall be thoroughly flushed to the
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Before any connection is made to the existing sewer, the Contractor shall inform
Saudi Aramco Representative. Contractor shall check the level of any existing line
where a connection will be made, agree on a suitable procedure for the work, and
execute the work with minimum interference to the normal operation of the system.
3.08 Testing of Backfill

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and

Compacting.
06/01/22
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. All existing pavements (asphalt and concrete) disturbed during trenching operation
ENGINEER shall be restored to their original condition or better by the Contractor. Cutting and
restoration of pavements shall be done strictly in accordance with Section 02575.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02615
ENGG CERT
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 References
Issued for IFC
1.03 Related Work

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Pipe
2.02 Pipe for Use with Couplings
2.03 Fittings
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Nonstandard Fittings

2.05 Wall Castings
06/01/22
2.06 Adapters
DATE
2.07 Joints
2.08 Grooved Couplings
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.09 Fillings Rings
ENGINEER 2.10 Internal Lining
2.11 Gaskets, Bolts and Nuts
DATE:
2.12 Painting
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.01 Inspection Before Installation
3.02 Handling and Cutting
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.03 Installation
AGENCY 3.04 Joints and Couplings
3.05 Testing
DATE:
3.06 Disinfection
OPERATIONS
3.07 Warning Tape
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
PART 1 - GENERAL
BY:
1.01 Description
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. The work in this section includes, but is not limited to providing, installing and
testing ductile iron pipe and fittings, as indicated and specified.
ENGG CERT
B. Options: For piping exposed as in valve boxes, provide flanged pipe and fittings.
1.02 References
A. Ductile iron pipes, fittings and accessories including coating shall comply with the
latest issue of the following standards and other relevant standards noted
elsewhere in this Specification:
DESCRIPTION
1. ISO 527, Plastics-Determination of Tensile Properties.

Issued for IFC
2. ISO 887, Plain Washers for Metric Bolts Screws and Nuts.
3. ISO 974, Plastics-Determination of the Brittleness Temperature by Impact.
4. ISO 2230, Vulcanized Rubber-guide to Storage.
5. ISO 2531/EN 545, Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and their Joints
for Water or Gas Applications.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
6. ISO 3506, Corrosion-Resistant Stainless Steel Fasteners.

06/01/22
DATE
7. ISO 4014, Hexagon Head Bolts – Product Grades A and B.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
8. ISO 4032, Hexagon Nuts, Style 1 Product Grades A and B.
ENGINEER
9. ISO 4179, Ductile Iron Pipes for Pressure and Non-Pressure Pipeline –
DATE:
Centrifugal Cement Mortar Lining – General Requirements.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
10. ISO 4587, Adhesives – Determination of Tensile Lap-Shear Strength of

DATE: Rigid-to-Rigid Bonded Assemblies.
CERTIFIED
11. ISO 4633, Rubber Seals – Joint Rings for Water Supply, Drainage and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Sewerage Pipeline – Specification for Materials.
AGENCY
12. ISO 6600, Ductile Iron Pipes, Centrifugal Cement Mortar Lining –
DATE:
Composition Controls of Freshly applied Mortar.
OPERATIONS
13. ISO 6506-1, Metallic Materials – Hardness Testing – Brinell Test – Part 1:
DATE: Test Method.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
14. ISO 6708, Pipeworks Components – Definition and Selection of DN

EDSD
(nominal size).
DATE:
BY:
15. ISO 7005-2, Metallic Flanges – Part 2: Cast Iron Flanges.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
16. ISO 7268, Pipe Components – Definition of Nominal Pressure.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
17. ISO 7483, Dimensions of Gaskets for Use with Flanges to ISO 7005.
18. ISO 8179-1, Ductile Iron Pipes – External Coating – Part 1: Metallic Zinc
ENGG CERT
with Finishing Layer.
19. ISO 8179-2, Ductile Iron Pipes – External Coating – Part 2: Zinc Rich Paint
with Finishing Layer.
20. ISO 8180, Ductile Iron Pipes – Polyethylene Sleeving.
21. ISO 8501-1, Preparation of Steel Substrates.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
22. ISO 10804, Restrained Joint Systems for Ductile Iron pipelines – Part 1.
Design Rules and Type Testing.
23. EN 1092-2, Circular Flanges for Pipes, valves, Fittings and Accessories, PN
Designated – Part 2: Cast Iron Flanges.
24. BS 146, Specification for Portland Blast Furnace Cements.
25. BS 3416, Specification for Bitumen – Based Coatings.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
26. BS 70/9, Specification for Surface Finish of Blast-Cleaned Steel for

06/01/22
Painting.
DATE
27. BSEN 681, Elastomeric Seals.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 28. BSEN 1563, Founding Spheroidal Graphite Cast Iron.
DATE:
29. BSEN 10025, Hot Rolled Products of Non-alloy Structural Steels.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
30. DIN 30671, Thermoset Plastics Coatings for Buried Steel Pipes.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
31. DIN 30872, Coatings of Corrosion Protection Tapes and Heat Shrinkable
Material.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 32. DIN 4226, Aggregates for Concrete.
DATE:
B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards:
OPERATIONS
1. AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS):

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. MSS SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports, Materials Design and

DATE:
Manufacture.
BY:
2. MSS SP-69, Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
D. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC):

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. SSPC SP.6, Commercial Blast Cleaning.
ENGG CERT
1.03 Related Work
A. Section 09900 - Painting and Protective Coatings.
1.04 Submittals
A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01000 -

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Piping layouts in full detail.
2. Location of pipe hangers and supports where required.
3. Large scale details of wall penetrations and special castings.
4. Schedules of all pipe, fittings, special castings, couplings, expansion joints,

and other appurtenances.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Certificates: Sworn and notarized certificates in duplicate of shop tests showing

compliance with appropriate standard.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Manufacturer's Literature:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Catalog cuts of joints, couplings, harnesses, expansion joints, gaskets,
ENGINEER fasteners and other accessories.
DATE:
2. Brochures and technical data on coatings and lining's and proposed
PROJECT
ENGINEER method of application.
DATE: 1.05 Quality Assurance

CERTIFIED
A. Inspect and test at foundry according to applicable standard specifications.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Saudi Aramco reserves right to inspect and test by independent service at
manufacturer's plant or elsewhere at the Contractor’s own expense.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Visually inspect and hammer test before installation.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.01 Pipe
DATE:
BY:
A. Ductile Iron:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Design conforming to the following requirements:
ENGG CERT
Material characteristics Pipes Centrifugally Cast

Minimum tensile strength (MPa) 420
Minimum yield strength (MPa) 300
Minimum elongation after fracture
(%)
DN 40 to DN 1000 10
DN 1100 to DN 2600 7
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
Maximum Brinell Hardness (HB) 230
2. Manufacture conforming to ISO 2531/EN 545.
3. Thickness class, unless otherwise indicated or specified:
a. Minimum Thickness Class K9 for pipes.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
b. Minimum thickness Class K12 for fittings.

0001
2.02 Pipe For Use With Couplings

06/01/22
DATE
A. As specified above except ends shall be plain.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
B. With sleeve couplings, ends cast or machined at right angles to axis.
DATE: C. With grooved type coupling:

PROJECT
ENGINEER
1. Ductile-Iron of thickness class specified above.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2. Grooved End dimensions conforming to ISO 2531 for flexible or rigid joints,
to suit joint requirements.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2.03 Fittings
DATE: A. Provide fittings conforming to ISO 2531 and EN 545 thickness Class K12.
OPERATIONS
B. Face and drill flanged fittings conforming to ISO 7005-2 except special drilling or
DATE: tapping as necessary for correct alignment and bolting.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Provide standard base fittings where indicated.

EDSD
C. Provide grooved-end fittings ductile-iron conforming to ISO 2531 and EN 545 for
DATE:
BY:
center-to-face dimensions.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.04 Nonstandard Fittings
A. Acceptable design.
ENGG CERT
B. Same diameter and thickness as standard fittings.
C. Manufactured to meet requirements of same specifications as standard fittings

except for laying length and types of ends.
2.05 Wall Castings

DESCRIPTION
A. Provide size and type indicated.

Issued for IFC
B. Wall Castings: Conform to requirements of ISO 2531/EN 545.
C. Provide water stop centered in wall. Waterstop minimum 13 mm (½ in.) thick by 38

mm (1½ in.) high for pipes 300 mm (12 in.) and smaller, 19 mm (3/4 in.) thick by 50
mm (2 in.) high for pipes 350 mm (14 in.) to 600 mm (24 in.) and 25 mm (1 in.)
thick by 50 mm (2 in.) high for pipes 750 mm (30 in.) and larger. Weld water stops
on in factory under controlled conditions to ensure adequate strength to permit
waterstop to absorb thrust up to the pressure rating of the pipe.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. On flanged wall castings, provide space between the wall and flange to permit
06/01/22
mounting the nuts on the flange bolts.

DATE
E. On flanged wall castings, locate the flange face as shown on the Drawings. Drill
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
and tap bolt holes. Provide bolts of 316 stainless steel.
ENGINEER
F. Fabricated wall pipe of Schedule 40 Type 316 stainless steel may be substituted
DATE:
for wall castings specified above. Provide with waterstops of above dimensions
PROJECT
ENGINEER and welded continuously on both sides of stop. Flanges of Type 316 stainless
steel. Bolts for connection to buried pipe Type 316 stainless steel. Provide flange
DATE: insulation gaskets, sleeves and washers for all flanges.
CERTIFIED
2.06 Adapters
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Furnish and install for joining pipe of different types, unless solid sleeves indicated.
DATE:
1. Provide ends conforming to above specifications for appropriate type of
OPERATIONS
joint, to receive adjoining pipe.
DATE: 2. Joining two classes of pipe may be of lighter class provided annular space
CONTROL NUMBER
in bell-and-spigot type joints sufficient for jointing.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Flange adapters shall be installed as shown on the Drawings to facilitate

DATE:
removal of valves and other items for servicing/replacement.

BY:
The material of the body end ring and sleeve shall be ductile iron grade
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
420/12 to BSEN 1563 or steel grade S275 to BSEN 10026 as approved by

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Saudi Aramco Representative. The studs, nuts, bolts shall be stainless

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
steel grade 316. The gasket shall be EPDM to ISO 4633 or BSEN 681-1
suitable for drinking water.
ENGG CERT
2.07 Joints
A. Provide flexible joints of spigot and socket push on type.
1. Flexible joints shall meet the requirements of ISO 2531.
2. Provide gasket composition suitable for exposure to liquid within pipe.

Rubber gasket shall be EPDM elastomer or equivalent in accordance with
DESCRIPTION
ISO 4633 suitable for drinking water supply.

Issued for IFC
B. Provide pipe flanges and accessories conforming to ISO 7005-2 or EN 1062-2.
1. Provide raised faced flanges.
2. Provide 3 mm (1/8 in.) thick, metal reinforced for pressure rating of 16 bar
and higher gaskets suitable for exposure for drinking water conforming to
ISO 4633 and the dimensions of the gaskets shall be ISO 7483.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.08 Grooved Couplings

06/01/22
A. Conform to ISO 2531.

DATE
B. Minimum pipe wall thickness specified under "Pipe For Use With Couplings."
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Where grooved couplings are indicated to provide for expansion or flexibility, cut
pipe grooves to provide necessary expansion or flexibility.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER D. Where grooved couplings are used instead of flanged joints, joint to be of rigid type
with pipe grooves cut to bring pipe ends together. Beam strength of joint shall be
DATE: equal to or greater than that of flanged joint.
CERTIFIED
2.09 Filling Rings

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Provide where necessary.
DATE:
B. Materials, workmanship, facing, and drilling, conforming to ISO 7005-2.
OPERATIONS
C. Suitable length with nonparallel faces and corresponding drilling, if necessary, for
DATE: correct assembly of adjoining piping or equipment.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.10 Internal Lining

EDSD
DATE:
A. Pipes: Provide cement mortar as per applicable International Standards.

BY:
B. Fittings: Provide fusion bonded epoxy coating.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.11 Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts
A. Provide ring rubber gaskets with cloth insertion for flanged joints, neoprene faced
ENGG CERT
phenolic for insulating gaskets.
1. Gaskets 300 mm (12 in.) in diameter and smaller, 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) thick.
2. Larger than 300 mm (12 in.), 3 mm (1/8 in.) thick.
B. Make flanged joints with:

DESCRIPTION
1. Bolts.
Issued for IFC
2. Bolt studs with nut on each end.
3. Studs with nuts where flange is tapped.
4. Plastic bolt sleeves and washers for insulating joints.
C. Number and size of bolts conform to same ISO standard as flanges.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Provide bolts, washers and nuts, except as specified or indicated, having minimum
tensile of 800 N/mm2 hot dipped galvanized or cadmium plated. Nuts and bolts
06/01/22
shall be suitable for the pressure rating of 16 bar or higher. Nuts and bolts shall be
DATE
ISO 4014 and 4032 and washers to ISO 887.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
E. Provide bolt studs and studs of same quality as machine bolts.
ENGINEER
F. Submerged flanged joints made up with Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2.12 Painting
DATE: A. Pipes: Provide an external coating of liquid epoxy.

CERTIFIED
B. Fittings: Same as for pipes.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.01 Inspection Before Installation
DATE: A. Visually inspect.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Hammer test.
EDSD
DATE:
3.02 Handling And Cutting

BY:
A. Mark pipe and fittings "Rejected" and remove from site when cracked or has
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
received a severe blow.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. If permitted, cut on sound barrel at a point at least 300 mm (12 in.) from visible limit
of crack, at Contractor's expense.
ENGG CERT
C. Machine cut with milling type cutters, knives, or saws. Snap cutters, torch, or
hammer and chisel NOT ALLOWED. Examine for possible cracks.
D. Chamfer cut ends if used for push-on joints.
3.03 Installation
A. Piping Support:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Furnish and install supports to hold piping at lines and grades indicated or
specified.
2. Support pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment to prevent any

strain imposed on equipment.
B. Pipe and Fittings:
1. Remove and replace defective pieces.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Clear of all debris and dirt before installing and keep clean until accepted.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Lay accurately to lines and grades indicated or required. Provide accurate

alignment, both horizontally and vertically, conforming with the
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
requirements of section 02210.
ENGINEER
3.04 Joints and Couplings

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Flanged Joint:
DATE: 1. Make up tight.

CERTIFIED
2. Do not put strain on nozzles, valves, and other equipment.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Grooved Couplings:
DATE:
1. Clean grooves and other parts.
OPERATIONS
2. Coat ends of pipe and outside of gasket with soft soap or silicone and slip
DATE: gasket over one pipe end.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3. Bring pipes to correct position and center gasket over pipe ends with lips
EDSD
against pipe.
DATE:
BY:
4. Place housing sections, insert bolts and tighten nuts until housing sections
in metal-to-metal contact.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5. After assembly and inspection and before backfilling, coat exterior surfaces
of buried couplings, including bolts and nuts, with heavy-bodied bituminous
mastic.
ENGG CERT
C. Tapped Connection:
1. Drill and tap normal to longitudinal axis.
2. Drilled by skilled mechanics using proper tools.
3. Use only tapered threads.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3.05 Testing
A. Clean of all dirt, dust, oil, grease and other foreign material, before conducting
pressure and leakage tests.
B. Pressure and Leakage Tests:
1. Hydrostatic testing for pressure pipes shall conform to the requirements of

applicable AWWA standards.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Before testing, the pipes shall be thoroughly flushed to the satisfaction of

06/01/22

DATE
C. Hydrostatic Test for Pressure Piping:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1. Install all temporary piping, valving, meters, gauges and equipment required
for testing in accordance with approved working drawings, and Saudi
DATE:
Aramco Sanitary Code. Disposal of hydro-test water shall be done under
PROJECT
ENGINEER the instructions of Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE: 2. After completing the installation of a section, hydrostatic tests of the line shall
CERTIFIED
be made as soon as possible.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3. The tested sections shall be provided with adequately braced stop ends; the
AGENCY use of valves to close off the tested sections will not be permitted.
DATE:
4. Hydrostatic test at 1035 kPa(ga) (150 psig), or 345 kPa (50 psig) above the
OPERATIONS
maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater, shall be performed on
the piping system in the trench prior to backfilling. Prior to testing, adequate
DATE: concrete thrust blocks shall be placed.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Pressure shall be maintained for 4 hours without any drop. If pressure falls,
EDSD
the line shall be inspected with particular attention given to each joint until
DATE:
the leaks are located. After the line has been depressurized and repaired,
BY:
the pressure test shall continue for 1 hour, at which time no more leakage
shall be present.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.06 Disinfection
A. Furnish all equipment and materials necessary to disinfect the new water piping and
ENGG CERT
perform the work in accordance with the procedure outlined in applicable

International Standards.
3.07 Warning Tape
A. A PVC 300 mm wide by 0.15 mm thick blue colored warning tape shall be laid
above the installed D.I. pipe as shown on the Drawings. This tape shall include the
following expression in Arabic and English and in black letters: “Caution, buried
DESCRIPTION
water line” or “caution, buried firewater line” whatever is applicable. This expression
Issued for IFC
shall be frequently repeated on the tape length to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco
Representative.
A. Before any connection is made to the existing water system, the Contractor shall
inform Saudi Aramco Representative. Contractor shall check the level of any
existing line where a connection will be made, agree on a suitable procedure for the
work, and execute the work with minimum interference to the normal operation of
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
the system.
06/01/22

DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Compacting.
ENGINEER

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. All existing pavements (asphalt and concrete) disturbed during trenching operation
shall be restored to their original condition or better by the Contractor. Cutting and
DATE: restoration of pavements shall be done strictly in accordance with Section 02575.
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
- END OF SECTION -
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02622
ENGG CERT
UNPLASTICIZED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (UPVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.06 Submittals
1.07 Services of the Manufacturer's Representative
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Excavation, Preparation of Trench and Backfill

3.02 Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.03 Warning Tape for uPVC Water Pipes
ENGINEER 3.04 Replacement and Connection to Existing Lines
3.05 Field Quality Control
DATE:
3.06 Disinfection of Domestic Water Piping
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.07 Testing of Backfill
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and installing
OPERATIONS
pressurized uPVC pipe for water applications with the related fittings as indicated on
the Drawings.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.02 Related Work

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
B. Section 02210 - Excavation Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. American Society for Testing and Material:

ENGG CERT
1. ASTM D1785, Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe

Schedules 40, 80 and 120.
B. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO):
1. SAS 14/15, Class 5.

DESCRIPTION
C. International Standards – International Organization for Standardization (ISO):

Issued for IFC
1. ISO 3603, Fittings for Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (uPVC) Pressure

Pipes with Elastic Scaling Ring Type Joints.
2. ISO 3606, Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipes (uPVC) – Tolerance On

Outside Diameter and Wall Thickness.
3. ISO R161, Pipes of Plastic Materials for Transportation of Fluid (Outside

Diameters and Nominal Pressures).
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001

06/01/22
DATE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the
codes, Specifications and standards indicated under the sub-section references,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
except as otherwise shown or specified.
ENGINEER
B. Pipe Testing: Materials and installed work may require testing as specified or as
DATE:
directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
PROJECT
ENGINEER

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. All pipes, fittings and accessories shall be handled, and stored strictly in accordance
with the manufacturer's latest published handling and storage procedures.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.06 Submittals
DATE:
A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01000 - GENERAL
OPERATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS:
DATE: 1. Submit shop drawings and descriptive literature showing pipe dimensions,
CONTROL NUMBER
joints, joint gaskets, pipe stiffness, and details for each size of pipe indicated.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Submit gasket and pipe manufacturer's joint assembly directions.

DATE:
BY:
3. Submit certification with each delivery, that pipe complies to this

specification.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS

ENGG CERT
provided to instruct the Contractor’s personnel in the installation of the pipe. Said
ensure that joints are being properly made and that the pipe is being installed in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DESCRIPTION
2.01 Materials
Issued for IFC
A. Pipe materials, fittings and joints shall comply to SASO Standard 14/15.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Conform to requirements of applicable International Standards and Section 02210

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
except where more stringent requirements are indicated by the manufacturer of

pipe.
06/01/22
DATE
3.02 Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Conform to the requirements of applicable International Standards and as specified
ENGINEER herein.
DATE:
B. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation to detect defects. Mark defective
PROJECT
ENGINEER materials with paint and promptly remove from site.
DATE: C. Before any pipe or fitting is lowered into the trench it shall be carefully checked to
CERTIFIED
ensure that it is not cracked or damaged in any way. Damaged pipe shall, after
Saudi Aramco Representative approval, be cut, so that flawless pipe is obtained
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
with the least possible waste.
AGENCY
D. When placing pipe in the trench, fabric slings shall be used. The pipe shall not be
DATE:
dragged along the bottom of the trench, nor humped, and it shall be supported by
OPERATIONS
the sling while being fitted to the adjacent pipe. No metal tools or heavy objects
should be permitted to come into unnecessary contact with the pipe or fittings.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
E. The pipe shall be laid at the level and gradient stipulated, on a prepared bed as
VERIFICATION
specified in Section 02210 with special hollows made for the joints. The pipe shall
EDSD
be aligned carefully in both the horizontal and vertical planes. Pipe shall be
DATE:
uniformly bedded throughout its length.

BY:
F. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe or
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
fittings. During laying operations, no debris, tools, cloth or other materials are to be
(DCC) NO. _____________________
allowed to enter the pipe.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
G. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be
sealed by temporary watertight plugs supplied by the Contractor.
ENGG CERT
H. Deflection at joints shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the

manufacturer.
I. For pressure piping, construct concrete anchorages and thrust blocks required at all
tees, bends, reducers, plugs and wherever specified by Saudi Aramco
Representative. Concrete shall comply with Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
and shall be placed as shown on the Drawings.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
J. Pipe shall not be exposed to direct sunlight.
K. Clear the interior of pipe of dirt and other material as the Work progresses.
3.03 Warning Tape for uPVC Pipes
A. A PVC 300 mm wide by 0.15 mm thick blue colored warning tape shall be laid
above the installed uPVC pipe as shown on the Drawings. This tape shall include
the following expression in Arabic and English and in black letters: “Caution, buried
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
water line”. This expression shall be frequently repeated on the tape length to the
06/01/22
DATE
3.04 Replacement and Connection to Existing Lines

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Before any connection is made to the existing water system, the Contractor shall
ENGINEER inform Saudi Aramco Representative. Contractor shall check the level of any
existing line where a connection will be made, agree on a suitable procedure for the
DATE:
work, and execute the work with minimum interference to the normal operation of
PROJECT
ENGINEER the system.
DATE: 3.05 Field Quality Control

CERTIFIED
A. Hydrostatic testing for pressure pipes shall conform to the requirements of

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
applicable International Standards, test requirements shall be as specified herein.
AGENCY
B. Before testing, the pipes shall be thoroughly flushed to the satisfaction of Saudi
DATE:
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Install all temporary piping, valving, meters, gauges and equipment required
VERIFICATION
for testing in accordance with approved working drawings, and applicable

EDSD
International Standards. Disposal of hydro-test water shall be done under

DATE:
the instructions of Saudi Aramco Representative.

BY:
2. After completing the installation of a section, hydrostatic tests of the line shall
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
be made as soon as possible.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
use of valves to close off the tested sections will not be permitted.
ENGG CERT
4. Hydrostatic test at 1035 kPa(ga) (150 psig), or 345 kPa (50 psig) above the
concrete thrust blocks shall be placed.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
shall be present.
3.06 Disinfection of Domestic Water Piping
perform the work in accordance with the procedure outlined in applicable
International Standards.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001

06/01/22
Compacting.
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. All existing pavements (asphalt and concrete) disturbed during trenching operation
shall be restored to their original condition or better by the Contractor. Cutting and
DATE:
restoration of pavements shall be done strictly in accordance with Section 02575.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE: - END OF SECTION -

CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02623
ENGG CERT
RTR (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED THERMOSETTING RESIN)

PIPE AND FITTINGS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
DESCRIPTION
1.01 Description
Issued for IFC
1.02 Related Work

1.06 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Materials and Fabrication

2.02 Pipe Supports
06/01/22
DATE
Part 3 - Execution
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.02 Installation
3.03 Testing
DATE:
3.04 Disinfection (Water Line Only)
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.05 Warning Tapes
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
1.01 Description
OPERATIONS
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and installing RTR pipe
DATE: and fittings as indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.02 Related Work

EDSD
DATE:

BY:
B. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ENGG CERT
1. ANSI B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
2. ANSI B46.1 - Surface Texture.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1. ASTM D1599 - Test Method for Resistance to Short-Time Hydraulic Failure

DESCRIPTION
Pressure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.

Issued for IFC
2. ASTM D2412 - Test Method for Determination of External Loading

Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading.
3. ASTM D2563 - Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-Reinforced

Plastic Laminate Parts.
4. ASTM D2925 - Test Method for Beam Deflection of “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Under Full Bore Flow.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
5. ASTM D2992 - Practice for Obtaining Hydrostatic or Pressure Design Basis

06/01/22
for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and

DATE
Fittings.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
6. ASTM D2996 - Specification for Filament-Wound, "Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-
ENGINEER Reinforced - Thermosetting - Resin) Pipe.
DATE:
7. ASTM D3567 - Practice for Determining Dimensions of "Fiberglass" (Glass-
PROJECT
ENGINEER Fiber-Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe and Fittings.
DATE: 8. ASTM D4024 - Specification for Machine Made “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

CERTIFIED
Reinforced Thermo-setting Resin) Flanges.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
9. ASTM D4161 - Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced
AGENCY Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.
DATE:
C. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings Industry:
OPERATIONS
1. MSS-SP58, Hangers and Supports Materials, Design and Manufacturers.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. MSS-SP69, Hangers and Supports, Selection and Application.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the codes,
specifications and standards indicated under the subsection Reference Standards

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Pipe or pipe bundles may be stored for extended periods in stacks up to 1.20 m (4 ft.)
ENGG CERT
high. The sides must be stabilized to prevent slumping. A leveled, soft earth surface
free of rocks and other hard or sharp objects is recommended. If stored in racks or
on bearing boards, the supports should be at least 75 mm (3 in.) wide and smooth or
cushioned. The supports should be placed at two locations approximately 1.20 or
1.50 m (4 or 5 ft.) from each end for 6 m (20-ft.) lengths. For 12 m (40-ft.) lengths, 4
supports should be used with two of them placed approximately 1.20 or 1.50 m (4 or
5 ft.) from each end and the other two placed at 3 m (10-ft.) intervals to support the
middle of the pipe.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Follow normal procedures for carrying pipe along work site, installing pipe where it will
be protected from traffic and impact.
C. Pipe supplied in 6 m (20-ft.) lengths should be lifted and carried at the center by hand
or using webbed straps or rope. If handled at the ends, avoid touching and
contaminating the joining surfaces.
D. Pipe supplied in 12 m (40-ft.) lengths should be lifted (and carried) at two points about
3 m (10 ft.) from each end. Use rope or web slings for mechanically lifting the pipe.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Small size fittings should be removed from cartons, closely inspected and stored in
06/01/22
shelves, preferably inside a warehouse. Note that extended storage of fittings outside
DATE
their carton and under direct sun will tend to impair their exterior appearance, but will
not affect their physical strength.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER F. Flanges should be stored in a manner protecting the sealing rings on the flange face
against damage.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER G. Nylon locking keys and “O”-rings must be stored indoors in their original shipping
containers, protected from direct sunlight and temperature extremes.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
H. Adhesives should be stored indoors at temperatures below 100oF. Extended storage
at higher temperature will degrade the catalyst and the resin, and reduce adhesive
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
strength. In order to monitor the remaining storage life and to properly rotate the
AGENCY stock, remove the kits from shipping cartons and stack them upright so that expiration
dates are visible. Ensure that older kits are used first.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1.06 Submittals
DATE: A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, detailed and descriptive literature
CONTROL NUMBER
showing pipe dimensions, pipe layouts in full detail, locations of hangers and
VERIFICATION
supports, location and type of anchors, pipe stiffness, physical properties,

EDSD
manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedures, joint and fitting details,
DATE:
recommended methods of installation, testing equipment, practical methods of cutting

BY:
pipes and other relevant details for the type and class of pipe to be furnished, for
review and approval by Saudi Aramco.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Certification that pipe, fittings and all other materials comply with the requirements of
this specification.
ENGG CERT
C. Pipe and gaskets manufacturer's joint assembly directions.

provided to instruct the Contractor's personnel in the installation of the pipe. Said
ensure that joints are being properly made and that the pipe is being installed in
DESCRIPTION
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. RTR pipe and fittings shall comply with International Standards and as described
herein.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Pipe shall be filament wound fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin

manufactured in accordance with AWWA C-950 and ASTM D-2996.
06/01/22
DATE
2. Pipe shall be suitable for a maximum operating pressure of 16 bar at

maximum temperature of 93 deg. C (200 deg. F).
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3. RTR pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with applicable International
Standards line Class 12FEOU specification with mechanical key lock joining
DATE:
system for underground pipes. For above ground piping joining shall be
PROJECT
ENGINEER adhesive quick lock and flanged connection as shown on the Drawings. The
flanges shall meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.5 Class 150.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
4. When RTR pipe is connected to or passing through a structure, the Contractor
shall provide at least two mechanical keylock couplings within a distance of
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
not more than 3 meters each side from the structure.
AGENCY
5. Special fittings shall be provided where necessary and as per RTR pipe
DATE:
manufacturer recommendation.
OPERATIONS
2.02 Pipe Supports

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Conform to requirements of Specification Section 15056; Piping and Ducting

VERIFICATION
Supports. Contractor shall submit shop drawings for RTR pipe support as
EDSD
recommended by the manufacturer for the approval of Saudi Aramco Representative.

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Excavation, Preparation of Trench and Backfill:

ENGG CERT
A. Conform to requirements of applicable International Standards and Section 02210

except where more stringent requirements are indicated by the manufacturer of pipe.
3.02 Installation
A. Conform to the requirements of applicable International Standards and as specified

herein.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation to detect defects. Mark defective materials
with paint and promptly remove from site.
C. When placing pipe in the trench, fabric slings shall be used. The pipe shall not be
dragged along the bottom of the trench, nor humped, and it shall be supported by the
sling while being fitted to the adjacent pipe. No metal tools or heavy objects shall be
permitted to come into unnecessary contact with the pipe or fittings.
D. The pipe shall be laid at the level and gradient stipulated, on a prepared bed with
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
special hollows made for the joints. The pipe shall be aligned carefully in both the
horizontal and vertical planes. Pipe shall be uniformly bedded throughout its length.
06/01/22
DATE
E. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe or
fittings. During laying operations, no debris, tools, cloth or other materials are to be
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
allowed to enter the pipe.
ENGINEER
F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be sealed
DATE:
by temporary watertight plugs supplied by the Contractor.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
G. Deflection at joints shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the

DATE: manufacturer.
CERTIFIED
H. Construct concrete anchorages and thrust blocks required at all tees, bends, reducers
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
and plugs. Concrete shall be as specified in Section 03300.
AGENCY
I. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped into trench. Protect from all types of impact and
DATE:
excessive overheating causing deformation or permanent damage to pipe.
OPERATIONS
J. Clear the interior of pipe of dirt and other material as the work progresses.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
K. Bedding in the pipe zone shall be as specified in Section 02210, Excavation,

VERIFICATION
Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.

EDSD
DATE:
L. Sand shall be uniformly compacted around the pipe with particular care given to the
BY:
bedding beneath the haunches of the pipe. Sand may be compacted by hydraulic
methods if the native soil in which the trench is excavated is free draining. If trench is
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
not free draining, placement of damp sand will facilitate compaction. Sand bedding
(DCC) NO. _____________________
and backfill should extend a minimum of 300 mm above the pipe.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
M. Backfill shall be deposited as specified in Section 02210, Excavation, Trenching,
Backfilling and Compacting.
ENGG CERT
In-place tests of soil density shall be made in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM
D2167.
Mechanical compactors may be used provided harmful shock loads are not
transmitted to the pipe. Maintaining a space of at least one foot between tamping feet
and pipe wall should avoid damage to the pipe wall.
DESCRIPTION
N. The minimum earth cover above the pipe crown shall be as per SAES-S-070.
Issued for IFC
O. RTR pipe under structure or with earth cover less than specified shall be encased in
reinforced concrete or laid under a berm as per manufacturer recommendation or as
indicated on Drawings.
3.03 Testing
A. Hydrostatic testing for pressure pipes shall conform to the requirements of

applicable International Standards, test requirements shall be as specified herein.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Disposal of testing, disinfection and flushing water shall be in accordance with

applicable International Standards “Disposal of Wastewater from Cleaning, Flushing
06/01/22
& Hydrostatic Tests”.

DATE
B. Before testing, the pipes shall be thoroughly flushed to the satisfaction of Saudi
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Install all temporary piping, valving and equipment required for testing in
accordance with approved working drawings, and Saudi Aramco Sanitary
DATE: Code. Disposal of hydro-test water shall be done under the instructions of
CERTIFIED
Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. After completing the installation of a section, hydrostatic tests of the line shall
AGENCY be made as soon as possible.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
use of valves to close off the tested sections will not be permitted.
DATE: 4. Hydrostatic test at 1035 kPa(ga) (150 psig), or 345 kPa (50 psig) above the
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
concrete thrust blocks shall be placed.

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
shall be present.
ENGG CERT
D. Hydrostatic Testing of Potable Water Piping at Interface Tie-in:
1. Potable water piping network installed under the School’s contract shall tie-
in with the main potable water network (installed by others) at the interface
points. The interface tie-in joint shall be tested by isolating the piping
between the potable water isolation valve (installed by others) upstream of
the potable water interface tie-in and the backflow preventer (school’s
contract) downstream of the potable water tie-in connection. Alternative
DESCRIPTION
proposal for isolation of piping could be proposed by the Contractor for

Issued for IFC
Saudi Aramco review and approval. Hydrostatic test shall be performed in

accordance with the requirements of applicable International Standards.
2. School contractor shall connect the waterline at the tie-in point and perform
the hydrostatic testing at the interface after the origin contractor has
received a formal acceptance of the hydrostatic testing from Saudi Aramco
Representative between the tie-in point and the first water isolation valve.
Origin contractor shall perform his hydrostatic tests in open and closed
position of the isolation valve.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Hydrostatic Testing of Fire Water Piping at Interface Tie-in:

06/01/22
DATE
1. Fire water piping network installed under the School’s contract shall tie-in
with the main fire water network (installed by others) at the interface points.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
The interface tie-in joint shall be tested by isolating piping between the fire
ENGINEER water isolation valve (installed by others) upstream of the fire water
interface tie-in and a portion of the fire water network (school’s contract)
DATE:
downstream of the fire water tie-in connection. Isolation of piping could be
PROJECT
ENGINEER achieved by removing the isolation valve and installation of blind flange or
closing the isolation valve. Alternative proposal for isolation of piping could
DATE: be proposed by the Contractor for Saudi Aramco review and approval.
CERTIFIED
Hydrostatic test shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of
applicable International Standards.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2. School contractor shall connect the fire waterline at the tie-in point and
perform the hydrostatic testing at the interface after the origin contractor
DATE:
has received a formal acceptance of the hydrostatic testing from Saudi
OPERATIONS
Aramco Representative between the tie-in point and the first fire water
isolation valve. Origin contractor shall perform his hydrostatic tests in open
DATE: and closed position of the isolation valve.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.04 Disinfection (Water Line Only)

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
perform the work in accordance with the procedure outlined in the Saudi Aramco
Sanitary Code SASC-S-01.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.05 Warning Tapes
A. RTR Water Main: A detectable magnetic plastic warning tape shall be laid above
ENGG CERT
the installed water pipes as shown on the Drawings. This tape shall include the
following expression in Arabic and English and in black letters: “Caution, buried
water line”. This expression shall be frequently repeated on the tape length to the
A. Before any connection is made to the existing system, the Contractor shall inform
DESCRIPTION
Saudi Aramco Representative. Contractor shall check the level of any existing line
Issued for IFC
where a connection will be made, agree on a suitable procedure for the work, and
execute the work with minimum interference to the normal operation of the system.

Compacting.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. All existing pavements (asphalt and concrete) disturbed during trenching operations
06/01/22
shall be restored to their original condition or better by the Contractor.

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
- END OF SECTION -
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02720
ENGG CERT
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Related Work

DESCRIPTION
1.02 Submittals
Issued for IFC
1.03 Project Conditions
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Concrete Catchbasin with Grating Cover Concrete Swale
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Examination
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1.01 Related Work
ENGINEER

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
DATE: C. Section 02622 – UPVC (Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings.
CERTIFIED
D. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
DATE:
F. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
OPERATIONS
1.02 Submittals
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Submit the following in accordance with project schedules and Division 1

VERIFICATION
Specification Sections.
EDSD
DATE:
Shop drawings for the following storm drainage system:

BY:
1. Concrete catchbasin with cast iron grating cover and frame connected to 2-
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
200 mm dia. UPVC pipes opening from the wall, discharging by surface
(DCC) NO. _____________________
outside perimeter wall.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Catchbasin is 1.0 meter x 1.0 meter square (inside dimension) x 1.0 meter
height.
ENGG CERT
2. Concrete catchbasin with cast iron grating cover for shaded courtyard
connected to 300 mm dia. UPVC pipes and 3-200 mm dia. UPVC pipes
opening from the wall, discharging by surface outside the perimeter wall.
3. Concrete channel with FRP grating cover connected to 1.50 meter wide x 1.0
meter height concrete open channel and concrete sump which will serve as
suction point (applicable for Saihat school only).
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.04 Project Conditions
A. Site Information: Perform site survey, and verify existing utility locations. Verify that
the drainage system may be installed in compliance with the original design and
referenced standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Storm Drainage System

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Concrete formwork, Reinforcement and Cast-In-Place Concrete shall conform with

06/01/22
the requirements of Division 3 of these Specifications (Sections 03100, 03200, 03251

DATE
and 03300).
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. uPVC pipes and fittings shall conform with the requirements of Section 02622.
ENGINEER
C. Concrete channel with FRP heavy duty grating cover.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER D. Concrete catch basins with grating cover and frame shall be medium duty cast iron.
DATE: E. Open concrete channel with sump.

CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
AGENCY
3.01 Examination
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Verify that excavation base is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions,
and elevations are as indicated on the Drawings.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. All surfaces to be painted or coated shall be cleaned and prepared.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.02 Installation
DATE:
BY:
A. Refer to Sections 02231, 2610, 02622, 03100, 03200, 03251, and 03300.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02725
IRRIGATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

ENGG CERT
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.05 Job Conditions
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Pipe and Fittings

2.02 Valves, Valve Boxes and Controllers
2.03 Computer Controllers
2.04 Bubblers/Emitters System Material
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.05 Sprinkler System Material

06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 General
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 Layout and Verification
ENGINEER 3.03 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction
3.04 Pipe and Fittings, Handling, Transportation, Storage and Installation
DATE:
3.05 Temporary Plug and Protection of uPVC Pipe in Open Trenches
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.06 Valves and Controllers
3.07 Bubblers/Emitters
DATE: 3.08 Sprinklers
CERTIFIED
3.09 Adjustment of System
3.10 Field Hydrostatic Pressure Test
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.11 Mode of Operation
AGENCY 3.12 Disinfection
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.01 Description
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. The extent of irrigation water network is shown on the Drawings and includes
DATE:
furnishing, installing, and testing the networks, and their associated works together
BY:
with the installations of irrigation equipment and electrical items as shown on

Drawings.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.02 Related Work
A. Section 02210 - Excavation, Dewatering, Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.

ENGG CERT
A. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
1. AWWA C 500 - Gate Valves, 3 through 48 in. NPS for Water and Sewage
Systems.
DESCRIPTION
B. Saudi Arabian Standards (SAS):

Issued for IFC
1. SASO 14 - Pipes for Potable Water of Unplasticized Plastic (Polyvinyl

Chloride PVC).
2. SASO 15 - Methods of testing of pipes for potable water of unplasticized

plastic (polyvinyl chloride PVC).

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Field Pressure Tests:

06/01/22
1. Requirements: Zero visible leakage, displacement, or damage.

DATE
1.05 Job Conditions

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Contractor shall coordinate through Saudi Aramco Representative with all concerned
Agencies to exactly identify and locate all utilities. Contractor If required shall perform
DATE:
trial holes to locate existing utilities.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Hydrotest of the irrigation water lines shall be carried out using clean water.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
C. Electric solenoid valve control wires (300v Class) shall be AWG solid copper direct
burial cable as shown on the Drawings.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2.01 Pipe and Fittings
DATE: A. General: Individual types of pipe and fittings supplied shall be products of one
CONTROL NUMBER
manufacturer unless otherwise approved.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Plastic Pipe: All plastic pipe shall be free of blisters, internal striations, cracks, and
DATE:
other defects and imperfections. Pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked
BY:
with the manufacturer's name, material type, size, schedule or class, and quality
control identifications.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Irrigation pipes diameter 3 inches and smaller shall be UPVC pipes Schedule 40,
solvent welded socket joints and Schedule 80 for exposed pipes.
ENGG CERT
D. Irrigation pipes diameter 110 mm and larger shall be UPVC pipes Class 5,
elastomeric ring joints.
E. Solvent cement shall conform with ASTM D 2564.
F. Flexible swing joints shall be used for connecting irrigation heads to the irrigation
piping.
DESCRIPTION
2.02 Valves, Valve Boxes and Controllers

Issued for IFC
A. Gate valve 100 mm (4 in) and larger shall be direct buried as shown on the Drawing.
B. Electric remote control solenoid valves shall be Rainbird Model PEB or approved
equal.
C. Backflow Preventer shall be Rainbird Model RPA or approved equal.
D. Valve boxes shall be Rainbird Model 1419/1324 or approved equal with "Irrigation
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Control Valve" engraved on the cover in both Arabic and English.

06/01/22
E. Connection of wires to solenoids shall use snap-tite waterproof connectors. A 30 cm

DATE
length of extra wire shall be coiled at each connection.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
F. Electric solenoid valve control cables (300V Class) shall be AWG solid copper direct
ENGINEER burial cable. One common (white) is to connect all valves for each controller. Each
valve shall have one control wire (black) run to the controller.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER G. Controller Rainbird Model ESP-MC, 120 V, single phase, 60 Hz. or approved equal,
shall be used.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
H. All controllers shall be wall mounted.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.03 Computer Controllers
AGENCY
A. Plantings are automatically irrigated shall be remotely operated by independent

DATE:
station computer controllers model Rainbird ESP-MC or approved equal.
OPERATIONS
B. The solenoid remote control valves shall be compatible with the approved computer
DATE: controller.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.04 Bubblers/Emitters System Material

EDSD
DATE:
A. Pressure Compensating Full Circle Bubblers Rainbird Model 1400 Series or approved
BY:
equal shall be used for all trees and high shrubs as shown on the Drawings.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Pressure compensating single outlet emitters shall be used to irrigate ground cover
(DCC) NO. _____________________
plants and other shrubs. Emitters shall be self-cleaning model Rainbird XB-10, 1.0
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
GPH to irrigate ground cover plants, and XB-20 2.0 GPH to irrigate other shrubs, or
approved equal.
ENGG CERT
C. A compression automatic flushing end cap/plug shall be Rainbird Model SCF-571 or

approved equal at termination of all polyethylene tubing.
2.05 Sprinkler System Material
A. Spray Sprinkler Heads shall be Rainbird Model 1800 series SAM pop-up sprinkler
with plastic match precipitation rate (MPR) nozzle as shown on the Drawings.
Contractor may use equal and approved alternative.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Install irrigation systems in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions

and as specified herein. Deviations from manufacturer's instructions will be permitted
only as approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.
B. Schedule and coordinate irrigation work with the work of others.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Verify locations of all proposed and existing lines and appurtenances prior to
06/01/22
installation of irrigation network.

DATE
D. Confirm elevations of underground structures.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.02 Layout and Verification
DATE:
A. Stake the layout of all pipe, valves, sprinklers and bubblers as shown as accurately as
PROJECT
ENGINEER possible. Irrigation lines drawings except main lines’ are diagrammatic. Offsets, and
fittings are not shown.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions prior to staking the system. Do not
exceed bubbler and sprinkler head spacings as shown. Adjustment to head, as
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
necessary, shall be reviewed by Saudi Aramco Representative.
AGENCY
C. Exact bubbler/emitters and sprinkler heads placement shall be based on and

DATE:
coordinated with actual planting layout and be as approved by Saudi Aramco
OPERATIONS
Representative.
DATE: D. Minor adjustments to equipment location shall be made as necessary to

CONTROL NUMBER
accommodate proposed planting, to avoid piping, utilities, structures, and other

VERIFICATION
improvements, and when such change is approved by Saudi Aramco Representative

EDSD
prior to actual installation.

DATE:
BY:
E. Where items are relocated without prior permission of Saudi Aramco Representative,
remove and reinstall such items at Contractor's expense as necessary and approved
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
by Saudi Aramco Representative.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.03 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction
A. Perform all trenching, backfilling and compaction necessary for this portion of the
ENGG CERT
work according to Section 02210 Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting

and the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Settlement of backfilled trenches occurring during the first year from final acceptance
shall be repaired by Contractor. This shall include complete restoration of all
damaged planting, paving, and other improvements as required by Saudi Aramco
Representative.
DESCRIPTION
3.04 Pipe and Fittings, Handling, Transportation, Storage and Installation

Issued for IFC
A. All pipes and fittings, handling, transportation, storage, bedding, laying and
assembling shall follow the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations
approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.
3.05 Temporary Plug and Protection of uPVC Pipe in Open Trenches
A. When pipe laying operation is halted for any reason, ends of pipes shall be capped
temporarily. The plug shall remain in place until the pipe laying operation commences
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
again. Re-check for concealed foreign material.

06/01/22
B. Do not expose the pipe to direct sunlight. Make provisions for shading pipe joints
DATE
which are left in the open or in uncovered trenches.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.06 Valve and Controller
ENGINEER
A. Electric solenoid valves shall be installed in standard irrigation valve box shown on
DATE:
the Drawings. Gravel sump shall be minimum 50 mm (2 in) to be placed at the bottom
PROJECT
ENGINEER of valve boxes.
DATE: B. In general, male threads on PVC pipes shall only be allowed for irrigation equipment
CERTIFIED
and clamp connections unless directed otherwise. All threaded connections shall be
wrapped with Teflon thread sealant.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY C. Station number shall be corresponding to the solenoid valve timing schedules. If the
number of stations connected to the controller is less than the total capacity of the
DATE:
controller, then the unused stations shall remain standby for future connections, if
OPERATIONS
required.
DATE: D. The controllers shall be located as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall connect
CONTROL NUMBER
controllers to the nearest available source of electrical power.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.07 Bubblers/Emitters
DATE:
BY:
A. Bubblers shall be provided to all trees. All palm trees shall be provided with 2.0 gpm
bubbler Model 1408, other trees shall be provided with 1.0 gpm bubbler Model 1404,
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
and all shrubs shall be provided with 0.5 gpm bubbler Model 1402. Bubblers shall be
(DCC) NO. _____________________
as described in Section 2.04.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Emitters shall be distributed to provide uniform water applications in mass planting of
ground cover plants. Emitters shall be spaced at maximum 0.4 m on center. Emitter
ENGG CERT
spacing is approximate. Final location will be determined on site at the time of

installation.
3.08 Sprinklers
A. Sprinkler head shall be located near the edge of sidewalks and walls. Sod strip shall
be placed around each head. Sprinklers shall be as described in Section 2.05.
DESCRIPTION
B. Sprinkler heads shall be so spaced to ensure that the grass/ground cover plants area
Issued for IFC
is fully covered with water. In no instance shall the spacing exceed the
manufacturer's recommendation. Locations of sprinkler heads are as shown on
Drawings.
3.09 Adjustment of System
A. Adjust valves, alignment, and coverage of sprinkler heads as approved by Saudi

Aramco Representative. If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation
equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, make all necessary
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
changes prior to start of planting.

06/01/22
B. Sprinkler head shall be adjusted for proper operation and coverage so that no water is
DATE
thrown onto the structure. Minimum overthrow is permitted unto the sidewalks.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
C. In the event manufacturing defects impair proper performance of irrigation equipment,
ENGINEER immediately rectify the condition as approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
3.10 Field Hydrostatic Pressure Test
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Flushing: All pipe shall be thoroughly flushed out before installing remote control
DATE: valves or caps/plugs and any other related activities or testing. Flushing procedures
CERTIFIED
shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for review prior to flushing
operation.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Pressure Testing: Furnish all equipment and material and make all necessary
provisions for thoroughly bleeding the line of air and debris. Testing shall be as
DATE:
herein specified. The gauge used for pressure test shall be certified and approved by
OPERATIONS
DATE: 1. A hydrostatic test pressure of 100 psi shall be applied to the irrigation piping.
CONTROL NUMBER
The piping shall be tested for a duration of a 4 hours with the line partially
VERIFICATION
backfilled with all joints exposed. Do not cover the work until it has been
EDSD
inspected and approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.

DATE:
BY:
2. Carefully examine piping, joints, valves, fittings plugs, caps and other potential
leak sources during testing. Ensure the leakage rate at these points does not
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
exceed 2 l/h (0.53 gal/h) per 100 joints, irrespective of pipe diameter size,
(DCC) NO. _____________________
based on leakage being distributed over all joints.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. The hydrostatic test shall be repeated after the repair of any defects until the
system is proved satisfactory. During the test regardless of the amount of
ENGG CERT
leakage, detectable leaks shall be stopped and defects corrected.
4. The pipe shall be satisfactory if there is no evidence of leakage or pressure

loss after the specified test period.
5. Method of disposal of water for testing and flushing will be subject to prior
written approval.
DESCRIPTION
3.11 Mode of Operation

Issued for IFC
A. All equipment and material shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
published instruction and as specified. Deviations from manufacturer's instructions
will be permitted only with the written approval of Saudi Aramco Representative.
B. Verify location and characteristics of associated power supply points of connection

and panels.
C. Connect solenoid valves wiring to the terminal strip of controller.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Each solenoid valve connected to it's respective controller shall have the same
06/01/22
operating time as shown on the irrigation watering schedule.

DATE
E. Enter program data in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and upon approval
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
of initial water schedule. Lock the program upon completion. Refer to Drawings for
ENGINEER scheduling information.
DATE:
F. Watering schedule is based on the irrigation control valve schedule for the whole
PROJECT
ENGINEER system as shown on the Drawings. Bubblers, emitters and sprinklers shall be
distributed to provide uniform water application in all planting without over watering
DATE: any plants.
CERTIFIED
G. Irrigation programming shall be 7 days of operation in summer reduced to 3 days in

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
winter. All irrigation to take place according to irrigation schedule shown on
AGENCY Drawings.
DATE:
H. Any deviation in above schedule should be approved by Saudi Aramco
OPERATIONS
Representative. However, operation of the solenoid valves connected to the same
mainline should be programmed in a sequential method in order to reduce head
DATE: losses in system main.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.12 Disinfection
EDSD
DATE:
A. Disinfect and test all lines in accordance with the requirements of applicable
BY:
International Standard and the provisions of applicable International Standard.

Disinfect before final backfill around valves. Remove all disinfection equipment and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
temporary piping after approval of disinfection tests.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Operating Tests: Following approval of the disinfection, conduct operating tests in the
presence of Saudi Aramco Representative and Municipality Representative to verify
that each valve is in proper working condition. Whenever practicable conduct
ENGG CERT
operating test during flushing of chlorine from the line.
A. All existing pavements (asphalt and concrete disturbed during trenching operation
shall be restored to its original condition or better by the Contractor.
DESCRIPTION
- END OF SECTION -
Issued for IFC
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02790
ENGG CERT
SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEMS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.1 Work Includes

DESCRIPTION
1.3 References
Issued for IFC
1.4 Site Examination

1.5 Environmental Conditions
1.6 Quality Control
1.7 Submittals
1.8 Warranty
Part 2 - Products
2.1 Supplier Qualifications

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.2 Manufacturer
2.3 Materials
06/01/22
2.4 Synthetic Glue Material

DATE
2.5 Infill Material

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.1 General
DATE:
3.2 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.3 Plugs and Fittings
3.4 Turf Installation
DATE: 3.5 Infill Installation
CERTIFIED
3.6 Testing
3.7 Cleaning and Completion
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
PART 1 - GENERAL
OPERATIONS
1.1 Work Includes

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Furnishing, delivery, installation and warranty of a complete synthetic turf system

VERIFICATION
including under field drainage, field turf, field markings and resilient infill material.
EDSD
DATE:

BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
B. Section 02513 – Sub-Base/Base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.3 References
ENGG CERT
- ASTM Standard Test Methods:

- D1577 – Standard Test Method for Linear Density of Textile Fiber
- D5848 – Standard Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area of Pile Yarn Floor Covering
- D418 – -Standard Test Method for Testing Pile Yarn Floor Covering Construction
- D1338 – Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings
- D1682 – Standard Method of Test for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile
Fabrics
- F1551 – Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability
- D2859 – Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor
DESCRIPTION
Covering Materials
Issued for IFC
- Playing Systems as Measured in the Field

- D1557 – Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort.
1.4 Site Examination
A. The Contractor shall verify clearing and grubbing operations were adequate prior to
preparing subgrade.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. The Contractor, along with the Engineer, Grading Subcontractor (if applicable) and
Synthetic Turf Subcontractor (if applicable), shall attend a joint inspection of the
completed sub-base assembly for the purpose of determining the acceptability of that
06/01/22
DATE
surface prior to installing the synthetic turf product and to confirm actual site
dimensions.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. The inspection shall include a check for planarity. The finished surface shall not vary
from a true plane more than 1/4” in 10 feet when measured in any direction. The
DATE: Contractor shall provide all required tools and materials needed for the planarity
PROJECT
ENGINEER check, which may include but not be limited to, a laser level, string line, straight edge
and/or other assessment materials. The Contractor shall mark in the field any
DATE: deviations from grade in excess of those specified above, as well as provide a
CERTIFIED
marked up plan locating the deviations. The Contractor shall correct any deviations to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and Synthetic Turf installer.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. The compaction of aggregate base shall be 95% to Standard Proctor and surface
tolerances shall not exceed ¼” over 10 feet.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. The Contractor shall have a Saudi Arabia registered surveyor conduct an elevation
survey of the field area in a 25’ grid to determine and verify that subgrade elevations
DATE: and slopes are within previously specified tolerances. This elevation survey may
require further verification of smaller areas within the 25’ grid if determined necessary
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
by the Engineer.
EDSD
F. When any or all corrective procedures have been completed, the finished sub-base
DATE:
BY:
surface must be re-inspected, with Saudi Aramco representatives attending as the

initial inspection. If required, additional repair and inspections are to be conducted

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
until the subbase surface is deemed acceptable by the Engineer and Synthetic Turf
Installer.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
G. Once the sub-base surface has been deemed acceptable, the Contractor shall submit
a written certificate indicating the acceptance of:
ENGG CERT
1. The sub-base construction finished surface as totally suitable for the

application of the selected synthetic turf system, and
2. The sub-base construction as totally suitable for work under this

section to proceed with the final installation and fully warrant the
athletic surface installation for the period and conditions specified
herein.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
H. Commencement of work under this section shall constitute acceptance of the work
completed under other sections by the Contractor, acceptance of dimensions of the
subbase, and hence, no claims for extra work based upon these conditions will be
permitted.
A. Install synthetic turf surfacing only when ambient air temperature is 35 F or above and
the relative humidity is below 35% or as specified by the product manufacturer.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
Installation will not proceed if rain is imminent.

0001
B. Install product only when prepared base is suitably free of dirt, dust, and petroleum
06/01/22
DATE
products, is moisture free and sufficiently secured to prevent unwanted pedestrian

and vehicular access.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
1.6 Quality Control
DATE: A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products

PROJECT
ENGINEER
specified in this section. The Turf Manufacturer:
DATE:
1. Must be experienced in the manufacturing of tall pile synthetic infill grass
CERTIFIED systems with the same fiber as specified.
DATE: 2. Must have at least 5 fields of 65,000 sq. ft. or more of the specified material,
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
fiber, infill material and backing, or similar system, in play in the United States.
DATE:
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section.
OPERATIONS
1. The Synthetic Turf Installer must provide competent workmen skilled in this
DATE:
type of synthetic grass installation. All technicians must have installed tall pile
synthetic turf.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. The designated Supervisory Personnel on the project must be certified, in

writing by the Turf Manufacturer, as competent in the installation of this
DATE:
material, including seaming and proper installation of the infill mixture.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
C. Prior to the beginning of installation, the Synthetic Turf Installer shall inspect the
23-10028-0001-008
subbase. The installer will accept the sub-base in writing when the general contractor
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
provides test results for compaction, planarity and permeability that are in compliance
with the synthetic turf manufacturer’s recommendations and as stated herein.
ENGG CERT
D. The Synthetic Turf Installer shall provide the necessary testing data to the Owner that
the finished field meets the required initial shock attenuation, as per ASTM F1936.
E. Remove defective Work, whether the result of poor workmanship, defective products
or damage, which has been rejected by the Engineer as unacceptable. Replace
defective work in conformance with the Contract Documents.
1.7 Submittals
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Submit the following with Proposal:
1. Submit the exact product name/description as well as the name and location
of the manufacturers and suppliers of each component. Manufacturers and
suppliers must not be changed after the contract is awarded unless approved
by the Owner in writing.
2. Submit two (2) samples, 12”x12” minimum size, illustrating details of finished
product as bid, including full cross section of subbase, turf, and infill material.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Product Literature: Submit two (2) copies of manufacturer’s recommended

06/01/22
installation and maintenance information, including any technical criteria for

DATE
evaluation of the installed product. Descriptions of all equipment

recommended for the maintenance and repair of turf product, as well as a list
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
of any activities not recommended relative to the warranty.
ENGINEER
4. Submit a 1-lb sample of the selected bid infill material(s).

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5. A letter and specification sheet certifying that the products of this section meet
or exceed specified requirements.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
6. Certified copies of independent (third-party) laboratory reports on ASTM tests
as follows:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY a. Pile Height, Face Width & Total Fabric Weight, ASTM D418 or D5848
b. Primary & Secondary Backing Weights, ASTM D418 or D5848
DATE:
c. Tuft Bind, ASTM D1335
OPERATIONS
d. Grab Tear Strength, ASTM D1682 or D5034
e. Verification that product meets Gmax minimums for ASTM F1936 for
DATE: life of installation.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7. List of existing installations, including Owner’s representative and telephone

EDSD
number, for similar projects. These installations must have used the same
DATE:
manufacturer and product, or similar, proposed for this field, including the
BY:
same fiber infill and pad, if applicable.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
8. Name and experience of the designated supervisory personnel assigned to

(DCC) NO. _____________________
this project shall be submitted with the proposal. Changes to this assignment
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
after contract can only be made if approved in writing by the Owner. Include a
listing of other on-site personnel and their experience.
ENGG CERT
9. The Synthetic Turf Installer and Turf Manufacturer shall provide evidence that
the turf system does not violate any other manufacturer’s patents, patents
allowed or patents pending.
10. The Synthetic Turf Installer and the Turf Manufacturer shall provide complete
information on its warranty/insurance policy and coverage, as noted in Section
1.08. Provide a complete sample copy of all warranty documentation.
DESCRIPTION
B. Prior to ordering of materials:

Issued for IFC
1. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings indicating:
a. Artifical synthetic turf layout as shown in the drawings.

b. Roll/Seaming Layout.
c. Methods of attachment, artifical synthetic turf
2. The Turf Manufacturer must submit the fiber manufacturer’s name, type of
fiber and composition of fiber.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings are to be submitted for review by the

Engineer prior to manufacture of product and are to contain information
06/01/22
DATE
regarding locations of seams, anchorage details, goal post/insert details, line

and event marking locations and dimensions, turf roll widths and dimensions.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Prior to Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner:
DATE: 1. Two (2) copies of Maintenance Manuals, which will include all necessary
PROJECT
ENGINEER instructions for the proper care and preventative maintenance of the synthetic
turf system, including painting and markings. Also address remedial
DATE: measures for graffiti removal.
CERTIFIED
2. Written verification of a suitable training session for the Owner’s maintenance

DATE:
staff on how to maintain the completed installation.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
3. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of seams, drains or other

DATE: pertinent information.
OPERATIONS
4. Enter into a contract with the Owner to provide annual operations and
DATE: maintenance assistance for two (2) years. Provide contract, contact
CONTROL NUMBER
information and schedule first visit. Quarterly each year provide operations
VERIFICATION
and maintenance that includes:

EDSD
a. On-site inspection analysis of seams, infill, inlay, edge, and field

DATE:
BY:
inserts.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
b. The contractor shall sweep and groom the artificial synthetic turf area
at each quarterly visit.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
c. Synthetic turf report with results of inspection analysis, photos, results
of cleaning process, recommendations for future
ENGG CERT
cleaning/maintenance, and Gmax testing results.
d. The Contractor must execute an annual operations and maintenance

assistance contract before substantial completion can be approved.
5. Test Results: Test certifications issued by an independent testing agency that

the synthetic surface meets with the requirements of the ASTM tests noted
herein are to be submitted.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
6. Base Conditions Acceptance: Prior to installation of the synthetic turf system,

the Contractor is to submit in writing an acceptance of the compacted base
and sub-base system as being acceptable by the turf manufacturer and
suitable for the successful installation of the proprietary synthetic turf system.
1.8 Warranty
A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum eight (8) year, 3rd party insured warranty
policy by the manufacturer, against defects in materials and workmanship. Defects
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
shall include, but not be limited to ultraviolet ray fading, degradation, or excessive
wear of fiber.
06/01/22
DATE
B. Warranty must be backed by a surety licensed to do business in the Kingdom of

Saudi Arabia.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Submit information confirming that a 3rd Party Insurance Policy, non-cancelable, non-
prorated, and pre-paid for the entire duration of the warranty is in effect covering this
DATE:
installation, and underwritten by a Best A Rated Insurance Carrier.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
D. Warranty shall be for full replacement of any damaged product within the warranty
DATE: period. Warranty shall be comprehensive and sufficient to replace entire field if
CERTIFIED
necessary.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
E. Warranty shall become effective from the date of substantial completion.
AGENCY
F. Warranty shall include Gmax testing on a biennial basis demonstrating an initial

DATE:
Gmax not exceeding 125 G’s initially and not exceeding 175 G’s at any time during
OPERATIONS
the warranty period. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer within 30 days of
each test.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
G. The Warranty shall contain no usage limits for warranted field.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
H. Submit Manufacturer Warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in
DATE:
Owner’s name and registered with Manufacturer.

BY:
I. Supply Warranty Insurance Certificate with complete information on contacting the

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Insurance Carrier should a claim need to be made. Warranty insurance policy shall
(DCC) NO. _____________________
have the Owner listed as insured.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ENGG CERT
2.1 Supplier Qualifications
A. The Owner has conducted an extensive review of synthetic turf products, including
visiting installed sites and review of other agencies’ review criteria. Based upon their
research, they have established the following criteria for acceptance of a synthetic turf
product. No variation from these criteria shall be allowed. The Owner’s review is
considered final.
DESCRIPTION
B. The Synthetic Turf Installer shall have been in business for a minimum of 5 years.
Issued for IFC
C. The Synthetic Turf Installer shall have prior experience in the installation of synthetic
turf sports applications within the past 5 years in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
D. The Synthetic Turf Installer must provide a list of references based on previous
installations.
2.2 Manufacturer
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Saudi Rubber Products co.

2nd Industrial City,
06/01/22
Makkah Street, Cross Road #98

DATE
P.O. Box 3869,

Al Khobar 31952
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
ENGINEER +966 13-812 1919
+966 13 812 1818
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. XGRASS
205 Boring Drive
DATE: Dalton, GA 30721
CERTIFIED
USA
Tel. 706-272-0140
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
877-881-8477
AGENCY
2.3 Materials
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Turf Fiber: Performx from XGrass® 110 Howell Rd. Dalton, GA 30721 Phone (877)
881-8477 or approved equal.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. The turf fiber must be tufted to the backing with a minimum tuft bind of 6
VERIFICATION
pounds.
EDSD
2. The tufted fiber weight shall be a minimum of 45 ounces per square yard.
DATE:
BY:
3. The turf fiber shall be 100% polyethylene with a minimum yarn density of 8000
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
denier.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. The turf fiber shall be non abrasive and a minimum of 100 microns thick.
5. The turf fiber must contain less than 100 ppm of lead in all colors.
ENGG CERT
6. The turf fibers must be from the same dye lot.
7. The turf fiber shall be UV resistant and be guaranteed against fading for the
full warranty period of 10 years.
8. The turf fiber must be a minimum of 2 inches in height with a minimum tufting
gauge length of 3/8 of an inch.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
9. The turf fiber must retain a minimum of 75% of its original fibril width after
10,000 cycles on the Lisport Studded Roll Test Machine.
B. Backing Material
Primary Backing:
1. Primary backing must be a dual layered woven polypropylene material.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Primary backing system weight must be a minimum of 7.0 ounces/square

yard.
06/01/22
DATE
Secondary Backing:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Secondary backing system weight must be a minimum of 12 ounces/ square
ENGINEER yard.
DATE:
2. Secondary backing system shall consist of a hot melt application created from
PROJECT
ENGINEER the injection of a thermoplastic polyolefin compound that encapsulates the
tufted bundle before the lamination of a 100% virgin polypropylene nonwoven
DATE: geotextile fabric.
CERTIFIED
a. Note: Polyurethane is not an acceptable material for use in the

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
secondary backing system.
AGENCY
3. Secondary backing system shall have minimum tuft bind strength of 6 pounds.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Turf roll seams to be securely joined on site so that no openings larger than the
porous backing mat openings are created. Roll width to coincide with tufted-in artificial
DATE: grass area where possible. All turf fabric edges to be securely bound as per the
CONTROL NUMBER
perimeter detail design. Adhesives for joining seams of turf together shall be Nordot
VERIFICATION
34G Glue or equivalent.

EDSD
DATE:
D. Fabric surface shall be constructed and installed in minimum widths of 15 feet with no
BY:
longitudinal or transverse seams, except for inlaid lines with a finish roll assembly.
Seams shall be 15’-0” apart. Rolls that do not comply with the proper length or
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
conform to the seaming diagram, as approved prior to installation, shall be rejected

(DCC) NO. _____________________
from the site. No fitted pieces shall be allowed to true alignment.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. The entire system shall be resistant to weather, including ultra-violet light and heat
degradation; insects, rot, mildew and fungus growth and be non-allergenic and non-
ENGG CERT
toxic.
G. Fiber Colors: Submit samples of the full available color palette for owner approval
prior to placing order for turf including at a minimum the below listed colors:
Color 1: Grass, green in standard color, as selected by Saudi Aramco.
H. The turf material shall be non-combustible and pass the DIN standard Pill Burn test or
DESCRIPTION
ASTM D 2859.
Issued for IFC
2.4 Synthetic Glue Material
A. Adhesive products shall be Nordot 34G or equivalent as approved by the engineer.
B. Any adhesive products required for the installation of a proposed turf system shall be
purpose-suited to the system. The material and application methods shall be as
recommended by the adhesive manufacturer.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Disposal of adhesive containers and unused adhesives as well as any fees resulting
from such disposal shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
06/01/22
DATE
2.5 Infill Material

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. The synthetic infill material shall consist of a blend of graded, silica sand and treated
ENGINEER and mixed ground rubber.
DATE:
1. Sand: specially-graded, dust-free silica sand shall be placed on the turf in a
PROJECT
ENGINEER minimum quantity of 1.5 pounds/ square foot and shall include test results that
demonstrate the following minimum properties:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
a. Color – tan
b. Sand shall be round non-angular in shape
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
c. Roundness – 0.6+
AGENCY d. Hardness - 0.6-0.8 on the Mohs Scale
e. Size – 1.00 mm ± 0.15 mm
DATE:
f. Density – 90 – 95 lbs/ cu ft
OPERATIONS
g. Dust - < 0.001 %
h. Angle of Repose - < 30°
DATE: i. Sand shall be heavy metal safe
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Rubber: Rubber is SBR ambient (styrene butadiene rubber) rubber, color

EDSD
black, 10-18 mesh, that is 99% fiber free and is heavy metal safe. Rubber
shall be placed on the turf in a minimum quantity of 3.5 pounds/ square foot
DATE:
BY:
and shall be of the following Mesh Size Distribution:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Mesh Size % Retained
10 0-15%
ENGG CERT
12 5-30%
16 40-70%
20 15-35%
30 0-10%
40 0-
1% Pan 0-
1%
B. The infill materials shall be installed to allow an exposed fiber of not less than 1/2 inch
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
after finish brushing.
C. Sufficient quantities of the top-dressing infill material must be stored on site at the
time of installation to be used 90 days after the completion of the installation to
mitigate the differential settling of high traffic zones on the field. This fill addition must
be carried out by the Contractor within the time specified above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.1 General
06/01/22
DATE
A. Installation of the synthetic turf system is to comply with the manufacturer’s

recommendations, requirements and recommendations and the reviewed and
NO.
REV
approved shop drawings.

00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
B. Perform all work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and the
DATE: manufacturer’s specifications and instructions. Only those skilled technicians
PROJECT
ENGINEER
proposed in the bid phase are to be assigned to this project by the Contractor.
C. The designated Supervisor for the Synthetic Turf Installer must be present during any
DATE:
CERTIFIED and all construction activity associated with the field installation, including testing,
cleanup and training.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
D. All products and equipment are to be from sources approved by the authorized turf
manufacturer and conform to the specifications.
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.2 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
DATE:
A. Deliver products to site in original containers and wrappers as agreed between the
Engineer and Contractor. Inspect products upon delivery for damage.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Store products in a location and in a position that protects them from crush damage or
any other defects.
DATE:
BY:
C. Handle and store (on and off site) all materials safely to ensure their physical
CERTIFICATE
properties are not adversely affected and that they are not subject to vandalism or
23-10028-0001-008
damage.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Rubber and sand infill shall arrive dry and loose. No rubber shall be accepted that is
bulked or solid.
ENGG CERT
E. Adhesives shall arrive in dry, sealed containers.
F. Rubber infill shall arrive in large sacks or bags without tears or loose material about.
3.3 Plugs and Fittings
A. All permanent field fittings penetrating the turf mat indicated on the drawings shall be
securely sealed to the mat surface so that no infill material is allowed to spill to the
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
substrate.
3.4 Turf Installation
A. Install synthetic turf system in accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation
instructions.
B. All inlaid areas shall have full fastenings and no loose areas. At no time can pulling on
the section separate the material.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Turf shall be attached to the perimeter edge as shown in the construction plans and
06/01/22
as per the manufacturer.

DATE
D. All seams and inlaid areas shall be brushed thoroughly before infill materials are
NO.
REV
00
installed.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
E. All terminations shall be as detailed and approved in the shop drawings.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.5 Infill Installation
DATE: A. The synthetic turf shall be thoroughly brushed prior to installation of infill materials to
CERTIFIED
remove wrinkles.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. The infill materials shall be installed in layers, in accordance with the turf
AGENCY manufacturer’s installation instructions. Any mix of materials shall be uniform and
even in thickness.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Turf shall remain free draining at all times before, during and after the infill materials
are installed.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3.6 Testing
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. At the time of substantial completion and biennially during the life of the warranty, the
DATE:
Contractor shall perform a series of tests by use of an independent testing agency to

BY:
evaluate the shock absorption characteristics of the field. The tests shall be
performed on a 50 foot grid in both directions using an accelerometer in accordance

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
with ASTM F1936 and ASTM F355. Test the field at a minimum of 12 points and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
submit the results to the Owner within 30 days of testing. At no point shall any reading
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
exceed 175 Gmax during the life of the warranty. If any point exceeds the maximum
deceleration, the Contractor shall make corrections to provide the allowable Gmax
deceleration at the Contractor’s expense.
ENGG CERT
3.7 Cleaning and Completion
A. Protect all installed work from other construction activities as installation progresses.
B. The Contractor shall keep the area clean through out the construction period and free
from debris.
DESCRIPTION
C. On completion of the installation, thoroughly clean surfaces and site of all refuse
Issued for IFC
resulting from the installation process, including track surfaces.
D. Any damage to existing fixtures or facilities resulting from the installation of the
synthetic turf system shall be repaired to original condition at the Contractor’s
expense prior to Substantial Completion and commencement of the Warranty Period.
E. A deficiency list will be produced by the Engineer at the conclusion of the project. All
installation project deficiencies not in dispute must be remedied by the Contractor
prior to the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
F. Contractor to provide a written acceptance by the turf manufacturer that the turf and
06/01/22
base system is installed in accordance with their recommendations prior to final

DATE
completion.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER - END OF SECTION –
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 02863
ENGG CERT
PLAY STRUCTURES AND PLAY AREA SURFACING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Reference Codes and Standards

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Fabricated Playground Equipment Items

2.02 Materials
2.03 Equipment List
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Hardware
2.05 Column Padding
06/01/22
2.06 Play Area Surface Material

DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.01 Installation
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Work in this section includes but is not limited to installing complete play equipments
and colored polired in place surface material (aliphatic), as shown on the Drawings
DATE:
and specified herein, complete and acceptable to Saudi Aramco.
OPERATIONS
B. Certain items identified in this section may occur at one “Job Order” but not the other.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.02 Reference Codes and Standards

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Comply with applicable Codes and Standards as specified herein.

DATE:
BY:
B. Safety Standard:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
1. All products must conform to the requirements of ASTM F 1487, including

(DCC) NO. _____________________
structural strength testing, and be certified to conform to same under the

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
auspices of IPEMA (International Playground Equipment Manufacturers
Association), through an independent, third party testing laboratory, as
specified by IPEMA.
ENGG CERT
2. All resilient safety surfacing must exceed the requirements of ASTM F1292
standard of safety surfacing and must be tested to same by an independent,
and accredited third party testing organization. Suppliers must provide proof
of such compliance at the time they submit their bids to Saudi Aramco. The
resilient material proposed must be of sufficient thickness and resilency to
protect against injury from falls from the maximum fall height as described in
ASTM F1487 from adjacent equipment.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. All play area equipment shall meet the latest edition of the United States Consumer
Product Safety Commission Standards. All materials shall be structurally sound and
acceptable for safe play.
B. Contractor shall acquire and review the manufacturer’s specifications for all
equipment that is listed in this Section. Contractor shall provide components,
attachment devices and mechanically oriented equipmented that match the quality of
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
material provided in the manufacturer’s specifications.

06/01/22
C. Any play area equipment to be presented as a substitute will match or be equivalent

DATE
to the manufacturer’s specification for the equipment listed. Complete Specifications

and catalogue pages for the substitute item shall be provided by Contractor and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for approval.
ENGINEER
D. Quality Assurance Certification: All manufacturers whose equipment is included in the

DATE:
submission must be certified to conform to ISO 9001 Quality Assurance Standards, to
PROJECT
ENGINEER include both design and manufacturing processes of the equipment. Certification of
such conformance must be submitted with the bid.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.04 Submittals
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Shop Drawings:
AGENCY
1. Submit to Saudi Aramco Representative manufacturer’s literature for

DATE:
approval. Literature shall show conformance to referenced standards, with
OPERATIONS
particular regard to safety. Show installation procedures, a list of all materials,
quantities and their product numbers. Provide color selections for all
DATE: equipment.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Submit to Saudi Aramco Representative shop drawings for approval. Shop

EDSD
drawings shall show sufficient information including location of all critical

DATE:
components for play area equipment structure and colored polired in place
BY:
surface material (pliphatic). Include details of joints, attachments, installations

and clearances. All sizes in metric dimensions.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. Contractor shall review all colors chosen for all items listed in this Section with
Saudi Aramco Representative for approval prior any items are purchased.
ENGG CERT
4. Submit maintenance manual.
A. Deliver materials to the Site in their original containers in unopened packages, clearly
labeled with the manufacturer’s name, product identification and lot number, where
appropriate.
DESCRIPTION
B. Protect all materials from damage during transit, handling, storage and installation.
Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Fabricated Playground Equipment Items
A. General:
1. All primary fasteners must be tamper proof, stainless steel or carbon steel
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
plated to withstand and ASTM 1,000 hour salt fog test.

06/01/22
2. All painted steel elements must be galvanized or electroplated to prevent

DATE
corrosion.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3. No “S” hooks are allowed to attach chains or any other chains, only hardened
ENGINEER steel elements are allowed and all pivot points must have bushing or bearings.
DATE:
4. All painted item must be painted with a polyester powder coating, free of any
PROJECT
ENGINEER toxic elements, as directed by the U.S. Consumer Products Safety
Commission (CPSC).
DATE:
CERTIFIED
5. All coatings and plastics must be fully UV stabilized.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
6. All plastic parts must exceed 2,700psi per ASTM D638 and must be
AGENCY warranted for 10 years, by the manufacturer against structural failure.
DATE:
7. All Aluminum structural elements must be warranted, by the manufacturer, for
OPERATIONS
20 years, against structural failure and deterioration.
DATE: 8. All clamping mechanism must be made from 369.1 aluminum alloy and be
CONTROL NUMBER
true clamping devices, not attachments bolted to the posts.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
9. All deck platforms must have their top surface made from single sheet of
DATE:
flange formed steel, no welded expanded metal surfaces shall be allowed.

BY:
Maximum hole size in the top surface of the deck shall be 375” except for
transfer decks that provide accessibility for the handicapped.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
10. All barriers and guard rails must attach to the face of the decks or in such
away to eliminate any toe spaces that encourage children to climb on the
outside of the structure.
ENGG CERT
11. All slides must include a slide hood that requires the child to begin their slide
from a sitting position. Single bars can be used as turning bars and therefore
not allowed.
12. Top caps on posts must be made from cast aluminum.
13. All arch posts must be made from a single piece of material, no seams will be
DESCRIPTION
allowed.
Issued for IFC
14. All hand loops, guard rails, barriers, decks, step assemblies and chains must
be coated with a coating of baked on PVC that has been bonded to the
underlying material and have a non-slip finish and is UV stabilized with a
minimum thickness of 0.060”and have an 85 durometer hardness.
2.02 Materials
The following Standards for design and materials shall be used for playground equipment
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
system components:
06/01/22
A. Steel Components shall comply with ASTM Standards as listed. Provide materials to
DATE
meet the following description:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Pipe Components shall comply with ASTM Standards A-135, A-500 and A-
ENGINEER 515. The pipe components shall have galvanic based on the following
processes:
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER a. Pipes are hot dipped in zinc for uniform galvanization.
DATE: b. The interior of pipes are sprayed with zinc-rich cold galvanizing.
CERTIFIED
c. The components are freed of excess water spatter and shall be

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
cleaned in a three bath system which shall include a rust-inhibitive iron
AGENCY phosphate wash prior to painting.
DATE:
d. All painted steel elements must be galvanized or electroplated to
OPERATIONS
prevent corrosion.
DATE: 2. Deck Components shall be manufactured each from a single piece of low
CONTROL NUMBER
carbon steel confirming to ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. Material shall have a 9

VERIFICATION
gauge thickness and be reinforced as necessary to maintain structural

EDSD
integrity. All deck components shall be PVC coated. Color of decks shall be
DATE:
integrated with other play equipment.

BY:
3. No “S” hooks are allowed to attach swing chains or any other chains, only
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
hardened steel elements are allowed and all pivot points must have bushings
(DCC) NO. _____________________
or bearings.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Galvanized Steel: Components other than posts shall receive the same galvanized
coating as described in Paragraph A.1., of this Section.
ENGG CERT
C. Fasteners:
1. Primary structural fasteners shall be grade 5 button head screw featuring a

pinned-hex socketed drive threading into a grade 5 pinned-hex flange nut. All
pinned-hex hardware shall be minimum 10 mm (3/8”) nominal diameter and
must be finished with cadmium plating as a minimum. These bolts are to
include a locking patch-type material. The material shall require a minimum of
DESCRIPTION
4 times the installation torque to remove the fastener. Manufacturer shall

Issued for IFC
provide special tools for pinned-hex fasteners.
2. All primary fasteners must be tamper proof, stainless steel or carbon steel
plated to withstand an ASTM 1,000 hour salt fog test.
3. All connection devices and associated components shall be provided as per

the specific manufacturer’s specification for that assembly. Contractor shall
review the detailed assembly information from the manufacturer to assure that
all required items and materials are used properly.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Aluminum Components where used shall be provide as follows:

06/01/22
DATE
1. Beams and Posts shall be extruded 6061-T6 aluminum conforming to ASTM

B-221 and QQ-A-200/8 specifications.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2. Clamps shall be sand cast of 535 aluminum/magnesium alloy with the
following design parameters.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER a. Ultimate Strength 310 N/mm2 (45,000 psi)
b. Yield Strength 172 N/mm2 (25,000 psi)
DATE: c. Elongation 8% in 51 mm (2 inches)
CERTIFIED
d. Shear Strength 200 N/mm2 (29,000 psi)
Die cast-clamps are also acceptable.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY All clamps shall be provided according to manufacturer’s design and
specifications. Contractor shall coordinate with manufacturer’s
DATE:
representative to assure quality of components.
OPERATIONS
3. Top Caps for Posts shall be aluminum die castings from 380 alloy, powder
DATE: coated and secured in place with rivets which are self sealing.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
E. Movable Assemblies shall meet the standards of the specific metal as

EDSD
recommended above. Self lubricated rollers, oil impregnated bushings and rubber
DATE:
bumpers shall be incorporated in moving mechanisms.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
F. Plastic components shall be stabilized against ultraviolet (UV) degradation and

23-10028-0001-008
have molded in color for good color retention. Material shall comply with ASTM-D-
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1248, Type 2, Class A. All plastic part must exceed 2700psi per ASTM D638 and
must be warranted for ten years, by the manufacturer against structural failure.
ENGG CERT
1. Slides shall be molded of linear low density polyethylene with a minimum

wall thickness of 6.35mm (0.250”). A non-skid rotationally molded entrance
section shall be required for the spiral slide. All slides must include a slide
hood that requires the child to begin their slide from a sitting position.
Single bars can be used as turning bars and therefore not allowed.
2. Plastic Wall Panels shall be molded of cross link polyethylene with a

minimum wall thickness of 6.35mm (0.25 in). This panel shall be attached
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
to the tunnel slide as well as used independently with other activity pieces.
3. Activity Panels shall be molded of “Permalene”, a compression padded

6.35mm(0.25 in) high density polyethylene or equal.
4. Bubble Window shall be constructed of 6.35mm (0.250”) clear

polycarbonate.
5. PVC Caps shall be provided at bottom end of posts to form a base and
23-10028-
JO/EWO
moisture barrier.
0001
G. Vinyl Cladding:
06/01/22
DATE
1. Components shall be primed, dipped in UV stabilized, mold resistant, liquid

polyvinyl chloride, then oven cured at 205 deg.C (400 degree F).
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
2. The finish shall be no less than 2mm. (0.08 in) with a minimum 85
DATE:
durometer hardness and a matte finish.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. All items nit vinyl clad shall be painted.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
H. Painted shall be an electro statically applied polyester powder coating which shall be
cured at a temperature of 230 deg.C (450 deg.F) for 20 minutes free of any toxic
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
elements, as directed by the U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC).
AGENCY The polyster powder shall comply with ASTM Standards D-1734 (Flexibility Mandrel
Test), D-2794 (impact Resistance Test), B-117 (Salt Spray Test), D-2247 (Humidity
DATE:
Resistance Test), D-822 (Weather ability Test), D-3363 (Pencil Hardness Test), D-
OPERATIONS
2454 (Overbake Resistance Test) and D-3359B (Adhesion Crosshatching Test).
DATE: I. Spring Subassembly & Foot Ring for individual spring mounted units shall be as
CONTROL NUMBER
follows:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Spring subassembly shall have vandal resistant hardware and consist of an

aluminum cast plate, spring spacer and top attachment casting with the
DATE:
BY:
painted 150mm (6”) diameter alloy steel spring.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
2. Units may be either cast aluminum or molded poly vinyl.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Alternate designs shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco Representative for
approval.
ENGG CERT
20.3 Equipment List
The following component equipment shall be provided for the outdoor play structures. The
play equipment as shown in the drawings and list is only guidelines for the Contractor.
Contractor shall contact the acceptable manufacturers as mentioned in Section 2.07 prior to
submitting the Saudi Aramco Representative for their approval.
Item Code Description

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Product Name:
Victory Play equipment “Play Mart” (or equal product) consist of the
Mountain following: Transfer Flat form with Barrier, Curved Zip Slide,
(Customized) Curve zip slide Tube, Overhead Climber, Wall Climber, Straight
Product ID: Zip slide, Transfer Bridge, Drivers Panel, Panel Roof and Pole
PS-NVE- climber
Victorya
B. Product Name: Aliphatic colored polired in place recycled rubber granules play
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
area surfacing and wall surfacing.

06/01/22
DATE
2.04 Hardware
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Provide non-corrosive hardware necessary for assembly of items, in sufficient
ENGINEER quantity, sizes, lengths and quality for the intended use.
DATE:
PROJECT
B. Bolt holes shall be pre-drilled and counter-sunk to receive plastic plugs to conceal
ENGINEER connecting hardware where exposed.
DATE: 2.05 Column Padding

CERTIFIED
Provide padding to all exposed steel columns of covered play area with # 00356-600-6’-0”
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
column pads with Velcro Fasteners by Porter or approved equal.
AGENCY
2.06 Play Area Surface Material

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Recycled rubber tile (Gametime and/or Rephouse or equal approved equal product)
surface material will be provided in the play area laid over a sloped concrete paving
DATE:
sub-surface. The characteristics of these materials are as follows:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Material A: (GT IMPAX) rubber tile 400 x 400 x 50 mm thick minimum size (Game
EDSD
time or equal approved product), resin bond tile composed of rubber chunks
DATE:
comprised of 100% recycled tile rubber, non-toxic, and does not leach into
BY:
ground water, wire-free, having a metal content of less than 0.01%.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Material B: (Rephouse Playflex Basic Plus AMP) rubber tile 505 x 505 x 45 mm
(DCC) NO. _____________________
thick minimum size made from recycled rubber and pigmented binder. Certified to
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ASTM F1292 / EN 1117 / AS / NZS 1422 and slip resistant (exceed ADA
requirements).
ENGG CERT
2. Strength should have the ability to resist drying and cracking due to heat
exposure.
Warranty: A five (5) year warranty protecting against defects in material and
workmanship shall be provided.

DESCRIPTION
A. Landscape Structure Inc.,

Issued for IFC
Distributed by TRI Trading Est., Riyadh

Tel: 01-465-9721
B. Game Time Inc.
Distributed by Saudi Tenhat Est., Riyadh
Tel: 01-478-9926
C. Schelde International
Belgium
23-10028-
JO/EWO
Tel: 0032-9-2825271
0001
D. California Products Corporation

06/01/22
Distributed by REZA Pools & Courts

DATE
Tel.: 03-882-1028
NO.
REV
00
E. Play World Structures

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Distributed by A.M. Al-Muhana Contracting & Trading Est.
DATE: F. Play Marc, INC

PROJECT
ENGINEER
170 Allens Way
Somerset, KY42501
DATE:
Tel: (606) 679-2572
CERTIFIED Fax: (606) 687-9011
DATE:
G. Saudi Rubber Products Co.
CONSTRUCTION 2nd Industrial City, Makkah Street
AGENCY
Cross Road #98
DATE:
P. O. Box 3869
OPERATIONS Al Khobar-31952
KSA
Tel: (+966 13-812 1919) info@saudirubber.com
DATE:
Fax: (+966 13-812 1818) sales@saudirubber.com
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
H. Asia / Middle East

EDSD
Tel: +60 (0)3 7725 5655

DATE:
Email: Info@rephouse.com
BY:
Europe
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Tel: +356 2134 0113

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Email: Sales-europa@rephouse.com
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
I. Or Approved Equal.
ENGG CERT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
A. Install appropriate equipment where shown on the product catalogue and

manufacturers shop drawings or as described herein.
B. Footings shall be of concrete for all individual post locations. Footings shall be
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
coordinated with the site works.
C. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked
for minor depressions or irregularities. After the court have been flooded, any
depressions covering a nickel shall be corrected as per manufacturer
specifications.
D. Follow the manufacturer’s printed instructions carefully for the use and installation
of each product.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Provide a complete installation free of scratches, dents, nicks, discoloration and

other faults that damage the appearance or operation.
06/01/22
DATE
F. Save all extra components, attachment devices and tools that are provided. Save
NO.
REV
00
all manuals and instructions. Turn over to the Saudi Aramco Representative upon
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
completion of equipment set-up and before final inspection.
DATE: G. Synthetic surface and sports surfacing material shall be installed as per
PROJECT
ENGINEER manufacturer’s recommendations.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Replace or repair damage materials, equipment and defective WORK as directed
by Saudi Aramco Representative at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03100
ENGG CERT
CONCRETE FORMWORK
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001

06/01/22
3.02 Removal of Forms

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 1 - GENERAL
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing, fabricating and erecting
formwork for cast-in-place concrete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Provide formwork and shoring for cast-in-place concrete and installation of items into
formwork such as anchor bolts, setting plates, bearing plates, anchorages, inserts,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
frames, nosings, chamfers beadings and other items to be set or embedded in
AGENCY concrete.
DATE:
C. Design of concrete formwork, including all necessary shoring and bracing, shall be
OPERATIONS
the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall provide all specified engineering design
or analysis of formwork requirements.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.02 Related Work

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

ENGG CERT
1. ACI 301, Standard Specification for Structural Concrete.
2. ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
3. ACI 318-08, Building Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. ANSI A199.1, Construction and Industrial Plywood.
specifications and standards indicated under the sub-section reference standards, as
applicable except as otherwise indicated or specified.
B. Allowable Tolerances:
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Construct formwork to provide completed cast-in-place concrete surfaces

06/01/22
complying with the tolerances specified in ACI 347.

DATE
2. Before concrete placement, check the lines and level of erected formwork.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Make corrections and adjustments to ensure proper size and locations of
ENGINEER concrete members and stability of forming systems.
DATE:
3. During concrete placement check formwork and related supports to ensure
PROJECT
ENGINEER that forms are not displaced and that completed work will be within specified
tolerances.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.05 Submittals
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's data and installation instructions for
AGENCY materials including form coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories.
DATE:
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing dimensioned layout of
OPERATIONS
formwork, locations of blockouts, openings, depressions, sleeves, inserts and
anchors.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
ENGG CERT
A. Forms for Finish Concrete:
1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for concrete

surfaces with plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood-faced or other panel type
materials acceptable to CLIENT, to provide continuous, straight, and smooth
as-cast surfaces.
DESCRIPTION
2. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to

Issued for IFC
conform to joint system shown on Drawings. Provide form material with

sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without
bow or deflection and without leakage.
B. Form Ties:
1. Use factory-fabricated, adjustable-length; removable or snap-off metal form

ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete
surfaces upon removal.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Unless otherwise shown, use ties so that portion remaining within concrete
06/01/22
after removal of exterior parts is at least 40 mm from the outer concrete

DATE
surface. Unless otherwise shown, use form ties which will not leave a hole
larger than 25 mm diameter in the concrete surface. Ties shall be galvanized
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
and fully surrounded with concrete.
ENGINEER
3. Provide ties subjected to hydrostatic pressure with acceptable water-stops,

DATE:
such as metal washers, securely and continuously fastened to the ties.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
4. Form ties fabricated on the project site and wire ties are not acceptable.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
C. Form Coatings: Use commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not
bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces,and will not impair
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
subsequent treatment of concrete surface requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the
AGENCY wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds.
DATE:
D. Formwork: Construct formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste
OPERATIONS
during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as
required to prevent leakage and fines.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EDSD
DATE:

BY:
A. Forms: Construct forms to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in
(DCC) NO. _____________________
finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses,

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages
and inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required
finishes.
ENGG CERT
B. Form Fabrication: Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying
against concrete surfaces. Use crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may
damage cast concrete surfaces. Use top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope
is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming
keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of
removal.
DESCRIPTION
C. Temporary Openings: Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is

Issued for IFC
inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for
placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly to forms to prevent
loss of concrete grout. Locate temporary openings on forms in as inconspicuous
location as possible, consistent with project requirements.
D. Corners: Chamfer all exposed corners (both horizontal and vertical) with 20 mm (3/4
in.) chamfer strips (ref. SAES-Q-001 & ACI 301 - 2.2.3.2).
3.02 Removal of Forms

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. General Forms: Formwork not supporting concrete, such as sides of beams, and
06/01/22
similar parts of the Work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than
DATE
10 degrees centigrade for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is

sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operation, and provided that
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
curing and protection operations are maintained.
ENGINEER
B. Support Forms: Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits,

DATE:
joists, slabs, and other structural elements may not be removed until concrete has
PROJECT
ENGINEER attained its 28 day design compressive strength.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03200
ENGG CERT
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Fabrication
3.02 Installation
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
PART 1 - GENERAL
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing, fabrication and
placement of reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete, including rebar, welded steel
DATE: wire fabric, ties and supports.
CERTIFIED
B. The extent of concrete reinforcement shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE: A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork

OPERATIONS
B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Engineering Standards (ASTM):

DATE:
BY:
1. ASTM775/A775M
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
2. SASO SSA2
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. American Welding Society (AWS):
1. AWS D12.1, "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal

ENGG CERT
Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction".
C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):
1. CRSI, "Guidelines for Inspection and Acceptance of Epoxy Coated

Reinforcing Bars at the Job Site, by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute,
Illinois, USA.
DESCRIPTION
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

Issued for IFC
1. ACI 350R, "Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures".
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 82, Specification for Steel Wire Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A 185, Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. ASTM A 706, Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for
06/01/22
Concrete Reinforcement.
DATE
4. ASTM A 775, Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 5. ASTM A 884 M, Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire
Fabric for Reinforcement.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 6. ASTM A 1064, Standard specifications of Carbon steel wire & welded wire
reinforcement, Plain and Deformed for Concrete.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
F. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO):
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. SASO SSA 223, "Methods of Test for Steel Fabric for Concrete
AGENCY Reinforcement".
DATE:
2. SASO SSA 224, "Steel Fabric Reinforcement of Concrete".
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
specifications and standards indicated under the sub-section reference standards, as

EDSD
applicable except as otherwise indicated or specified.

DATE:
BY:
1.05 Submittals
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Mill Certificates: Furnish CLIENT with copies of the manufacturer's records of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
chemical and physical tests. A certificate by an independent testing laboratory

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
approved by the CLIENT Engineer, shall verify that the proposed steel meets all the
requirements of these specifications.
ENGG CERT
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of
concrete reinforcement. Show details of bars including types, sizes, spacing and
supports. Comply with ACI 315: "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing
Reinforced Concrete Structures". Submit bar bending schedules, diagrams of bent
bar types, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and
placement of concrete reinforcement.
DESCRIPTION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Issued for IFC
2.01 Materials
A. Reinforcement Bars:
1. Shall have a yield stress of 422 MPa in accordance with ASTM and SASO
standards.
2. Shall be deformed steel bars conforming to SASO SSA 2 and in accordance

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
with ASTM A615/A615M. Based on the soil chemical analysis (Geotechnical

Investigation Report), uncoated bars reinforcement can be used.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Reinforcing bars to be welded shall comply with requirements of ASTM A 706.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Welded Wire Fabric: Shall be electrically welded cold drawn wire in conformance
ENGINEER with ASTM A 185 with a minimum yield strength of 240 MPa. Galvanized welded
wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A767 and shall be acceptable reinforcement in lieu
DATE:
of epoxy coated welded wire fabric coated in accordance to ASTM A884.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
C. Tie Wire:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1. Tie wires for FBE rebars shall be plastic or nylon coated.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Spacers:
AGENCY
1. Concrete spacers are not allowed for use as supports to reinforcement.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3.01 Fabrication
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions,

DATE:
with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".

BY:
B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
permitted in the Work:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Bar lengths, depths, and bends exceeding specified fabrication tolerances.
2. Bend or kinks not indicated on Drawings or final shop drawings.

ENGG CERT
3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other

deterioration.
C. Prior to any steel fabrication/bending, Contractor shall perform a demonstrative

sample showing the proposed methods of bending and repair of coating damage.
3.02 Installation
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. General: Comply with the "Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): "Manual of
Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction".
B. Placement:
1. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by

formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and
support reinforcement by epoxy-coated metal or by dielectric material chairs,
runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverage for concrete protection

06/01/22
in accordance with ACI 318-08. For liquid retaining structures comply with
DATE
requirements of ACI 350R-89. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars

supports and reinforcement together with 1.52 mm wire to hold reinforcement
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ENGINEER that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces.
DATE:
C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Install welded steel wire fabric in as long lengths as
PROJECT
ENGINEER practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least two full meshes, and lap splices with 1.52
mm wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over
DATE: beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent
CERTIFIED
continuous laps.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Supports: Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry
AGENCY reinforcement. Plastic chairs and spacers shall be used as bar supports to FBE
coated rebars. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 50 mm beyond the last leg of
DATE:
any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete
OPERATIONS
conveying equipment and similar construction loads.
DATE: E. Splices:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in

EDSD
contact, and wiring tightly. Comply with requirements of ACI 318 for minimum
DATE:
lap of spliced bars and wires, except as otherwise indicated.

BY:
2. Do not splice reinforcement steel in mats, slabs beams, girders and walls at
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
points of maximum stress unless otherwise indicated.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Welding: Welding of reinforcing bars permitted only where indicated or approved by
CLIENT Representative. Such welding shall be in accordance with AWS D12.1.
Only steel conforming to chemical requirements specified in AWS D12.1 may be
ENGG CERT
welded.
G. Welding Operators: Welding reinforcing steel may only be completed by operators

certified in accordance with AWS D 12.1. Tack welding to, or of, reinforcement is
prohibited.
H. Heat Bending: The use of heat to bend or straighten reinforcing steel is not permitted.
DESCRIPTION
I. The maximum total amount of coating damage on rebars received at the job site shall
Issued for IFC
not exceed 2% of the surface area of each bar. Bars exceeding this amount shall be
rejected. All damaged epoxy coating shall be repaired with an approved patching
materials conforming to relevant ASTM standard and manufacturer's
recommendations, and cut ends of bars shall be coated with the same material used
for repair of coating damaged. Reference SAES-Q-001. The ends of the bars shall
be coated as soon as the bar cutting process is finished.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03210
ENGG CERT
EPOXY COATED CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
SUBSECTION INDEX
PART 1 - GENERAL

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.03 Submittals
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
2.02 Epoxy Coating
2.03 Fabrication
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
3.02 Repair of Coated Bars

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE: 1.01 Description of Work

PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. The work of this Section includes furnishing, fabrication and placement of

DATE: reinforcement with protective epoxy coatings for cast-in-place concrete and precast
CERTIFIED
concrete, including bars, ties and supports. The coatings shall be applied by the
electrostatic spray method.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Related Work:
DATE: 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork

OPERATIONS
2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following codes
specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified.
DATE:
BY:
1. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
ENGG CERT
3. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
4. ASTM A615, Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
5. CRSI, Manual of Standard Practice.
6. SASO 2, Steel Bars for the Reinforcement of Concrete.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
7. ASTM A775, Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars.
8. ASTM A 884M, Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire
Fabric for Reinforcement.
9. SSPC-SP10, Steel Structures Painting Council Surface Preparation

Specification No. 10.
10. ASTM A775/775M-97.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.03 Submittals
06/01/22
DATE
A. Manufacturer's Data:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for
ENGINEER all proprietary materials and reinforcement accessories for approval.
DATE:
B. Mill Certificates:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1. Contractor shall furnish CLIENT copies of the manufacturer's records of

DATE: chemical and physical properties of all heats of billet steel bars and copies of
CERTIFIED
affidavit for materials stating that the material furnished meets the
requirements for the steel reinforcement specified. Manufacturer's records
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
shall include certificates of mill analysis, tensile strength tests, and bend tests.
AGENCY
C. Shop Drawings:
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Submit shop drawings for fabrication bending, and placement of concrete
reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for
DATE: Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." Show bar schedules, stirrup
CONTROL NUMBER
spacing, diagrams of bent, bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required

VERIFICATION
for the fabrication and placement of epoxy coated concrete reinforcement.

EDSD
DATE:

BY:
A. Deliver epoxy coated reinforcement to the project site bundled, tagged and marked.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to
(DCC) NO. _____________________
markings shown on placement diagrams.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Store epoxy coated concrete reinforcement materials at the site in protected racks
above ground in an approved manner so as to avoid damage to the coating. Direct
ENGG CERT
metal to coating contact shall be avoided wherever possible.
C. Equipment for handling epoxy coated bars shall have padded contact areas. Bundles
shall be lifted with strongback or have multiple supports to prevent bar-to-bar abrasion
from sags in the bundle. Bars or bundles shall not be dragged or dropped. Any
coating damaged due to handling, shipment and placing shall be repaired as
described in Section 3.02 B.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
A. All reinforcing bars shall be deformed and shall comply with the requirements of
ASTM A615 and as follows:
1. Provide Grade 60 bars, except as otherwise indicated.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Steel Wires shall conform to ASTM A82.

06/01/22
C. Column Spirals: Plain, Cold-drawn, wire, ASTM A82, or hot-rolled rods for spirals,
DATE
ASTM A615.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing,
ENGINEER supporting and fastening reinforcement in place shall be coated with a dielectric
material such as nylon, epoxy or plastic.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not use wood, brick, and other unacceptable
DATE: materials.
CERTIFIED
2. The supports shall be used in such a manner that they will not be exposed or
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
contribute to the discoloration or deterioration of the concrete.
AGENCY
3. For abrasive-blasted or bush-hammered concrete, provide special stainless

DATE:
bar supports (CRSI, Class E).
OPERATIONS
4. Over waterproofing membranes, use precast concrete chairs to prevent

DATE: penetration of the membrane.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.02 Epoxy Coating

EDSD
DATE:
A. Material:
BY:
1. The epoxy coating material shall be an organic, powdered epoxy resin that is
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
applied by electrostatic methods. Epoxy coating materials shall be approved

(DCC) NO. _____________________
by CLIENT.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Patching Material: Patching or repair materials shall be supplied by the epoxy
coating manufacturer. The patching materials shall be compatible with the
ENGG CERT
epoxy coating, inert in concrete, and shall be suitable for use in making field
repairs.
B. Coating Application:
1. Surface Preparation:
a. The surface of bars to be coated shall be blast cleaned to near-white

DESCRIPTION
metal in accordance with SSPC-SP 10. After blasting, the cleaned

Issued for IFC
surface of the bar shall be defined by SSPC-Vis 1, Pictorial Standards

ASa 2-1/2, BSa 2-1/2, or CSa 2-1/2, as applicable.
b. The powdered epoxy resin coating shall be applied to the cleaned

surface as soon as possible after cleaning and before visible oxidation
occurs. In no case shall more than 8 hours elapse between cleaning
and coating.
2. Coating Application: The powdered epoxy resin coating shall be

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
electrostatically applied in accordance with ASTM A775 Standard. The epoxy

coating may be applied before or after fabrication of the reinforcing bars.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Coating Thickness: The epoxy coating shall be applied as a smooth, uniform

coat. After curing, the coating thickness shall be 180 microns plus or minus
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
50 microns. Coating thickness shall be controlled by taking measurement on
ENGINEER a representative number of bars from each production lot. Coating thickness
measurements shall be conducted by the method outlined in ASTM G12.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 4. Continuity of Coating:
DATE: a. The coating shall be checked visually after cure for continuity. It shall
CERTIFIED
be free from holes, voids, contamination, cracks and damaged areas.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
b. The coating shall not have more than three holidays (pinholes not
AGENCY visible to naked eye) in any 300 mm length of the coated bar. A
holiday detector shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's
DATE:
instructions, to check the coating for holidays.
OPERATIONS
5. Coating Cure: The coating applicator shall check each production lot to
DATE: determine that the entire production lot of coated bars is in a fully-cured
CONTROL NUMBER
condition.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
6. Flexibility of Coating:
DATE:
BY:
a. The flexibility of coating shall be evaluated on a representative number

of bars selected from each production lot. The coated bar shall be
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
bent 120 degrees (after rebound) around a 150 mm diameter mandrel.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
The bend shall be done at a uniform rate and any take up to one
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
minute to complete. The test specimens shall be at a thermal
equilibrium between 20 and 30 degrees C at the time of testing.
ENGG CERT
b. No cracking of the coating shall be visible to the naked eye on the

outside radius of the bend bar.
C. Testing and Sampling:
1. Lot Size: For test purposes, a production lot is the smallest number of
reinforcing bars of the same type, heat and size as determined by the
following requirements:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
a. A lot shall not exceed a single order, or delivered load, whichever is

smaller.
b. A lot shall consist of the number of bars as defined by the coating

applicator except that it shall not exceed the number of reinforcing
bars coated within a single working shift.
2. Quality Control: The coating applicator shall be responsible for quality control.
This will include inspection for compliance with the requirements of coating
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
thickness, continuity of coating, coating cure and the testing required under
Flexibility of Coating.
06/01/22
DATE
3. Plant Inspection:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
a. Client reserves the right to have its authorized representative observe
ENGINEER the preparation, coating and testing of the reinforcing bars. The
representative shall free access to the plant and any work done when
DATE:
access has been denied shall be automatically rejected.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.03 Fabrication
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions,
with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice." In
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that
AGENCY will injure or weaken the material.
DATE:
B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be
OPERATIONS
permitted in the work:
DATE: 1. Bar lengths, depths, and bends exceeding specified fabrication tolerances.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Bend or kinks to indicated on drawings or final shop drawings.

EDSD
DATE:
3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause.

BY:
4. Epoxy coating not meeting the requirements of Section 2.02.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
ENGG CERT
A. Comply with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) recommended practice
for placing reinforcing bars, for details and methods of reinforcement placement and
supports, and as herein specified for reinforced concrete construction.
B. Clean reinforcement to remove dirt and other materials which reduce or destroy bond
with concrete.
DESCRIPTION
C. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum concrete cover as specified. Arrange,

Issued for IFC
space, and securely tie bars supports and reinforcement together with 1.52 mm
diameter coated wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete
placement operations. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from
exposed concrete surfaces.
D. Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry reinforcement. Do not

place reinforcing bars more than 50 mm beyond the last leg of any continuous bar
support. Do not use supports as basses for runways for concrete conveying
equipment and similar construction loads.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Splices: All splices in reinforcement shall be as shown on the drawings or as directed

06/01/22
by CLIENT representative. Minimum lap for bar splices shall be as noted on the
DATE
plans. Bar splices shall be made by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and
securely wiring together. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel shall not be welded.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.02 Repair of Coated Bars
DATE:
A. Epoxy coated reinforcement bars which do not meet the requirements for Coating
PROJECT
ENGINEER Thickness, Continuity of Coating, Coating Cure or Flexibility of Coating shall not be
repaired.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Reinforcement bars with these defects shall be replaced or alternatively, stripped of
epoxy coating, recleaned and recoated in accordance with the requirements of this
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
specification.
AGENCY
B. Coating breaks due to fabrication and handling shall be repaired with patching
DATE:
material.
OPERATIONS
The repair of coating breaks shall be limited to bars on which the total of the defective
DATE: coating areas does not exceed 5 percent of the surface area of the reinforcement bar.
CONTROL NUMBER
Bars with greater than 5 percent damage shall be replaced or alternatively, stripped of
VERIFICATION
epoxy coating, recleaned and recoated in accordance with the requirements of the
EDSD
specification.
DATE:
BY:
C. Material Safety Data Sheets shall be provided to Industrial Hygiene for review and
comment before bringing any new epoxy coating resins into the area.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03251
ENGG CERT
CONSTRUCTION, EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Joint Compounds

2.02 Bond Breaker for Joint Compounds
2.03 Pre-molded Joint Filler
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Construction Joints

3.02 Expansion Joints
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.03 Contraction Joints
ENGINEER 3.04 Isolation Joints in Slabs on Ground
DATE:
3.06 Joint Compound
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and placing construction
joints and expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1.02 Related Work
DATE: A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
A. General:
BY:
1. Construction and expansion joints shown on Drawings shall not be omitted.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Construction and expansion joints shall not be added or relocated without
written approval of CLIENT.
ENGG CERT
3. Comply with the provisions of the references indicated under Sub-section 1.04
"Reference Standards", except as otherwise shown or specified.
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI-504-R-90, Guide to Joint Sealants for Concrete Structures.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C 920, Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
2. ASTM C 1193, Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.
3. ASTM D 1751, Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous
types).
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.05 Submittals
06/01/22
DATE
A. Submit the following to the CLIENT Representative for approval prior to ordering of
materials:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1. Product data for all materials stating the location where product to be used.
DATE:
2. Certification that materials meet the Specifications.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. Manufacturer's application and installation instructions.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
4. Samples of joint fillers and sealants.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
5. Color samples or charts for joint compounds for selection.
AGENCY
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
OPERATIONS
2.01 Joint Compounds

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. General: Compounds abutting each other are to be compatible.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Horizontal Joints: Joint compound for joints in horizontal or nearly horizontal surfaces
DATE:
conform to ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25. Use T (traffic sealant) in
BY:
pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas, and Use NT (non-traffic) sealant in

non-vehicular areas.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Wall Joints: Joint compound for joints in walls conform to ASTM C 920, Type S or M,
Grade NS, Class 25.
ENGG CERT
2.02 Bond Breaker For Joint Compounds
A. Polyethylene tape, coated paper, metal foil or similar type materials.
A. Shall comply with requirements of ASTM D 1751.

DESCRIPTION
B. Furnish joint filler with thickness equivalent to joint width indicated and of suitable
Issued for IFC
length and width.
C. Furnish sheets of correct width, as far as practicable, so no longitudinal field cutting

will be required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Construction Joints

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. General: Locate and install construction joints, which are not shown on the Drawings,
06/01/22
so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to the

DATE
CLIENT Representative.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Provide keyways at least 38 mm deep in all construction joints. Place construction
ENGINEER joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcement across
construction joints.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Forms: Use slightly tapered key groove forms to permit form removal without
damage to groove after concrete is cured.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Concrete Placement: Consolidate concrete during placement in vicinity of key and
key groove. Do not remove key or key groove forms until after concrete has cured.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Concrete Cleaning and Protection: Clean key or key groove of laitance, curing
compound, foreign materials, protrusions of hardened concrete and blow out debris
DATE:
and dust with oil-free compressed air. Protect exposed key and key groove from
OPERATIONS
damage.
DATE: 3.02 Expansion Joints

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. General: Provide expansion joints as indicated on Drawings.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Sidewalk and Curb:

BY:
1. Provide 10 mm thick expansion joints as shown on Drawings, between

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
sidewalks and curb and gutter and around all structures in sidewalks. In
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
addition, expansion joints shall be provided at not more than 6.0 m maximum
intervals in curbs, gutters, and valley gutters. Sidewalk shall be as detailed.
ENGG CERT
2. Install the joint filler strips vertically and to the full depth and width of the
concrete being placed. Place strips perpendicular to straight curb or
sidewalks and radially to the line of curb or sidewalks on a curve and to the
top of any surface of the concrete. Trim off excess filler strip in a neat
manner. Before placing and vibrating the concrete, fix the filler strip rigidly
and securely in the proper position.
3.03 Contraction Joints

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. General: : Make weakened plane joints of 1/4 times the thickness of slab deep
straight and constructed in accordance with the following, unless shown otherwise in
the Drawings.
1. Sidewalks: Joints transverse to the line of work and at regular intervals not
exceeding 1.5 m apart, with joints radial to the line of work on curves. The
surface of the sidewalk shall contain score lines at intervals not exceeding
0.75 m and of a minimum depth of 3 mm. Score lines shall be parallel to, or
concentric with the lines of work. Sidewalks two meters or more in width shall
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
have a longitudinal center scoring line. All work shall be done with a steel
scoring trowel. Match the longitudinal and transverse scoring lines with the
06/01/22
adjacent sidewalks.
DATE
2. Curb: Joints at regular intervals not exceeding 1.5 m. After preliminary

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
trowelling, part the concrete to a depth of 4 cm with a straight edge to create a
ENGINEER division in the course aggregate. Refloat the concrete to fill the parted joint
with mortar. Make the division in order to locate the weakened plane for final
DATE:
joint finishing with a jointer tool having a depth of 3 cm and a radius of 3 cm.
PROJECT
ENGINEER Finished joint is not to be wider than 3 mm.
DATE: 3.04 Isolation Joints in Slabs on Grade

CERTIFIED
A. Provide isolation joints in foundation slab on grade as indicated.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3.05 Pre-molded Joint Filler
DATE:
A. General: Treat cut surface as recommended by manufacturer, when filler strips are
OPERATIONS
cut.
DATE: B. Placement:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Place filler against the bulkhead form and fasten to the inside of the form with
EDSD
non-corrodible fasteners.
DATE:
BY:
2. Prevent disturbance of or damage to joint filler.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
3. Fill expansion joint completely.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Wood Strips and Placement:
1. Secure wood strips to surfaces which are to receive joint compound.

ENGG CERT
2. Use slightly tapered wood strips of the same width as the expansion joint and
of the depth necessary to install the joint compound.
3. Use materials to secure joint filler and wood strips which will not harm
concrete or affect the joint compound bond to concrete.
4. Do not remove wood strips until after the concrete curing period.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
D. Cleaning and Protection: Clean groove of laitance, curing compound, foreign

materials, protrusions of hardened concrete, blow out dust with oil-free compressed
air.
3.06 Joint Compound
A. General: Clean and dry concrete to be sealed in accordance with manufacturer's

printed instruction.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Compound Placement:
06/01/22
1. Prime concrete, fill flush with joint compound of required thickness, tool to
DATE
concave joint and seal, if required, all in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, and ASTM C1193.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2. Prevent spilling compound over adjoining surfaces. Use tape adjacent to joint
if required. Remove all tape completely from concrete surface.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3. Do not seal when compound, air, or concrete temperature is less than 4.5
degrees C (40 degrees F).
DATE:
CERTIFIED
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03300
ENGG CERT
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Concrete Materials

2.02 Moisture Barrier
2.03 Bonding Agent
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Concrete Curing Materials

2.05 Proportioning And Design Of Mixes
06/01/22
DATE
Part 3 - Execution
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.01 Concrete Mixing
ENGINEER 3.02 Field Quality Control
3.03 Pre-Placement Inspection
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.05 Joints
3.06 Finishes Of Formed Surfaces
DATE: 3.07 Monolithic Slab Finishes
CERTIFIED
3.08 Concrete Curing And Protection
3.09 Concrete Surface Repairs
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.10 Deficiencies
AGENCY 3.11 Painting
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; providing cast-in-place concrete
EDSD
consisting of portland cement, fine and coarse aggregates, water, and selected
DATE:
admixtures; combined, mixed, transported, placed, consolidated, finished and cured.

BY:
1.02 Related Work

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork
ENGG CERT
C. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement
D. Section 03251 - Construction, Expansion and Contraction Joints
A. Engineering Standards:
DESCRIPTION
1. ASCE 7-05
Issued for IFC
2. ASCE 37-02
3. ASTM C-150, ASTM C-309, STS 3600
4. ASTM C307,
5. ASTM C33, ASTM C 127

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
6. ASTM C39, ASTM C150,ASTM C1240, ASTM C1152

06/01/22
7. ASTM A775/A775M
DATE
C. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1. ACI 301, Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete.
DATE:
2. ACI 308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. ACI 311, Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
4. ACI 318M-08, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
AGENCY
1. ASTM C31, Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
DATE:
Field.
OPERATIONS
2. ASTM C33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3. ASTM C39, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete

VERIFICATION
Specimens.
EDSD
DATE:
4. ASTM C40, Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for
BY:
Concrete.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
5. ASTM C42, Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Beams of Concrete.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6. ASTM C94, Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
ENGG CERT
7. ASTM C143, Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.
8. ASTM C157, Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement
Mortar and Concrete.
9. ASTM C171, Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
10. ASTM C172, Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
11. ASTM C192, Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Laboratory.
12. ASTM C309, Specifications for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete.
13. ASTM C827, Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical
Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
14. ASTM E154, Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover.
06/01/22
DATE
E. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. AASHTO M 182, Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf.
ENGINEER
2. AASHTO T 277,
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER F. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SSA):
DATE: 1. SSA 142, Physical and Mechanical Testing Methods of Portland Cement.
CERTIFIED
2. SSA 226, Methods for Sampling of Concrete Aggregates.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.04 Quality Assurance
DATE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the codes and standards as
OPERATIONS
specified in this section.
DATE: B. Concrete Testing: Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting, as
CONTROL NUMBER
directed by CLIENT Representative, at any time during the progress of the Work.
VERIFICATION
Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities at all times.

EDSD
DATE:
C. Tests for Concrete Materials:

BY:
1. Submit written reports to CLIENT Representative, for each material sampled

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
and tested, prior to the start of Work. Provide the project identification name
(DCC) NO. _____________________
and number, date of report, name of Contractor, name of concrete testing

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
service, source of concrete aggregates, material manufacturer and brand
name for manufactured materials, values specified in the referenced
specification for each material, and test results.
ENGG CERT
2. Certificates of material properties and compliance with specified requirements

may be submitted in lieu of testing, when acceptable to CLIENT
Representative.
1.05 Submittals
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications with application and installation

DESCRIPTION
instructions for proprietary materials and items, including admixtures, bonding agents
Issued for IFC
or joint systems.
B. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit for each design test reports for compressive
strength in accordance with 09-SAMSS-097. The minimum required number of
concrete test cylinders for strength tests shall be 1 tested at 3 days, 1 tested at 7
days, and 2 tested at 28 days.
C. Placement Schedule: Prepare a placement schedule and submit for review prior to
start of concrete placement operations.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Shop Drawings: Submit completely detailed and dimensioned drawings for all
06/01/22
structural reinforced concrete. Reinforcement and bar bending schedules shall be

DATE
submitted in accordance with Section 03200 of this Specification. Shop drawings

shall also locate all sleeves, openings and embedded items required by architectural,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
mechanical and electrical and shall be submitted to CLIENT Representative for
ENGINEER approval prior to construction.
DATE:
PROJECT
DATE: 2.01 Concrete Materials

CERTIFIED
A. Concrete material shall be as per ASTM & ACI specifications and as per the following
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Table:
AGENCY
Intended Use Min. 28-day Min. Max. Max. Cement Required

DATE: characteristic Cement W/C Coarse Type Admix-
OPERATIONS
Compress. Content Ratio Aggr. tures
Cube Strength (kg/m3) Size [3]
DATE: (Mpa) [1] (mm) [2]
Isolated 35 350 0.4 25 RW Type-V HRWR
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Foundations, raft
EDSD
and all reinforced

concrete not
DATE:
specified otherwise
BY:
Precast beams, 40 400 0.4 20 RW Type-1 HRWR

slabs, and wall Cement

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
panels with
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Intended Use Min. 28-day Min. Max. Max. Cement Required
characteristic Cement W/C Coarse Type Admix-
Compress. Content Ratio Aggr. tures
ENGG CERT
Cube Strength (kg/m3) Size [3]

(Mpa) [1] (mm) [2]
Mico
silica
Piles 40 400 0.4 20 RW Type-1 HRWR
Cement
with
Mico
silica
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
Blinding 14 180 0.60 20 RW Type-1 -

Cement
with
Mico
silica
Plain concrete 28 350 0.50 60 RW Type-1 -
antifer blocks Cement
with
Mico
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
silica
Note: [1] Characteristic Compressive Strength.

06/01/22
DATE
[2] RW = Regular Weight Aggregate.

[3] HRWR = High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer)
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Fine aggregates for normal weight concrete, consist of well graded sand conforming
to ASTM and shall have fineness modules of 2.50 to 3.10.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Maximum aggregate size permitted, 25 mm. Use non-reactive aggregate as
determined by the "alkali aggregate reaction test".
DATE:
CERTIFIED D. Cement: It shall be as per the Geotechnical report recommendation. All slabs with
welded wire fabrics, sidewalks and pavements are exempted from microsilica.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Water: Fresh, potable, clean and free from oil, alkali, acid or vegetable matter. Total
solids should not exceed 500 ppm TDS. The pH value of mixing water shall be from
DATE: 6-8 as required by 09-SAMSS-097.
OPERATIONS
F. Storage: Stockpile aggregate in such a manner that good drainage is provided. Store
DATE: cement to ensure that it stays dry.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.02 Moisture Barrier

EDSD
A. Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material. Use only materials
DATE:
BY:
which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154.
Polyethylene sheet shall not be less than 0.25 mm (10 mils.) thick or 50 mm minimum
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
sub-slab (lean concrete) shall be placed beneath the concrete foundations as per
SAES-Q-001 Section 11.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.03 Bonding Agent
ENGG CERT
A. Chemical Bonding Agent; Film-forming, freeze-thaw resistant compound suitable for

brush or spray application.
2.04 Concrete Curing Materials
A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 290
g/sq.m and complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 3.
DESCRIPTION
B. Water: Fresh, potable, clean and free from oil, alkali, acid or vegetable matter. Total
Issued for IFC
Dissolved Solids (TDS) 500-1000 ppm. Only water curing shall be used to cure
concrete made with water/cement ratio of 0.4 or ACI 308, Section 3.2.2.
2.05 Proportioning and Design of Mixes
A. Proportioning of concrete ingredients in accordance with ASTM/ ACI specifciations.
B. All concrete is to be watertight complying with the following:

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Minimum concrete compressive strength developed at 28 days shall be 28

MPa (4000 psi).
06/01/22
DATE
2. The maximum allowable water cement ratio shall be 0.40 by weight for all
concrete. Ref. 09-SAMSS-097 Section 5.4.1.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3. Coarse aggregates gradation shall be as described in ASTM C 33.
DATE:
C. Both course and fine aggregates to conform to the chemical and physical
PROJECT
ENGINEER requirements of ASTM.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.01 Concrete Mixing
AGENCY
A. General: Concrete shall be mixed at batch plants. Batch plants shall be approved by
DATE:
CLIENT Representative. Batch plants must comply with the requirements of ACI 304,
OPERATIONS
with sufficient capacity to produce concrete of the qualities specified in quantities
required to meet the construction schedule. All plant facilities are subject to testing
DATE: laboratory inspection and acceptance of CLIENT Representative.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Ready-mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94.

EDSD
DATE:
C. Maintain equipment in proper operating condition, with drums cleaned before

BY:
charging each batch. Schedule rates of delivery in order to prevent delay of placing
the concrete after mixing, or holding dry-mixed materials too long in the mixer before
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
the addition of water and admixtures.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Employ an independent testing laboratory that is approved by CLIENT

ENGG CERT
Representative to perform field quality control testing.
B. Vendor Inspection shall be informed at least 24 hours prior to any concrete batching
as per ASTM/ ACI specifciations.
C. All concrete must be supplied by a CLIENT approved supplier.
D. Quality Control Testing During Construction:

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of
concrete, as follows:
a. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to

comply with ASTM C 94.
b. Slump: ASTM C 143, one test for each concrete load at point of
discharge.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
c. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31, one set of 4 standard

cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise
06/01/22
directed. Cylinders shall be cured and tested in the laboratory. One

DATE
set of cylinders to be taken for each 75 m3 of concrete placed or

fraction there of, for each day concrete is placed.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER d. Concrete temperature shall not exceed 32 degrees C at time of
placement. All efforts shall be made to maintain a temperature of less
DATE:
than 32 degrees C until completion of placement.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
e. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39, 1 specimen tested at 3

DATE: days, 1 specimen tested at 7 days, and two specimens tested at 28
CERTIFIED
days.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. Testing laboratory shall report test results in writing to CLIENT Representative
AGENCY and Contractor on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive
strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of
DATE:
concrete placement, name of Contractor, name of concrete supplier and truck
OPERATIONS
number, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of
concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength of 28 days,
DATE: concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and
CONTROL NUMBER
type of break for both 7 day tests and 28 day tests.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
E. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete
DATE:
when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and other characteristics
BY:
have not been attained in the structure, as directed by CLIENT Representative and at
no cost to CLIENT.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
F. Testing by CLIENT Representative: The CLIENT Representative retains the right to
test concrete or any of its constituent parts at any time. The Contractor is to supply,
at no cost to CLIENT, all required assistance.
ENGG CERT
G. Evaluation of Quality Control Tests: The concrete will be considered acceptable if the
following criteria are met:
1. Not more than 10% of the tests of the 28 day strength shall have values less
than the specified minimum 28 day strength.
2. The average of any 3 consecutive strength tests shall be equal to or greater

DESCRIPTION
than the specified minimum 28 day strength.

Issued for IFC
3. No individual strength test is more than 3.45 MPa (500 psi) below the
specified minimum 28 day strength.
4. If the test shall fail to meet the requirements of the above clauses the concrete
will be considered to be deficient in strength and will be subject to further
testing or demolition and reconstruction at the Contractor's expense as
decided by CLIENT Representative.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.03 Pre-Placement Inspection

06/01/22
A. General: The Contractor's Quality Control shall assure the following by providing a
DATE
signed item check list to CLIENT Representative:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete the formwork installation,
ENGINEER reinforcing steel, and securely install all required inserts, anchors sleeves,
conduits and other items specified under other sections or as shown on the
DATE:
Drawings to be embedded or cast into the concrete.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2. Where concrete is placed on the ground or as a sub-course, the substrate

DATE: upon which concrete is placed shall be clean, damp, and free from standing or
CERTIFIED
running water. Prior to placing concrete, the earth foundation shall have been
satisfactorily compacted to comply with Section 02200 Earthwork, and all sub-
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
grades approved by CLIENT Representative.
AGENCY
3. Soil under cast concrete foundations shall be subject to testing for soil bearing
DATE:
value by the testing laboratory, as directed by CLIENT Representative. Place
OPERATIONS
concrete immediately after approval of foundation excavations and
compaction.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
4. Concrete placed upon or below ground shall have a plasticized sheet vapor
VERIFICATION
barrier, minimum 0.25 mm (10 mils) in thickness, placed beneath and around
EDSD
the sides where concrete comes in direct contact with earth. Outdoor
DATE:
sidewalks subject to foot traffic only are exempted from this requirement.
BY:
5. Thoroughly wet wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
coatings are not used.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and moisture barriers with
placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
ENGG CERT
A. General: Place concrete in compliance with the practices and recommendations of

ACI 304, and as herein specified:
1. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete

shall be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the
formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section
DESCRIPTION
cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified.

Issued for IFC
Perform concrete placing at such a rate that concrete which is being

integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. Deposit concrete as nearly as
practicable to its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or
flowing. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause
segregation.
2. Concrete vibrator shall be used with necessary precautions to get good,

sealed solid concrete. A standby vibrator shall be made available at site.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Place all concrete within 90 minutes from the time water added to the
admixture as per ASTM C94 para 10.7.
06/01/22
DATE
4. The unconfined free fall distance of concrete shall not exceed one meter.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
5. Concrete which is to receive other construction is to be screeded to the proper
ENGINEER level to avoid excessive skimming or grouting.
DATE:
6. Water shall not be used to re-temper or regain loss of slump. Remove
PROJECT
ENGINEER rejected concrete from the project site and dispose of it in an acceptable
location.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Placement Schedule: Place concrete in conformance with the placement schedule to
ensure an even distribution of loads throughout the entire structure.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY C. Concrete Conveying:
DATE:
1. Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to the concrete
OPERATIONS
conveying equipment and to the locations of final deposit as rapidly as
practicable by methods which will prevent segregation and loss of concrete
DATE: mix materials.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Provide mechanical equipment for conveying concrete to ensure a continuous

EDSD
flow of concrete at the delivery end. Provide runways for wheeled concrete
DATE:
conveying equipment from the concrete delivery point to the locations of final
BY:
deposit. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes, free

of hardened concrete, debris, water, and other deleterious materials.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
D. Placing Concrete Into Forms:

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Concrete mix shall not be deposited into forms from chutes, hoppers and
brackets at a free fall height greater than one meter above horizontal
ENGG CERT
formwork and one meter above bottom of vertical formwork.
2. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 300 mm unless
additional thickness is permitted by CLIENT Representative, and in a manner
to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several
layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold
joints.
DESCRIPTION
3. Consolidate concrete placed in forms by mechanical vibrating equipment

Issued for IFC
supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and

procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with the
recommended practices of ACI 309 to suit the type of concrete and project
conditions. Vibration of forms and reinforcing will not be permitted.
4. Do not use vibrators to convey or move concrete inside of forms. Insert and
withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the
visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the
layer of concrete and at least 150 mm into the preceding layer. Do not insert
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each
insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate
06/01/22
the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded

DATE
items without causing segregation of the mix.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
E. Placing Concrete Slabs:
ENGINEER
1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the

DATE:
limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2. Maintain reinforcing steel in the proper position continuously during concrete

DATE: placement operations.
CERTIFIED
3. Consolidate concrete during placing operations using mechanical vibrating

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
equipment, so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and
AGENCY other embedded items and into corners.
DATE:
4. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straight edge and strike off. Use
OPERATIONS
bull floats or derbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or
hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the slab
DATE: surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Bonding:
EDSD
DATE:
1. Roughen surfaces of set concrete at all joints, except where bonding is

BY:
obtained by use of a concrete bonding agent, and clean surfaces of laitance,

coatings, loose particles, and foreign matter. Roughen surfaces in a manner

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
to expose bonded aggregate uniformly and to not leave laitance, loose

(DCC) NO. _____________________
particles of aggregate, or damaged concrete at the surface.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Prepare for bonding of fresh concrete to new concrete that has set but is not
fully cured, as follows:
ENGG CERT
a. Dampen, but do not saturate, the roughened and cleaned surface of

set concrete and apply a coat of neat cement grout.
b. Use neat cement grout consisting of equal parts portland cement and
fine aggregate by weight and not more than 24 liters of water per sack
of cement. Apply with a stiff broom or brush to a minimum thickness
of 2mm. Deposit fresh concrete before cement grout has attained its
DESCRIPTION
initial set.
Issued for IFC
c. In lieu of neat cement grout, bonding grout may be a commercial

bonding agent. Apply to cleaned concrete surfaces in accordance
with the printed instruction of the bonding material manufacturer.
3. Prepare for bonding of fresh concrete to fully-cured hardened concrete or

existing concrete by using an epoxy-resin bonding agent in accordance with
ACI 503.2, and as follows:
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
a. Handle and store epoxy-resin adhesive binder in compliance with the

manufacturer's printed instructions, including safety precautions.
06/01/22
DATE
b. Mix the epoxy-resin adhesive binder in the proportions recommended

by the manufacturer, carefully following directions for safety of
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
personnel.
ENGINEER
c. Before depositing fresh concrete, thoroughly roughen and clean

DATE:
hardened concrete surfaces and coat with epoxy-resin grout not less
PROJECT
ENGINEER than 2 mm thick. Place fresh concrete while the epoxy-resin material
is still tacky, without removing the in-place grout coat, and as directed
DATE: by the epoxy-resin manufacturer.
CERTIFIED
G. Hot Weather Placing:

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and
strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein
DATE:
specified.
OPERATIONS
2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of

DATE: placement below 32 degrees C. Mixing water may be chilled, or flaked ice
CONTROL NUMBER
may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water

VERIFICATION
equivalent to the ice is calculated in the total amount of mixing water.

EDSD
Readings shall be made immediately before concrete is placed.

DATE:
BY:
3. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes excessively hot

so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
immediately before embedment in concrete.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Wet forms thoroughly before placing concrete.
3.05 Joints
ENGG CERT
A. Joints shall be constructed as per Section 03251 -Construction, Expansion and

Contraction Joints.
3.06 Finishes of Formed Surfaces
A. Rough Form Finish:

DESCRIPTION
1. As-cast rough form finish is permitted for deformed concrete surfaces that are
Issued for IFC
to be concealed in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise

indicated.
2. Standard rough form finish shall be the concrete surface having the texture
imparted by the form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas
repaired and patched and all fins and other projections exceeding 6 mm in
height rubbed down or chipped off.
B. Smooth Form Finish:

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Provide as-cast smooth form finish for formed concrete surfaces that are to be
06/01/22
exposed-to- view, or that are to be covered with a coating material applied

DATE
directly to the concrete, or a covering material bonded to the concrete such as

waterproofing, damp-proofing, painting, or other similar system.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2. Produce smooth form finish by selecting form material to impart a smooth,
hard, uniform texture and arranged in an orderly and symmetric way with a
DATE:
minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with all fins or other
PROJECT
ENGINEER projections completely removed and smoothed.
DATE: 3.07 Monolithic Slab Finishes

CERTIFIED
A. Float Finish:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish
and other finishes as hereinafter specified, and slab surfaces which are to be
DATE:
covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane and as otherwise
OPERATIONS
shown on Drawings or in schedules.
DATE: 2. After placing concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for
CONTROL NUMBER
floating. Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared or when the
VERIFICATION
concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation of a power-driven

EDSD
float, or both. Consolidate the surface with power- driven floats, or by

DATE:
hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level

BY:
the surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 6 mm in 3 m when tested

with a 3 m straightedge placed on the surface at not less than 2 different

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
angles. Cut down high spots and fill all low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
drains. Immediately after leveling, re-float the surface to a uniform, smooth,
granular texture.
ENGG CERT
B. Trowel Finish:
1. Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view,
unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with carpet,
resilient flooring, paint, or other thin-film finish coating system.
2. After floating, begin the first trowel finish operation using a power-driven
trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as
DESCRIPTION
the trowel is removed over the surface.

Issued for IFC
3. Consolidate the concrete surface by the final hand troweling operation, free of
trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane
tolerance not exceeding 3 mm in 3 m when tested with 3 m straightedge.
Grind smooth surface defects.
C. Non-Slip Broom Finish:
1. Apply non-slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps,
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or in schedules.

06/01/22
2. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen the concrete surface by

DATE
brooming in the direction perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use

fiber-bristle broom unless otherwise directed. Coordinate the required final
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
finish with CLIENT Representative before application.
ENGINEER
D. Chemical-Hardener Finish:
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Apply chemical-hardener finish to dry interior concrete floors where shown on
the Drawings or in schedules. Apply liquid chemical-hardener after complete
DATE: curing and drying of the concrete surface.
CERTIFIED
2. Apply proprietary chemical hardeners in accordance with the manufacturer's

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
printed directions.
AGENCY
3. After the final coat of chemical-hardener solution is applied and dried, remove
DATE:
surplus hardener by scrubbing and mopping with water.
OPERATIONS
E. Finishing at Curb and Sidewalks:

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Hand Formed Curb: Strip the front forms as soon as the concrete has set
VERIFICATION
sufficiently. Apply a cement rich mortar to the full exposed curb face,
EDSD
extended to 20 mm below the gutter surface.

DATE:
BY:
Carefully trowel the face and top of the curb to a smooth, even finish, rounded
to the radius shown on the Drawings. Round the edge of the concrete at all
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
expansion joints to a 6 mm radius.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Extruded Curb: Finish the face and top of curb as described in subsection
above. Do not overwork or distort the cross-section produced by the machine.
Remove any curb which is distressed during the hand finishing or clearly sags
ENGG CERT
due to improper slump. Hand form those portions of the curb where
obstruction or restricted clearance prevents use of the curb extrusion
machine. Match the machine formed curb. The CLIENT reserves the right to
reject any unsatisfactory portion, and the Contractor shall remove and replace
the unsatisfactory portion with no additional compensation.
3. Sidewalks: Place forms to produce a sloping surface as indicated on the

Drawings. Screed the concrete to the required grade, tamp to consolidate the
DESCRIPTION
concrete and bring a thin layer of mortar to the surface and float to a smooth,
Issued for IFC
flat, uniform surface. Edge each concrete panel, give a preliminary trowelling
and provide with contraction joints and score lines.
Steel-trowel the concrete to a smooth and even finish. Round all formed
edges and expansion joints to a radius of 6 mm. Complete preliminary
trowelling with a long handled "FRESNO" type trowel. Finish trowelling with a
steel hand trowel.
After final trowelling and initial set, give the concrete a broom finish transverse
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
to the centerline. After the final finish re-mark the concrete as necessary to
assure neat, uniform edges, joints and score lines. Curing shall be as
06/01/22
described in Section 3.08. Contractor shall prevent the use of the sidewalk by
DATE
persons or equipment until the concrete has completely hardened.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
The surface of the sidewalk shall contain score lines as specified on item no.
ENGINEER 3.03 at Section 03251 - Construction, Expansion and Contraction Joints.
DATE:
4. Surface Drainage: All curbs and flow lines are to be constructed with
PROJECT
ENGINEER continuously graded falls. Construction techniques and changes in grade that
would cause standing water will not be accepted.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.08 Concrete Curing and Protection
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Initial curing shall begin as soon as free moisture has disappeared from the
AGENCY concrete surface after placing and finishing. Structural concrete shall be cured in
accordance with recommendations of ACI-305R, ACI-308. Maximum total dissolved
DATE:
solids in water used for curing shall not exceed 1000 parts per million. Water curing
OPERATIONS
shall be continuous until the compressive strength has reached 70 percent of the
specified strength, but not less than 7 days after placement.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Curing Method: Provide moisture curing for all concrete by any of the following
VERIFICATION
methods:
EDSD
DATE:
1. Keeping the surface of the concrete continuously wet by covering with water.
BY:
2. Continuous water-fog spray.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. Covering the concrete surface with the specified absorptive cover, thoroughly
saturating the cover with water, and keeping the absorptive cover
continuously wet. Place cover so as to provide coverage of the concrete
ENGG CERT
surfaces and edges with a 100 mm lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
C. Curing Formed Surfaces: Moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden form or
metal forms exposed to heating by the sun shall be minimized by keeping the forms
continually wet until they can be safely removed. After form removal the concrete
curing period shall continue as specified above.
D. Temperature of Concrete During Curing:

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. When the atmospheric temperature is 26 degrees C and above, or during

other climatic conditions which will cause too rapid drying of the concrete,
make arrangements before the start of concrete placing for the installation of
wind breaks or shading, and for fog spraying, wet sprinkling, or
moisture-retaining covering. Protect the concrete continuously for the
concrete curing period. Provide hot weather protection complying with the
requirements of ACI 305.
2. Maintain concrete temperature as uniformly as possible, and protect from

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
rapid atmospheric temperature changes. Avoid temperature changes in

concrete which exceed 2 degrees C in any one hour and 10 degrees C in any
06/01/22
24 hour period.
DATE
E. Protection From Mechanical Injury: During the curing period, protect concrete from
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
damaging mechanical disturbances including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive
ENGINEER vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect all finished
concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.09 Concrete Surface Repairs
DATE: A. General: Repair and patch defective areas with repair mortar or grout immediately
CERTIFIED
after removal of forms, but only when directed by CLIENT Representative.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Patching: Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 12 mm diameter, and holes
AGENCY left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less
than 25 mm. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before
DATE:
placing the cement mortar, thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the
OPERATIONS
area to be patched with neat cement grout. Before placing sand/cement mortar,
apply an approved bonding agent.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Exposed Surfaces: For exposed surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard
VERIFICATION
portland cement so that, when dry, the patching mortar will match the color of the
EDSD
surrounding concrete. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture

DATE:
and color match before proceeding with the patching. Compact mortar in place and
BY:
strike off slightly higher than the surrounding surface.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
D. Large Repairs to Existing Structures: Repairs to existing structures are to conform to

(DCC) NO. _____________________
ACI 503.2.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.10 Deficiencies
ENGG CERT
A. Non-Conformance: Concrete work which does not conform to the specified

requirements, including strength, excessive cracks, tolerances, and finishes, shall be
demolished, removed and replaced including the reinforcement at the Contractor's
expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any
work affected by or resulting from corrections to the concrete work.
B. Tests: In the event that additional testing becomes necessary, the Contractor shall
cooperate with and provide assistance to CLIENT Representative in proceeding with
DESCRIPTION
the test.
Issued for IFC
3.11 Painting
A. All exterior buried surfaces of concrete structures shall be painted with a thin film of
Epoxy Primer Sealer followed by filler and Three coats of APCS-3.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 03400
ENGG CERT
PRECAST CONCRETE
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
1.06 Design
1.07 Product Delivery
Part 2 - Products
2.01 General
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.02 Cement
2.03 Mixing Water
2.04 Aggregates
06/01/22
DATE
2.05 Admixtures
2.06 Concrete Mix Design
NO.
REV
00
2.07 Formwork
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2.08 Reinforcing Steel
DATE: Part 3 - Execution

PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.01 Fabrication and Production of Precast Concrete Units

DATE: 3.02 Handling and Erection
CERTIFIED
3.03 Testing and Quality Control
3.04 Rejecting Material
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1.01 Description
DATE: A. Work in this section includes, but is not limited to designing, fabricating, transporting,
CONTROL NUMBER
erecting and plumbing and aligning of precast.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Load bearing insulated panels.

2. Non-load bearing uninsulated panels.
DATE:
BY:
3. Arch panels.
4. Fascia panels and parapet panels.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
5. Perimeter fence panels and columns.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
6. Scuppers.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
7. Trellis columns and beams.
8. Splash blocks.
9. Hollow core slab.
ENGG CERT
All other precast concrete as shown on the Drawings.
1.02 Related Work
B. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement
D. Section 03251 - Construction, Expansion and Contraction Joints
E. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
A. Engineering Standards:
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. ASCE 7-05
06/01/22
DATE
2. ASCE 37-02
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3. ASTM C-150, ASTM C-309, STS 3600
ENGINEER
4. ASTM C307,
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5. ASTM C33, ASTM C 127
DATE: 6. ASTM C39, ASTM C150,ASTM C1240, ASTM C1152

CERTIFIED
7. ASTM A775/A775M-97
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY C. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
DATE:
1. ACI 211.1: Standard Practice for Selecting proportions for Normal and Heavy
OPERATIONS
Weight Concrete.
DATE: 2. ACI 304-80: Heavyweight Concrete: Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and

CONTROL NUMBER
Placing.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. ACI 305: Hot Weather Concreting.

DATE:
BY:
4. ACI 308: Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
5. ACI 309: Guide for Consolidation of Concrete.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6. ACI 311: Guide for Concrete Inspection.
7. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

ENGG CERT
8. ACI 347: Guide to Formwork for Concrete.
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C 143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
E. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI):

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. PCI MNL 117: Manual for Quality Control for Production of Architectural
Concrete.
A. Codes and Standards: Quality control for production of precast concrete shall
conform to applicable requirements of latest editions of 09-SAMSS-097 and PCI MNL
117.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.05 Submittals
06/01/22
A. Welding Certificate: Submit welding certificate to CLIENT Representative for each

DATE
welder with the name of the welder, name and title of persons who conducted the
examination, kind of specimens, positions of welds, the results of the test and the
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
date of the examination. In addition, the welder’s employer is to certify that each
ENGINEER welder has been engaged in the type of welding for which he is qualified within the
preceding three (3) months period.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Shop Drawings:
DATE: 1. General: Submit to CLIENT Representative for approval shop drawings

CERTIFIED
showing complete information for the fabrication and installation of all precast
concrete units. Do not proceed with manufacture prior to approval of shop
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
drawings. Do not use Drawings for shop or erection purposes. Indicate
AGENCY member dimensions and cross-section; location, size and type of
reinforcement, including all lifting devices necessary for handling and erection.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Scope: Indicate on the shop drawings complete details of design,
manufacture and erection, including location of all openings, inserts for
DATE: suspending all mechanical, electrical and architectural components and other
CONTROL NUMBER
accessories to be cast into members. Show all connections, bearing,

VERIFICATION
anchorage and details and lift points. Details and notes on the shop drawings
EDSD
loads used in the design of the members. Detail inserts, connections and
DATE:
joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units.

BY:
C. Design Calculations: CLIENT Representative for approval design calculations by

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
precast concrete manufacturer, in a neat, compact and orderly form. Reference all
(DCC) NO. _____________________
equations used or assumptions made to appropriate source of information by page

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
and paragraph number and supply copy of same. Calculations shall include, but are
not necessarily limited to the following:
ENGG CERT
1. Stresses in members due to bending, shear, compression and torsion caused

by vertical and lateral loads and handling.
2. Deflection.
3. Stresses at notches, openings or recesses where these are significant.

Where these are not deemed significant so state in design calculations.
DESCRIPTION
4. All calculations used to determine quality, size and type of bolts used for
Issued for IFC
connections to supporting structure.
D. Submit all requirements of Section 03200, paragraph 1.05 and Section 03300,
paragraph 1.05 of this Specification.
1.06 Design
A. General: Precast concrete manufacturer shall accomplish structural design of all

members and their connections to withstand all live loads per ASCE 7-05/IBC 2009,
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
in addition to the dead load of panels. Conform to ACI 318, ACI Committee 533 PCI
Design Handbook. A professional engineer duly registered shall design the members
06/01/22
or directly supervise the design and affix his signature to the design calculations.
DATE
B. Design Loads: Wall panel and roof slabs shall be designed for lateral (wind) and live
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
loads in accordance with IBC 2009/ ASCE 7-05 unless otherwise noted on the
ENGINEER Drawings.
DATE:
C. Bearing and Connection Design: Design bearing and connections to account for
PROJECT
ENGINEER tolerances allowed in the construction and erection of members, stresses due to
shrinkage, creep, thermal expansion and contraction, deflection and rotation of
DATE: members being connected. Contractor shall design all connection details to suit
CERTIFIED
different conditions and submit along with shop drawings for CLIENT Representative
approval.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. For design strength, see paragraph 2.06 “Concrete Mix Design and Testing,” of this
Section.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Design modifications may be made only as necessary to meet field conditions and to
ensure proper fitting of Work and only as acceptable to CLIENT Representative.
DATE: Maintain general design concept shown on the approved shop drawings without
CONTROL NUMBER
increasing or decreasing sizes of members or altering profiles and alignment shown

VERIFICATION
unless approved by CLIENT Representative.

EDSD
DATE:
F. Each precast concrete unit shall be identifiable by markings which may be observed
BY:
prior to, during and after placement for traceability purposes. The markings shall
include cast date.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.07 Product Delivery
A. Deliver “Precast Concrete” units to Work Site in such quantities and at such time as
ENGG CERT
will ensure continuity of installation. Carefully pack precast units for transportation to
destination with exercise of all reasonable and customary precautions against
damage in transit to panels or inserts. Provide adequate protection from damage to
rises and from contact with anything which would result in accumulation of dirt, dust,
mud, grease or other staining or disfiguring elements.
B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before the
start of such Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions as required for
DESCRIPTION
installation.
Issued for IFC
C. All precast units shall be provided with suitable threaded inserts or with recessed
hooks for hoisting.
1. Cladding and fascia units shall be delivered on trailers in a near vertical plane
and shall be provided with lifting inserts in the top edge.
2. All connections to threaded inserts for erection or handling shall utilize high
tensile bolts and swivel plates. The angle of slings shall not be less than 50
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
degrees from the horizontal.

06/01/22
3. Wall units a height greater than their width may be delivered on trailers on
DATE
their side. The erection equipment for such units shall be capable of lifting
and rotating units without damaging them.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 4. Roof units shall be delivered flat and be provided with either four (4) threaded
inserts or four (4) recessed hooks in the top face.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER D. “Precast Concrete” members shall be lifted and supported during stock piling and
erection operations only at the lifting or support points as shown on the approved
DATE: erection Drawings.
CERTIFIED
Care shall be exercised in handling and erection of the panels to ensure that the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
panel and especially the architectural finishes are protected.
AGENCY
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
OPERATIONS
2.01 General
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Precast concrete materials shall conform to requirements of Section 03300, Part 2

VERIFICATION
except as modified by supplemental requirements specified herein.

EDSD
DATE:
2.02 Cement
BY:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I for building panels, and Type V for boundary
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
wall panels or other members exposed to the earth. White for all exposed exterior
(DCC) NO. _____________________
wall panels, fascia, interior and exterior arches and perimeter privacy wall panels,
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
inlcuding interior exposed panels, all cement of same brand and manufacture. Gray
cement may be used for non-exposed surfaces, however, where gray and white
cements are used in the same panel a minimum thickness of 40 mm of white
ENGG CERT
concrete shall be maintained.
2.03 Mixing Water
A. Shall be in accordance with Section 03300 paragraph 2.01E of this Specification.
2.04 Aggregates
DESCRIPTION
A. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, and Saudi Aramco Standard, 09-AMSS-088. Quality
Issued for IFC
gradation and color of aggregate must be consistent and match aggregate used in
approved sample. Only durable aggregates with proven service records or
satisfactory laboratory tests are to be used for exposed aggregate Work. Aggregate
for exposed surfaces shall be Riyadh gravel or as approved by CLIENT
Representative. Maximum aggregate size shall be 19 mm (3/4”). Single source shall
be purchased in a quantity to complete the entire project. Changing quarry after the
start of the Work shall not be allowed.
B. Fine Aggregate: Sand conforming to ASTM C33, free of injurious amounts of shale,
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
alkali, organic matter, loam or other deleterious substances and obtained from a
single source.
06/01/22
DATE
2.05 Admixtures
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Shall conform to requirements of Section 03300, paragraph 2.01E of this
ENGINEER Specification.
DATE:
2.06 Concrete Mix Design
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Design mixes shall be determined in accordance with the applicable ACI Standards.
DATE: Proportions of ingredients shall be selected in accordance with ACI-211.1
CERTIFIED
B. Maximum water cement ratio and minimum cement content limitations shall be in
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
accordance with ASTM . The following minimum compressive strengths at 28 days
AGENCY shall be attained.
DATE:
1. All precast members unless and otherwise specified shall be the compressive
OPERATIONS
strength 40 Mpa (5800 psi).
DATE: 2. Precast concrete manhole elements: compressive strength 27.56 MPa (4000
CONTROL NUMBER
psi).
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Precast concrete curbs, tiles, etc: compressive strength 27.56 MPa (4000 psi).
DATE:
BY:
C. Slump: Concrete shall be proportioned and mixed to have a slump, tested per ASTM
C 143.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted for review and approval at least 30
days prior to proposed use.
ENGG CERT
2.07 Formwork
A. Forms materials shall comply with requirements of Section 03100 of this Specification
and as modified herein.
B. Construct forms for precast concrete of such materials and in such a manner that
they are completely rigid and strong enough to withstand without deflection,
movement or leakage, high hydraulic pressures which result from rapid filling and
DESCRIPTION
consolidation of concrete. Form ties will not be allowed in exposed faces of precast
Issued for IFC
concrete units.
2.08 Reinforcing Steel
A. Shall comply with requirements of Section 03200 of this Specification.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Fabrication and Production of Precast Concrete Units

06/01/22
A. General: Equipment for, and production of concrete shall conform to the applicable
DATE
provisions of ACI 318 except as modified by supplemental requirements herein.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
ENGINEER reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify and obtain approvals
for casting as directed by CLIENT Representative.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Formwork:
DATE: 1. Shall comply with Part 3 - Section 03100 of this Specification and as specified
CERTIFIED
herein.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. Forms must be true to size and dimensions of concrete members shown on
AGENCY the Drawings and be so constructed that the dimensions of the finished
product will be within the allowable limits.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3. Design forms for easy removal. Prying against concrete will not be permitted.
Thoroughly clean and recondition forms prior to each use.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
D. Reinforcement:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Comply with requirements of Section 03200 of this Specification except as

DATE:
modified herein.
BY:
2. Cover to reinforcement shall conform to provisions of ACI 318 for precast

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
concrete. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and supports to hold
(DCC) NO. _____________________
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
so that twisted ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete
surface.
ENGG CERT
3. Locate anchorage and lifting devices where they do not affect the position of
main reinforcement or the placing of concrete.
E. Concrete Placement and Consolidation: Placement and consolidation of concrete

shall conform to applicable provisions and requirements of all ACI/ASTM standards
specified therein.
F. Curing and Protection: Curing methods shall be in accordance with requirements of

DESCRIPTION
ACI 308 applicable to precast concrete.

Issued for IFC
3.02 Handling and Erection
A. Prior to erection of any member, check elevations and alignment, and any other work
affecting the line and grade of the precast concrete. Notify CLIENT Representative in
writing of any errors and deviations in work which will cause the precast concrete to
exceed the tolerances listed herein. Do not commence erection until such defects
have been corrected and approval has obtained from CLIENT Representative.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Precast elements are designed for dead, live, and lateral loads in place; therefore,
loads and stresses caused by transportation and erection shall be compensated for.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Each element shall be properly code marked to correspond with designation on the
shop drawings, so as to verify curing time as well as final position and orientation in
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
the construction.
ENGINEER
D. All precast members shall be handled and transported with the supports or pick-up
DATE:
devices as near as practicable to the location of final supports. Pick-up points shall
PROJECT
ENGINEER be shown on shop drawings.
DATE: E. Precast members having cracks, spalls, and other defects will be subject to rejection
CERTIFIED
by CLIENT.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
F. Erection shall be defined as including:
AGENCY
1. Bearing Shims: Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings tapered bearing

DATE:
shims shall be placed on bearing surfaces to receive precast units. Bearing
OPERATIONS
shims are to remain until the panel has been grouted. Once the grout has set
remove the shims and grout holes.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. Placing, aligning and leveling the members in final position in the structure on
VERIFICATION
the specified bearing surfaces. Include the installation of structural steel tie
EDSD
beams, plates or shapes as required as part of the precast system.

DATE:
BY:
3. Field welding, bolting or other means of fastening precast members to each

other, or to supporting structural members, as shown on the Drawings or

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Welding: Perform all welding in compliance with AWS D1.1 and D12.1,
including qualification of welders.
ENGG CERT
5. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide
non-combustible shields as required.
6. Remove erection devices, remove lifting hooks, fill recesses with grout or
concrete unless otherwise called for on the Drawings and where exposed,
finish to match adjacent surfaces.
G. Grouting Connections, Joints, and Anchorage Recesses: After precast units have
DESCRIPTION
been placed, positioned, and secured, fill solidly open spaces at connections, joints
Issued for IFC
and anchorages as shown on the Drawings. Use grout of the proper consistency to
provide required bearing or closure of the connection or joint. The space to be
grouted shall be filled with grout by tamping, ramming, pumping or tooling until the
voids are completely filled and the transmission of the load, through the grout, is
ensured. Protect units from being stained by grouting operations. Finish exposed
surfaces to contours shown on the Drawings. The proposed method of grouting shall
be submitted to CLIENT Representative for approval one month prior to the
commencement of Work.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
H. Grouting Connections and Joints: After precast concrete units have been placed and
secured, grout open spaces at connection and joints as follows:
06/01/22
Cement grout consisting of 1 part portland cement, 2 1/2 parts sand, and only enough
DATE
water to properly mix and for hydration.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Non-Shrinkage grout consisting of premixed compound and only enough water to
ENGINEER provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding.
DATE:
Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain the grout in space until sufficiently
PROJECT
ENGINEER hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are
completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent
DATE: concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after it has
CERTIFIED
taken its initial set. Promptly remove any grout material for exposed surfaces before it
hardens.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY I. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing
repair compound to galvanized surfaces the color of which shall match the galvanize.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
J. Drilled Holes and Drilled-In Inserts: Because of the considerably increased possibility
of damage to reinforcing and concrete, and because the performance of the drilled-in
DATE: inserts can be detrimentally affected by both material and workmanship deficiencies,
CONTROL NUMBER
drilled holes and drilled-in inserts may be used only where approved by CLIENT
VERIFICATION
Representative.
EDSD
DATE:
Drilled holes and inserts may be installed only in areas of precast elements
BY:
where permitted in the approved erection Drawings. Drilling of holes and installation
of drilled-in inserts shall follow the recommendations of PCI. MNL-121, and of the
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
manufacturer of the inserts and shall not exceed the following limitations:
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. The minimum distance from any edge of the precast element for drilled-in
expansion type anchors shall be at least:
ENGG CERT
a. 5 hole diameters.
b. The depth of the hole or.
c. 89 mm (3.5 in.), whichever is greater.
2. For epoxy grouted anchors the edge distance may be reduced, subject to the
approval of CLIENT Representative, as shown by test results showing the
DESCRIPTION
required capacity under similar conditions.

Issued for IFC
3. The minimum distance from any edge of the precast element for drilled holes
shall be at least:
a. 2 hole diameters.
b. The thickness of the member, or.
c. 89 mm (3.5 in.), whichever is greater.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
4. The minimum distance for insert or holes from the support or the end of a
06/01/22
spanning element shall be at least:

DATE
a. Two times the depth of the element.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER b. But not less than 305 mm (12 in.).
DATE:
5. The minimum embedment length of any anchor shall be at least:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
a. 6 insert diameters.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
b. But not less than the concrete cover for main reinforcing plus 25.4 mm
(1 in.).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 6. The minimum spacing of holes or inserts shall be at least:
DATE:
a. 5 diameters of the larger hole.
OPERATIONS
b. The depth of the hole, or.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
c. 76 mm (3 in.), whichever is greater.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
7. Contractor shall be responsible for repairing or replacing any precast

DATE:
elements damaged in the course of drilling, insert installation or anchoring

BY:
operations at no additional cost to CLIENT.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
K. Temporary connection on props shall not be removed until the grout used in grouted
(DCC) NO. _____________________
joints has achieved the seven day specified strength.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
L. Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to precast units which occurs
during or after delivery, storage, handling and erection. Such units shall be either
ENGG CERT
repaired or rejected as determined by CLIENT Representative. No repairs shall be

made until the damaged unit has been examined by CLIENT Representative and a
proposed repair procedure has been submitted to and approved by CLIENT
Representative. All such Work shall be by and to the expense of the Contractor.
M. Repair of Precast Units: CLIENT Representative shall decide if any damaged precast
unit is to be repaired. Contractor shall develop a repair procedure to produce the
same texture and equal strength to the parent concrete. Trial patches and general
DESCRIPTION
procedures shall be submitted for approval by CLIENT Representative. Patching

Issued for IFC
mixtures and methods must produce proper strength, bond, texture, and final color
equal to the production units. Ideal end results may require the use of a repair
mixture which may not be identical with that of the parent concrete. CLIENT
Representative shall decide if the final appearance of any repair is satisfactory.
N. Safety Precautions: Personnel handling, mixing, or applying epoxy resin coatings

containing toxic and/or flammable properties shall be provided with and required to
wear such items of personal protective equipment and apparel for eye, skin and
respiratory protection as are recommended by the manufacturer of the product.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Prior to using epoxy mortars which contain flammable properties in confined spaces,
06/01/22
adequate natural or forced ventilation shall be provided to insure that the vapor
DATE
concentration is kept below the lower explosive limits. “No Smoking” signs, in both
ENGLISH and ARABIC, shall be erected, and smoking or the use of spark or flame
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
producing devices shall be prohibited within 15 meters (50 ft.) of any mixing or placing
ENGINEER operations.
DATE:
O. Contractor shall be responsible for providing and placing spread anchors for
PROJECT
ENGINEER maintenance as per requirements of CLIENT. Refer to Construction Specifications
Section 05500 – Miscellaneous Metal.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.03 Testing and Quality Control
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Laboratory Testing: Refer to Section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete, for laboratory
AGENCY test and control of concrete that shall be made by a commercial independent testing
laboratory approved by CLIENT and paid for by Contractor.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Contractor shall allocate a representative at the precast panel manufacturers to
ensure inspection, testing, casting, loading, and storage each carried out to the PCI
DATE: MNL-117-77 Standards.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Test 2 specimen cylinders at 7 days, 3 specimen cylinders at 28 days, and retain 1

EDSD
specimen cylinder for further testing as may be required.

DATE:
BY:
C. Mill Test Reports: Certified copies of mill test reports, evidencing compliance with all
requirements of these specifications for respective materials shall be submitted to

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
CLIENT Representative.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 degree F and below,
and when 80 degree F and above; and each time a set of compression test
specimens made.
ENGG CERT
E. Dimensional Tolerance: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with the

dimensional tolerances of PCI, MNL 117, unless otherwise shown on the approved
shop drawings.
F. Storage: Store units above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Protect
units from damage and staining.
DESCRIPTION
G. Samples: Architectural precast concrete.

Issued for IFC
1. Submit to CLIENT Representative for approval three sets of samples

approximately 1200 x 1200 x 75 mm (48” x 48” x 3”) to illustrate the quality,
color and texture of the surface finish.
2. CLIENT Representative approval of samples will be for color, texture and

general condition only. Compliance with all other requirements is exclusive
responsibility of Contractor.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. At start of production provide a full size approved panel to be kept at the

precast plant for use as a standard of quality.
06/01/22
DATE
H. In-Place precast units shall be rejected for any one of the following:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Exceeding the specified installation tolerances.
ENGINEER
2. Damaged during construction operations.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3. Exposed-to-view surfaces which develop surface finish deficiencies.
DATE: 4. Other defects as listed in PCI MNL 117.

CERTIFIED
5. Excessive cracks as determined by CLIENT Representative.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3.04 Rejecting Material
DATE:
A. Damaged material and material not conforming to the Drawings, and approved shop
OPERATIONS
drawings and Construction Specifications may be rejected at any time
nonconformities are discovered until final acceptance of the Work by CLIENT
DATE: Representative. Chips and spalls occurring at joints is not acceptable. Major or
CONTROL NUMBER
unsightly imperfections or structural defects will be cause for rejection.

VERIFICATION
Honeycombing will be cause for rejection. Remove, as directed by CLIENT

EDSD
Representative, rejected materials and replace at no additional cost to CLIENT.

DATE:
BY:
- END OF SECTION -
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 04300
ENGG CERT
REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
1.07 Site Conditions
Part 2 - Products
2.01 General
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.02 Concrete Masonry Units

2.03 Mortar
2.04 Grout
06/01/22
DATE
2.05 Lintels
2.06 Joint Reinforcement
NO.
REV
00
2.07 Minimum Reinforcement

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.01 Preparation
3.02 Protection of Work
DATE: 3.03 Installation
CERTIFIED
3.04 Mortar
3.05 Grouting
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.06 Cutting and Jobbing
AGENCY 3.07 Field Quality Control
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Work in this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and installing concrete
EDSD
masonry unit and accessories as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Section 09260 – Gypsum Board Systems.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Section 09900 - Painting.

ENGG CERT
1. ASTM A 82, Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A 153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
DESCRIPTION
3. ASTM C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

Issued for IFC
4. ASTM C 129, Specification for Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
5. ASTM C 140, Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry
Units and Related Units.
6. ASTM C 144, Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
7. ASTM C 150, Specification for Portland Cement.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
8. ASTM C 207, Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.

06/01/22
DATE
9. ASTM C 270, Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
10. ASTM C 404, Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
ENGINEER
11. ASTM C 476, Specification for Grout for Masonry.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 12. ASTM C90, Standard Specifications for load bearing concrete masonry units.
DATE: B. IBC 2009.

CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the latest editions of the codes,
specifications and standards indicated subsection reference standards, as applicable
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. CMU non-load bearing shall be tested in accordance to ASTM C129.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1.05 Submittals
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Samples:
DATE:
BY:
1. Submit 2 individual samples of each type of masonry required.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
2. Submit sample of each type of joint reinforcement required.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Certificate: Submit manufacturer's certification, attesting that masonry materials and
reinforcement meet requirements of this Specification.
ENGG CERT
C. Product Information: Furnish manufacturer's catalog information regarding available

shapes and dimensions.
A. Deliver masonry units in an air-dry condition.
B. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms that will permit circulation of air
DESCRIPTION
and prevent excessive moisture absorption.

Issued for IFC
C. Cover and protect masonry units from wetting prior to use.
D. Carefully handle masonry units, either individually or in suitable groups, to keep units
whole. Ensure sharp edges and undamaged faces.
A. Do not erect masonry when ambient air is warmer than 90 degree F in shade and has
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
relative humidity of less than 40%, unless Work is prevented from drying out for not
less than 48 hours after having been installed.
06/01/22
DATE
B. Remove masonry Work damaged by climatic conditions, or insufficient covering or

protection and reconstruct as directed by Client at no additional compensation. Make
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
adequate provisions, during construction, to prevent damage by wind.
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.01 General
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.02 Concrete Masonry Units
AGENCY
A. Hollow Non-Load Bearing Units:

DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Hollow non-load-bearing units shall be Type II manufactured and tested
according to ASTM C129.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. Nominal size: 400 mm (16 in.) long by 200 mm (8 in.) high and thickness as
VERIFICATION
indicated.
EDSD
DATE:
3. Free from iron spots or deleterious material that will stain plaster, corrode
BY:
metal, or cause pop-outs.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
4. Texture: Fluted.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5. External Corner Units: Square.
2.03 Mortar
ENGG CERT
A. General:
1. ASTM C 270, Type S, composed of portland cement, hydrated lime, and

sand.
2. Proportions by Volume: 1 part cement, 1/2 part lime and 4-1/2 parts sand.
DESCRIPTION
3. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.

Issued for IFC
4. Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
5. Sand: ASTM C 144, from single acceptable source.
6. Do not use accelerators or other admixtures without written permission of

Client.
7. Re-tempering the mortar is not allowed.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Grout
06/01/22
DATE
A. ASTM C 476, Fine Grout,

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Aggregate: ASTM C 404, Size No. 1. Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed 9.5
ENGINEER mm (3/8 in.).
DATE:
C. Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
D. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
E. Proportions by Volume: 1 part portland cement, 0 to 1/10 part lime, and sand equal
to 2-1/4 to 3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2.05 Lintels
DATE:
A. Provide reinforced cement concrete lintels at all openings door, windows, louver, and
OPERATIONS
exhaust fan in walls.
DATE: B. General: Lintels bear minimum 200 mm (8 in.) at each end.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Reinforced Concrete Lintels: Either precast or cast-in-place, using concrete as

EDSD
specified in Section 03300 and reinforcement as specified in Section 03200.

DATE:
Exposed surfaces of lintels free of cracks, chips, or broken edges.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.06 Joint Reinforcement
A. General:
ENGG CERT
1. Prefabricated, formed of ASTM A82 wire steel.
2. Hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A 153, after fabrication.
3. Ladder or truss type fabricated of 3.76 mm (9 gage) by deformed side and

3.76 mm (9 gage) smooth cross wires flush welded together on 406 mm
centers.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
4. Unit width 38 mm to 50 mm less than thickness of wall. Length not less than
3 m.
5. Prefabricated special pieces for corners and intersections of walls and

partitions.
2.07 Minimum Reinforcement
A. The minimum vertical reinforcement shall be 12 mm diameter bars at 1.2 meters

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
spacing (#4 bars at 4 ft spacing). The minimum horizontal joint reinforcement shall be
2 longitudinal truss bars of 5 mm diameter placed at 400 mm (16-inch) centers.
06/01/22
DATE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE:
A. Clean dirt, debris, oil, grease, and other foreign substances which would affect bond
PROJECT
ENGINEER of mortar, from all surfaces to receive mortar.
DATE: B. Lay out walls to establish accurate spacing of bond pattern, to ensure uniform joint
CERTIFIED
widths, and to locate openings, movement type joints, returns and offsets. Arrange
units in manner which will result in few or no units to be cut.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3.02 Protection of Work
DATE:
A. Protect tops of walls with non-staining waterproof coverings when Work not in
OPERATIONS
process.
DATE: B. Cure the concrete either by water or curing compound.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.03 Installation
EDSD
DATE:
A. Lay masonry plumb and square, true to dimensions, and with full, tightly bonded
BY:
joints.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Install products indicated to be built into the wall as the masonry work progresses. Fill
(DCC) NO. _____________________
spaces around built-in products with mortar, and allow space for caulking.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Fill backs of metal door frames solid with grout fill.
ENGG CERT
D. Make joint width equal to difference between actual and nominal dimensions of unit
being installed.
E. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond with vertical joints breaking not less than
100 mm (4 in.) over units in course below, unless indicated.
F. Lay vertical cored units with full beds on shells only. Fully batter vertical edges.
DESCRIPTION
G. Cut masonry units with either dry or wet masonry saws.

Issued for IFC
H. Toothing of new work into existing work not permitted.
I. Lay concrete masonry units dry.
J. When resuming masonry Work, clean exposed surface of set or partially set masonry
and remove loose mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
K. Install continuous wall reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer's installation

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
instructions, and place in every second course. Lap reinforcement not less than 150
mm, and at corners and intersections, connect to prefabricated special reinforcement.
06/01/22
Make splices in manner, and at those points, which will not reduce structural strength
DATE
of wall and in no case shall the length of the lapped splice be less than 40 times bar
diameter for tension.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER L. Install vertical reinforcement where indicated and in poured grout studs formed by
vertically aligned cells of masonry unit. The vertical spacing of the joint reinforcement
DATE:
shall not exceed 16 in. and in no case shall the length of the lapped splice be less
PROJECT
ENGINEER than 30 bar diameter for compression, and 40 times bar diameters for tension.
DATE: 3.04 Mortar

CERTIFIED
A. Machine mix mortar, except small batches (less than 30 liters), is mixed for not less
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
than a period of 3 minutes nor more than 10 minutes after all materials are in mixer.
AGENCY Where hand mixing is permitted, mix mortar thoroughly in tight mortar box until
required plasticity is obtained. No hand mixing is allowed on the ground.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Use mortar immediately after mixing.
DATE: 3.05 Grouting

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Place grout immediately after mixing.

EDSD
DATE:
B. For vertically reinforced concrete masonry unit, place grout in all cells containing
BY:
reinforcement, and in lifts of not more than 1200 mm (48 in.). Consolidate grout at
time of placing by either puddling or vibrating; reconsolidate grout by puddling before

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
plasticity is lost. When grouting is stopped for one hour and longer, form horizontal
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
construction joints by stopping grout placement 38 mm below top of uppermost grout
unit.
ENGG CERT
3.06 Cutting and Jobbing
A. Leave slots and opening required for inserts, wires, conduits, and similar items of
construction, open or cut. Provide suitable recesses or openings at junction boxes, or
other locations as required.

DESCRIPTION
A. Repair joints that are unsound, not full of mortar, or which have hairline cracks due to
Issued for IFC
shrinkage or poor adhesion.
B. Remove and reconstruct work injured by climatic conditions, or because of insufficient

protection as directed by Client and at no additional compensation.
C. Clean exposed masonry thoroughly with suitable cleaning solution, followed by

thorough rinsing with clean water to produce clean, unstained surfaces upon
completion of Work, without changing color or characteristics of masonry, or staining
any adjacent building material.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
- END OF SECTION -
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 05120
ENGG CERT
STRUCTURAL STEEL
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 References
1.05 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 Structural Steel
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.03 Fasteners
2.04 Welding
06/01/22
2.05 Shop Painting

DATE
2.06 Fabrication
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.01 Erection
DATE:
3.02 High Strength Bolting
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.03 Welding
3.04 Paint and Coating
DATE: 3.05 Field Painting
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
AGENCY
1.01 Description
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Furnish, erect, and fasten structural steel as indicated and specified.
DATE: B. Definition: "Structural Steel" as defined in accordance with AISC Code of Standard
CONTROL NUMBER
Practice.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1.02 Related Work

DATE:
BY:
A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Section 05315 - Metal Deck

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal and Fabrication
D. Section 07256 - Sprayed Fire Proofing

ENGG CERT
E. Section 09840 – Intumescent Paint
E. Section 09900 - Painting
A. Codes and Standards: Follow the guidelines contained in the latest editions of the
DESCRIPTION
following codes, Specifications, and Standards, except where more stringent

Issued for IFC
requirements are shown or specified.
1. AISC, Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural

Steel for Buildings.
2. AISC, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
3. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
4. AISC, Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.
06/01/22
5. Industrial Fasteners Institute, Fasteners Standards Book.

DATE
B. Field testing and inspection of steelwork will be performed by an independent

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
laboratory engaged by the CLIENT. The Contractor shall provide the laboratory
ENGINEER inspector with free access to all places where materials or components are stored or
fabricated and in their erected position. The Contractor shall notify the laboratory in
DATE:
sufficient time prior to fabrication or erection Work to allow testing and inspection
PROJECT
ENGINEER without delaying the Work.
DATE: C. All Work shall be performed by qualified operators experienced in their field of Work
CERTIFIED
as required under this Section.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Design of structural parts to be under the direct supervision of a Professional
AGENCY Engineer experienced in the design of such components and shall conform to the
applicable industrial standards.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Tolerances:
DATE: 1. Maintain tolerances conforming to AISC Code of Standard Practice.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Permissible variation tolerances conforming to ASTM A6/A6M.

EDSD
DATE:
F. Torque Wrench Calibration:

BY:
1. Check calibration device for setting calibrated torque wrenches for accuracy
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
not more than 30 days prior to use on project, and at intervals not more than
(DCC) NO. _____________________
six months thereafter.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Contractor shall submit to CLIENT Representative certificate of accuracy for
calibration devices from the manufacturer.
ENGG CERT
3. Provide torque wrench calibration as specified in AISC Specification for

Structural Joints.
G. Welding Qualification and Certification:
1. Furnish written welding procedure for all welds.

DESCRIPTION
2. Each welder, tacker, and welding operator shall be certified by test within the
Issued for IFC
past six months to perform type of work required in conformance with AWS
Structural Welding Code.
3. Maintain duplicate qualification and certification records at the job site readily
available for examination of test results.
H. Galvanize: Reject all galvanized steel not conforming to specifications.
1.04 References
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. AISC Detailing of Steel Construction.

06/01/22
DATE
B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC LRFD) Manual of Steel Construction

13th Edition.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
Design.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER D. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
DATE: E. AISC Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.
CERTIFIED
F. AISC - Structural Steel Detailing Manual.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY G. AISC - Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel.
DATE:
H. AISC - Steel Structures Painting Council.
OPERATIONS
I. American Welding Society (AWS) Structural Welding Code Steel, D1.1, with
DATE: amendments to date.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
J. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Surface Preparation Specifications.

EDSD
DATE:
K. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:

BY:
1. ASTM A6/A6M: Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. ASTM A36/A36M: Specification for Structural Steel.
3. ASTM A53, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated
ENGG CERT
Welded and Seamless.
4. ASTM A153: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
5. ASTM A307: Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI
Tensile Strength.
DESCRIPTION
6. ASTM A325: Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
Issued for IFC
7. ASTM A449: Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and
Studs.
8. ASTM A500, Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
9. ASTM A563: Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
10. ASTM A780: Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip
Galvanized Coating.
06/01/22
DATE
11. ASTM F436: Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
12. ASTM A193: Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
ENGINEER Materials for High - Temperature Services.
DATE:
13. ASTM E119.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.05 Submittals
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01000 - General
Specifications:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Submit shop drawings for review by CLIENT Representative prior to
fabrication.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Submit complete and checked shop drawings for all structural steel
components. Show materials, anchor bolts, member and connection details,
DATE: piece marks, openings, shop and field bolting and welding, in conformity with
CONTROL NUMBER
AISC Detailing Manual and AISC Manual. Indicate cleaning and shop
VERIFICATION
painting requirements.
EDSD
DATE:
3. Submit, prior to welding, the welding procedure for each type of weld.
BY:
4. Submit qualification test reports bearing witness certification of an

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
independent accredited testing laboratory for each welder, welding operator,

(DCC) NO. _____________________
and tacker employed in work.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Shop drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components.
ENGG CERT
1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other

pertinent data.
2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and

field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld.
3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field
bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned
DESCRIPTION
shear/bearing connections.
Issued for IFC
4. Include shop drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer

responsible for their preparation.
5. Methods of erection and calculations of erection stresses.
6. Methods of bracing and temporary guys.
7. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Indicate welds by standard AWS A2.1 and A2.4 symbols, and show size,
length, and type of each weld.
06/01/22
DATE
8. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor

bolts and other anchorage to be installed as work of other sections.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance” article
to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed
DATE:
projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
PROJECT
ENGINEER architects/engineers and owners, and other information specified.
DATE: D. Product Data: Submit producer’s or manufacturer’s specifications and installation

CERTIFIED
instructions. Include mill test reports in accordance with ASTM A6, laboratory test
reports and other data to show compliance with Specifications (including specified
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
standards) for the following products.
AGENCY
1. Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports covering
DATE:
chemical and physical properties.
OPERATIONS
2. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical

DATE: analysis.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3. Direct-tension indicators.
EDSD
DATE:
4. Shear stud connectors.

BY:
5. Shop primers.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
6. Nonshrink grout.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
7. Welding electrodes.
ENGG CERT
E. Submit mill certificates and certified copy of reports for all analyses and tests required
by referenced ASTM Specifications and AWS Structural Welding Code.
F. Fabricator and Erector: Submit the name of the proposed fabricator and erector with
reference of Work of a similar nature carried out by him on other projects, with
relevant dates.
G. Submit certificate of compliance that surface preparation and painting conforms to

DESCRIPTION
specifications.
Issued for IFC
1. Provide list of coating products proposed by type, brand, and manufacturer.
2. Provide paint manufacturer's current printed recommendations and product

data sheets for each product used.
3. Provide shop painting applicator's correspondence for determining

compatibility of shop coatings with field coats and for selecting manufacturer
producing field coats.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
H. Submit materials information and data for CLIENT Representative review at least
06/01/22
twenty one (21) calendar days prior to scheduled start date of any fabrication.
DATE
I. Test reports conducted on shop and field-bolted and welded connections. Include
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
data on type(s) of tests conducted and test results. State compliance or non-
ENGINEER compliance with Specifications.
DATE:
J. Submit certificate of compliance with ASTM Specifications for Zinc-coatings.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
K. Submit certified copies of each survey conducted by a licensed Land Surveyor,

DATE: showing elevations and locations of base plates and anchor bolts to receive structural
CERTIFIED
steel and final elevations and for major members. Indicate discrepancies between
actual installation and Contract documents.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY L. No fabrication Work is to commence before approval of test reports and submittals.
DATE:
M. Submit field inspections and test report performed by independent testing and
OPERATIONS
inspection agency at various stages of steel structural Work.
DATE: N. Method Statement: Submit for approval, Quality Control method statement in
CONTROL NUMBER
accordance with quality assurance procedures, and erection method statement.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Carefully transport, handle, and store materials, protected from weather, rusting,
corrosion, and other damage.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Mark all materials delivered to site properly marked to identify the structure location
for which it is intended. Marking shall correspond to marking indicated on shop
drawings.
ENGG CERT
C. Store structural shapes off ground on suitable supports, with webs of flanged shapes
vertical. Protect steel from ground splatter.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacturers
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Arabian Metal Products Organization.

P.O. Box 67, Rahima, Saudi Arabia
B. Saudi Steel Products Factory.

P.O. Box 2532, Dammam, Saudi Arabia
C. Zamil Steel Building Company Ltd.

P.O. Box 270 Dhahran Airport, Khobar, Saudi Arabia
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. Hidada Ltd.
P.O. Box 2449, Al-Khobar 31952, Saudi Arabia
06/01/22
DATE
E. Saudi Building Systems

P.O. Box 8648, Jeddah 21492, Saudi Arabia
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER F. International Building Systems Factory Co., Ltd.
P.O. Box 1458, Al Khobar, Saudi Arabia
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER G. Kirby Products
P.O.Box 2768, Dammam 31461, Saudi Arabia
DATE:
CERTIFIED
H. Approved equal.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.02 Structural Steel
AGENCY
A. All materials are subject to CLIENT Representative approval.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. All structural steel shapes shall be new, unused and perfect stock, free from millscale,
rust, flake, pitting, and imperfections, without bends, kinks, and distortions. Shop
DATE: splicing of members shall only be permitted if the member exceeds maximum mill
CONTROL NUMBER
length, or if approved by CLIENT Representative and so shown on the Drawings.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. All purlins, channels, angles, and plates shall conform to ASTM A36 & beams and
DATE:
Column shall conform to ASTM A992.

BY:
D. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B or ASTM A500, Grade
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. Steel tube shapes shall conform to ASTM A500, Grade B or C.
F. Built-up structural sections, with physical dimensions and geometrical and structural
ENGG CERT
properties similar or better to the rolled steel sections shown on the Drawings, may be
substituted for the rolled section provided the following requirements are met:
1. Built-up sections shall be fabricated by a recognized manufacturer with a

minimum of five years of experience in the fabrication of these sections.
2. All quality control procedures and testing methods shall be submitted to

CLIENT for approval prior to fabrication of the sections.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3. All engineering design due to changes resulting from substitutions of built-up

sections for the rolled sections shall be provided by the Contractor.
4. Single sided fillet weld shall not be permitted.
2.03 Fasteners
A. Unfinished Bolts: Conform to ASTM A307 Grade A, nuts to ASTM A536 with
hardened washer.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Higher Strength Bolts: Conform to ASTM A325M Type I, nuts to ASTM A 563M
06/01/22
hardened washer to ASTM F436M.

DATE
C. Anchor Bolts: Conform to ASTM A307 and shall comply with the latest Standard
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
(IBC).
ENGINEER
D. All bolt assemblies shall comply with ASTM.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2.04 Welding
DATE: A. Class E70XX electrodes.

CERTIFIED
2.05 Shop Painting

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. All structural steel, (except surfaces which are to receive sprayed-on fireproofing or
which are to be encased in concrete) shall be sand-blasted and primed with a zinc
DATE:
phosphate or zinc chromate primer in the shop. Prior to application of primer
OPERATIONS
structural steel shall be given a commercial sand blast cleaning (Sa2). Primer shall
be applied to the blasted surfaces to a dry film thickness of 1.6 mils in accordance
DATE: with the manufacturer's recommendations. Zinc primers shall be of the following
CONTROL NUMBER
brand, or brand of equal quality, approved by CLIENT Representative.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
- Hempel's Industrial Coatings, Dammam

DATE:
- Hempalin Primer No. 1205 or Zinc Chromate Primer No. 1205SA.

BY:
1. All structural steel which is to receive sprayed-on fire proofing materials shall
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
be sand blasted to a Sa-2 1/2 finish and primed with one coat of Hempadur
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Primer No. 1530 (APCS 1B primer), or approved equal. Primer shall be

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
applied to attain a minimum dry film thickness of 75 microns, in accordance
with the manufacturers specifications.
ENGG CERT
2. Where steel is to receive subsequent top coats (all locations exposed to view)
the primer shall be of the same manufacturer as the top coats.
3. Do not paint surfaces which are to be welded.
4. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or
erection. Change color or second coat to distinguish it from the first.
DESCRIPTION
5. Touch up all primer where damaged during erection.

Issued for IFC
B. Surface Preparation: Blast clean in accordance with SSPC-SP10.
C. Shop Priming: Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Prior

to priming remove residual deposits resulting from cleaning. Apply prime coat as
soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration of surface occurs. Do not
allow elapsed time between cleaning and priming to exceed 24 hours.
D. Shop Painting: Shop paint all new structural steel work in accordance with ASTM
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
(APCS-6), except those members or portions of members to be embedded in

concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel items in concrete in accordance with
06/01/22
APCS-1C.
DATE
E. All exposed steel members shall be coated in accordance with APCS-1E, unless
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
otherwise noted.
ENGINEER
F. Color shall be as directed by CLIENT Representative.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2.06 Fabrication
DATE: A. After shop drawings are approved by CLIENT Representative, fabricate each element
CERTIFIED
to the size and connection indicated on the fabrication shop drawings. Fabricate and
shop-assemble work, to the greatest practical extent, in accordance with following
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
publications:
AGENCY
1. AISC Manual.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. AISC Specification for Design, Fabrication, and Erection
DATE: 3. AISC Specification for Structural Joints

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4. AISC Detailing Manual

EDSD
DATE:
5. AWS Structural Welding Code

BY:
B. Ensure that shearing, manual flame cutting with mechanically guided torch, and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
chipping will not induce residual stress in metal being cut. Radii of re-entrant corners
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
to be not less than 18 mm (3/4 inch) and larger when possible. Perform flame cutting
so that metal being cut is not carrying stress. Finish exposed edges.
ENGG CERT
C. Ensure full cross section bearing on milled ends of columns, crane rails, monorails
and bearing stiffeners.
D. Connect all members with ASTM A325 high strength bolts unless otherwise specified
or indicated on Drawings. Provide clean-cut holes without torn or ragged edges and
remove all outside burrs.
E. Welded Connections: Connections indicated on Drawings, and standard details. All

DESCRIPTION
welding for structural strength shall be continuous. Skip welding is not acceptable
Issued for IFC
unless approved by CLIENT Representative.
F. Weld or bolt shop connections in conformance with specified AISC publications.
G. Make connections with ASTM A307 carbon steel (unfinished) bolts as specified or
indicated on Drawings.
H. Furnish anchor bolts with washer and heavy hex nuts.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Erection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Align column bases and bearing plates for beams and similar structural members with
ENGINEER steel wedges or shims. After alignment and positioning anchor nuts tight, fill entire
area under bearing plates with non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Remove steel wedges
DATE:
or shims and grout voids.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Provide anchor bolts and anchors with necessary templates for correct placement into
DATE: concrete, masonry and other supporting materials.
CERTIFIED
C. Hold steelwork securely in place with adequate temporary bracing and stays to resist
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
all vertical and lateral loads, until members are permanently fastened and floors and
AGENCY roofs completed.
DATE:
D. Use only calibrated wrenches for tensioning high-strength bolts.
OPERATIONS
E. Inspect and torque test field-assembled bolted construction in accordance with AISC
DATE: Specification for Structural Joints.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Tighten high-strength bolts to the snug-tight condition in accordance with A1SC

EDSD
Specification for Structural Joints.

DATE:
BY:
G. Align and adjust members forming parts of a complete assembly after assembly and
before permanent fastening.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. Fasten splices of compression members after the abutting surfaces have been
brought completely into contact.
ENGG CERT
I. Report immediately to CLIENT Representative errors in shop fabrication or

deformation resulting from handling or transportation which prevent the proper
erection and fitting of parts.
J. As erection progresses, perform sufficient temporary bracing and bolting of work to

support construction live load and combined dead, wind, and erection loads.
K. Ensure that holes are not enlarged and that metal in vicinity of holes is not damaged
DESCRIPTION
by drift pins during assembly.

Issued for IFC
L. Enlarge holes to admit bolts for connections only if approved in writing by CLIENT
Representative. Make enlargement by reaming and not by burning.
M. Where erection bolts are abandoned in place, remove bolts, completely plug weld
holes, and grind smooth with adjacent surfaces.
N. Drifting to enlarge holes is prohibited.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
O. Burning of holes is prohibited.

06/01/22
P. Gas cutting is prohibited on major members. On minor members, not stressed, such
DATE
cutting is permitted only with CLIENT Representative's written approval.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 High Strength Bolting
ENGINEER
A. Bolting Operations: Provide workmanship and techniques for bolted construction in

DATE:
conformance with requirements of AISC Specification for Structural Joints.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Install ASTM A325 bolts with hardened washer under element being turned in
DATE: tightening. When using oversize and slotted holes, install plate washer in both outer
CERTIFIED
plies. When using galvanized bolts, install galvanized washer under bolt head and
nut. A 325 bolts shall be tightened by the turn-of-nut method.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3.03 Welding
DATE:
A. Welding Operations: Provide workmanship and techniques for welded construction in
OPERATIONS
conformance with requirements of AWS Structural Welding Code.
DATE: B. No field welding permitted unless shown on CLIENT Representative reviewed

CONTROL NUMBER
fabrication shop drawings.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Materials and Process: Furnish equipment for welding, electrodes, welding wire, and
DATE:
fluxes capable of producing satisfactory welds when used by certified welders using
BY:
qualified welding procedures. Provide welding materials that comply with

requirements of AWS Structural Welding Code.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.04 Paint and Coating
A. Protect all structural steel as specified here-in and in Section 09900.

ENGG CERT
B. Complete all welding before preparation or painting, except when size of members,
field erection procedures or other approved necessity requires welding after shop
priming.
C. Before cleaning, prepare surfaces of steel by removing all weld spatter, flux and
residue, burrs and metal surface defects.
DESCRIPTION
1. Grind smooth, sharp edges and corners, eliminate pinholes and unevenness
Issued for IFC
adversely affecting coating thickness and longevity.
2. Level rough, uneven surfaces, fill significant depressions, produce a

satisfactory base for specified primers and finishes, with even transitions
permitting consistent film build at inside and outside corners.
3. Do no cleaning or priming until surface preparation is acceptable.
D. Clean surfaces by blast, grind, or wire brush, as follows:

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Before coating, clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, dust, moisture, mill scale,
06/01/22
and corrosion, poorly bonded material including spray dust, paint splatter and
DATE
foreign matter. Correct conditions detrimental to coating bond and life.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2. Remove dust from cleaning operations in dry environment by vacuuming or
ENGINEER dry-air blast, without damaging quality of cleaned surface.
DATE:
E. Before rusting, contamination or deterioration starts, prime clean dry surfaces. Prime
PROJECT
ENGINEER within eight hours of cleaning under ideal conditions, or sooner if conditions are not
ideal. Protect cleaned surfaces to prevent deterioration before coating. If blast
DATE: cleaned area is not primed within eight hours of cleaning, reclean as specified just
CERTIFIED
before priming.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
F. Clean and paint surfaces of assembled items, inaccessible after assembly, before
AGENCY assembly, unless such areas are seal welded.
DATE:
G. Apply coatings to suitably prepared, clean, dry surfaces, in accordance with paint
OPERATIONS
manufacturer's current printed recommendations and as herein specified.
DATE: H. Hold back coatings which would be damaged by welding and welding heat from areas
CONTROL NUMBER
to be welded until welding is completed. Reclean and recoat substrate as specified

VERIFICATION
for original coats when coated areas have had coating damaged by welding and for
EDSD
areas of held back coatings.

DATE:
BY:
I. Perform coating operations only during suitable ambient and surface conditions,
moderate temperatures, low humidity, and protection from precipitation, low air
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
movement, and avoidance of intense sunlight.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
J. Immediately after surface preparation, properly mix and apply coatings to produce a
complete, tenacious, continuous bonded film, uniform in thickness and without
defects. Provide a coating with film thickness not less than specified and with no
ENGG CERT
runs, sags, skips, holidays, pinholes, or blisters.
K. Except where manufacturer specifically directs that coatings be thinned, do not

extend, modify or dilute factory packaged systems. Thin only in strictest accordance
with printed instructions, using materials provided or recommended by manufacturer
for specific purpose. Use no materials exceeding use data on labels or stored
beyond manufacturer's shelf life.
DESCRIPTION
L. Remove damaged or defective coatings by specified blast cleaning to meet surface

Issued for IFC
cleaning requirements, just before recoating. When small areas of coating need
touch up, surface preparation may be done with suitable power needle gun to match
specified blast cleaning results.
M. Before enclosure, apply 3 mm (1/8-in.) thick trowel grade bituminous mastic

damproofing to entire steel when encased in exterior masonry walls.
3.05 Field Painting

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas
of shop paint. Wire brush and sand as necessary to obtained a smooth surface.
06/01/22
Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
DATE
Touch-up abraded areas in galvanized surfaces with "Galv-Weld".

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER - END OF SECTION -
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EDSD REV
REVISION
CERTIFICATE VERIFICATION NO. DATE JO/EWO DESCRIPTION ENGG CERT PMT OPRNS
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
THIS INDICATES THAT REV. NO.__________ 23-10028-
00 06/01/22 Issued for IFC
OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL 0001
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________
23-10028-0001-008 DATE:
Dammam

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools
SAUDI ARABIA
DOC
381
BI / JO:
A
DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX
23-10028-0001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRAWING NO.
HE-274738
of
246
245
SHT.NO.
List of Sections
00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 05300
ENGG CERT
METAL ROOF PANEL
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.05 Product Delivery, Handling and Storage
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 Materials
2.03 Fabrication
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Coating for Single Skin Panel

06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 Erection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 Completed Work
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT

CERTIFIED
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and installing of
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
metal roof panels, and other pertinent accessories.
AGENCY

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Section 09900 - Painting
DATE: 1.03 Reference Standards

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
1. ASTM A653, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-

BY:
Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
2. ASTM A924/A924M, Specification for General Requirement for Steel Sheet,

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3. ASTM B-117, Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.
ENGG CERT
4. ASTM C-236, Test Method for Steady-State Thermate Performance of

Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box.
5. ASTM D-714, Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of Paints.
6. ASTM D-968, Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by

the Falling Abrasive.
DESCRIPTION
7. ASTM D-2247, Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100%

Issued for IFC
Relative Humidity.
8. ASTM E-72, Test Methods for Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for
Building Construction.
9. ASTM E-84, Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials.
1.04 Submittals
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Certificates: Submit a certificate to Saudi Aramco certifying that the specified

06/01/22
minimum sheet thicknesses have been supplied.

DATE
B. Samples: Sheet metal manufacturer shall prepare and submit samples for each
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
sheet intended to be used for the project representing material thickness, shut ribbed
ENGINEER configuration and color range. Two 300 x 300 mm samples showing panels, panel
side joint conditions, finish coating performance criteria and color chips shall be
DATE:
provided, along with one sample for Saudi Aramco approval prior to purchasing the
PROJECT
ENGINEER material.
DATE: C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's specifications and shop drawings showing
CERTIFIED
installation and connection details to the steel structure with all accessories to
complete the Work.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.05 Product Delivery, Handling and Storage
DATE:
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to conform to erection schedule.
OPERATIONS
B. Handling: Exercise care in unloading, storing and erecting components to prevent

DATE: bending, warping and twisting of roof panel and damage to finish.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Storage: Store off ground and protect with a waterproof covering.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.01 Manufacturers
ENGG CERT
A. Zamil Steel Building Co. Ltd.

Tel.: +966 (13) 847 1840
Fax: +966 (13) 847 1291
B. Kirby Building Systems.

Tel.: +966 (11) 476 3334
DESCRIPTION
C. Saudi Building Systems Co.

Issued for IFC
Tel.: +966 (13) 827 5306
2.02 Materials
Preformed profiled roof panels shall be as manufactured by HESCO Ltd, Zamil Steel Building
Co. Ltd., Al Khobar, Saudi Arabia, Arabian Profile Limited, Sharjah, United Arab Limited, or
approved equal.
A. Single roof panel shall be an aluminum single skin panel 0.8 mm thick conform to
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
ASTM B 209 alloy 3105 temper H26.

06/01/22
1. Base material for zinc/aluminum alloy coated aluminum panels shall have a
DATE
minimum yield strength of 34.5 kN/sq.cm and will conform to the physical
specifications of ASTM B-209 alloy 3105 Tewper H26 or equivalent.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2. Zinc/aluminum coating shall be a hot dip galvanization process conforming to
ASTM Specification A 525 with a coating class of G-90 (275 g/m2) or its
DATE:
equivalent.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. Panel Profile: Panel shall have 6 mm-25 mm deep ribs.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Insulated roof panel shall be a factory bonded insulated foam metal panel. Exterior
skin shall be aluminum 0.8 mm and interior skin shall be G. I. 0.5 mm.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Base material for zinc/aluminum alloy coated aluminum panels shall have a
minimum yield strength of 34.5 kN/sq.cm and will conform to the physical
DATE:
specifications of ASTM B-209 alloy 3105 Tewper H26 or equivalent.
OPERATIONS
2. Base material for zinc/aluminum alloy coated galvanized steel panels shall
DATE: have a minimum yield strength of 34.5 KN/sq.m and will conform to the
CONTROL NUMBER
physical specifications of ASTM A-792 Grade 50B.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Zinc/aluminum coating shall be a hot dip galvanization process conforming to

DATE:
ASTM Specification A 525 with a coating class of G-90 (275 g/m2) or its
BY:
equivalent.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Panel Profile: Panel shall have 20 mm-25 mm deep ribs.
The factory bonded insulated foam both aluminum and G.I. panels shall be
ENGG CERT
1.0 meter wide, 120 mm-125 mm thick single span where required to avoid
the end lap joint, the panel shall present a fluted surface externally and flat
internally. The two metal skins shall sandwich 120 mm-125 mm of
polyisocyanurate foam or polyurethene foam core insulation having a "U"
value of 0.18 w/sq.mm deg. cent. (0.032 btu/hours. ft2, deg. F.) this value
shall be certified by a recognized independent laboratory in accordance with
ASTM C-236 (Ashrae Winter Design) with 15 mile per hour wind outside, still
air inside.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
5. Insulation Foam: The insulation foam shall comply with UBC 1712 and UBC
Chapter 32 and the following:
a. The insulation shall be poured in place rigid expanded

polyisocyanurate foam or polyurethene foam with a minimum 95%
closed cell structure.
b. Density shall be 32 to 40 (kg/cu.m) minimum; determined in

accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM D 1622.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
c. Tensile strength shall be 3.0 kg/sq.cm (minimum); determined in

06/01/22
accordance with the procedure specified in ASTM C 297.

DATE
d. Compressive strength shall be 1.62 kg/sq.cm (minimum); determined

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
in accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM C 365.
ENGINEER
C. Sealer: Sealer for sidelaps and endlaps shall be 12 mm dia. bed caulk filled. The
DATE:
sealer shall be non-asphaltic, non-shrinking, and non-toxic and shall have superior
PROJECT
ENGINEER adhesion to metals, plastic and painted surfaces at temperature from 50 deg. C to +
104 deg. C.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Fasteners: The roof panels shall be secured to the structural frame with a bolted
hexagonal combination washer stainless steel self-tapping screws with combination
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
washers. Flashings and accessories shall be installed with stainless steel type sheet
AGENCY metal screws and/or stainless steel pop rivets as per manufacturer's standard
practice.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Gutter: Eave gutters shall be box shaped, color-coated, 0.8 mm nominal thickness
aluminum and pre-painted as per panel manufacturer's recommendation.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
F. Flashing, Trim and Closures: Flashing and/or trim shall be furnished at the rake,
VERIFICATION
ridge, corners, eaves, and wherever necessary to provide weather tightness and
EDSD
finished appearance. Color shall match roof panel color.

DATE:
BY:
G. Structural Tests: The panel structural designs shall have been verified by witnessed
structural tests for wind loads by the "Chamber Method" as outlined in ASTM E-72.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Standard test design load shall be 1,000 newton per square meter positive or
(DCC) NO. _____________________
negative simulated wind load and a deflection limit of L/180 under positive loading.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. Side Joints: The side joints for roofing shall be of a concealed type covered by a roll-
formed batten strip. This batten strip is fastened on both sides with stainless steel
ENGG CERT
pop rivets at 400 mm on center staggered.
The roofing side joints shall have two lines of field applied sealant # JS 800 butyl
sealant one on each side below the batten strip.
I. Air Infiltration: The side and end lap joints of the panels shall provide virtually no heat
loss and no measurable air infiltration when tested by a recognized independent
testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E-283 (Test of rate of Air leakage) with a
DESCRIPTION
static pressure difference of 5.0 PSF to 20 PSF.

Issued for IFC
J. Water Penetration: The side and end lap joints of the panels shall provide virtually no
water penetration when tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory in
accordance with ASTM E-331 (Test of Water Penetration) with a static pressure
difference of 5.0 PSF to 20 PSF.
2.03 Fabrication
A. Unit Width: 900 mm width coverage.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Rib Unit Depth: 6-25 mm minimum.

06/01/22
DATE
C. Rib Spacing: Approximately 300 mm on centers.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.04 Coating for Single Skin Panel
ENGINEER
A. Coating for single skin panel shall conform to the following:

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Base Metal: ASTM A 792 Grade 50B Steel.
DATE: 2. Substrate: Zincalumine AZ 150

CERTIFIED
3. Pretreatment: Proprietary corrosion resistant conversion coating.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 4. Primer Coat: Universal corrosion inhibitive epoxy primer, 5 microns
nominal thickness, applied both sides.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
5. Finish Coat: Modified polyester polymer, 20 microns nominal
thickness
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EDSD
DATE:
3.01 Erection
BY:
A. General: Install roof panel units in accordance with approved shop drawings and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
manufacturer's recommendations. Unless otherwise indicated, install all units in a

(DCC) NO. _____________________
manner to resist gross uplift forces specified.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Placing Metal Roof Panel: Accurately position deck units on supporting framework
and adjust to final position with proper bearing before permanently securing.
ENGG CERT
C. Installing Accessories: Provide all other accessories required to achieve weather

tightness.
D. The panels shall be secured to the structural frame with stainless steel self-tapping
screws with combination washers.
E. Flashings and accessories shall be installed with stainless steel type sheet metal
DESCRIPTION
screws and/or stainless steel pop rivets as per manufacturer's standard practice.
Issued for IFC
3.02 Completed Work
A. Remove smears, stains and other materials resulting from installation.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 05500
ENGG CERT
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Related Work
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
2.02 Fabrication
2.03 Bollards
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Steel
2.05 Aluminum
2.06 Galvanizing
06/01/22
DATE
2.07 Manufacturer
NO.
REV
00
Part 3 - Execution
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
3.01 General
DATE: 3.02 Painting
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Contractor shall furnish, erect, install, set and fasten decorative fences, enclosures
and gate panels, aluminum railings, bollards, aluminum ladder and all miscellaneous
DATE: metal items.
OPERATIONS
1.02 Related Work

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Section 03400 – Precast Concrete

DATE:
BY:
C. Section 09900 - Painting

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specification for the Design,

ENGG CERT
Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings".
B. American Welding Society "Structural Welding Code" D1.1, with amendments to date.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 36, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

DESCRIPTION
2. ASTM A 53, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated
Issued for IFC
Welded and Seamless.
3. ASTM A 123, Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron

and Steel Products.
4. ASTM A153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
5. ASTM A 325, Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
6. ASTM B117, Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.

06/01/22
DATE
7. ASTM B136, Method for Measurement of Stain Resistance of Anodic

Coatings on Aluminum.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 8. ASTM B137, Test Method for Measurement of Coating Mass Per Unit Area of
Anodically Coated Alumiinum.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 9. ASTM B244, Test Method for Measurement of Thickness of Anodic Coatings
on Aluminum and of Other Non-conductive Coatings on Non-magnetic Basis
DATE: Metals with Eddy - Current Instruments.
CERTIFIED
D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. AASHTO-M183.
2. AASHTO-M11.
DATE:
3. AASHTO-M64.
OPERATIONS
E. Ministry of Transport - The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia - General Specification for

DATE: Roads and Bridges.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.04 Submittals
EDSD
DATE:
A. Manufacturer's literature describing standard items.

BY:
B. Shop drawings showing materials, sizes, finishes, locations, attached hardware and
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
fittings, and details for manufactured items and fabricated metal work, including field
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
erection details showing cuts, copes, connections, holes, and field, by symbols
conforming to AWS standards. Indicate coating or other protection against corrosion.
ENGG CERT
C. Setting diagrams, erection plans, templates and directions for installation of backing
plates, anchors, and other such similar items.
D. Material compliance certification with standards designated.
E. Aluminum color sample.
F. All steel work shall comply with the requirements of SAES-M-001, SAES-W-011, 12-
DESCRIPTION
SAMSS-007 and 20-SAMSS-001 where applicable.

Issued for IFC
l.05 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Identify and match-mark, all materials, items and fabrications, for installation and field
assembly.
B. Deliver items to job site as complete units, wherever practicable, ready for installation
or erection, with all anchors, hangers, fasteners and miscellaneous metal items
required for installation.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Carefully handle and store materials, protected from weather, rusting and other
06/01/22
damage.
DATE
D. Store structural shapes, pipes, tubes sheets and aluminum fabrication off the ground,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
evenly laid horizontal on sufficient and suitable supports.
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.01 Materials
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Steel plates and structural steel shapes shall conform to ASTM A36.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Sheet Steel shall be cold-rolled or hot-rolled carbon sheet steel conforming to ASTM
AGENCY Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality, Designation
A366 or ASTM Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon, (0.15 maximum, percent),
DATE:
Hot-rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality, Designation A1011, as appropriate.
OPERATIONS
Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
DATE: Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, Designation A53.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Stainless steel shall be Type 316 unless otherwise indicated or specified.

EDSD
DATE:
Aluminum work shall be fabricated of plates, rolled or extruded shapes, sheets or

BY:
castings conforming (unless otherwise permitted or indicated) to the following alloy

and temper designation of The Aluminum Association:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Structural rolled or extruded Shapes 6061-T6

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Extruded Shapes 6063-T5
Plates 6061-T6
Castings 214
ENGG CERT
Sheets Alclad 3003-H114 and 3003

Bolts and Nuts 2024-T4
Pipe Railings 6063-T6
Contractor shall furnish Saudi Aramco with mill certificates and a signed statement
from the fabricator that all aluminum work furnished is of the proper alloys, as
specified above.
DESCRIPTION
B. Stainless Steel
Issued for IFC
1. Type 302 or 304, ASTM A276, A167, or as applicable to the Work.
C. Stainless Steel Fasteners
2.02 Fabrication
A. General.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Fabricate true to shape, size and tolerances as indicated and specified with
straight lines, rounds and square corners or smooth bends; free from twists,
06/01/22
kinks, warps, dents, and other imperfections. Straighten work bent by

DATE
shearing or punching.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2. Dress exposed edges and ends of metal smooth, with no sharp edges and
ENGINEER with corners slightly rounded. Construct connections and joints exposed to
weather exclude water.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3. Provide sufficient quantity and size of anchors for the proper fastening of
work.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Fabricated Products:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Pipe sleeves in concrete construction: Weld standard weight black steel pipe,
AGENCY with anchors to exterior as required to accommodate passage of conduits,
pipes, ducts and similar items.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. All aluminum welding shall be done by the inter-gas shielded - arc as fluxless
resistance techniques.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3. All aluminum forming operations must be done prior to finishing and

VERIFICATION
anodizing.
EDSD
DATE:
2.03 Bollards
BY:
A. Steel bollards shall be fabricated as shown on the Drawings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.04 Steel
A. Fences, enclosures and Gates: Fences, enclosures and gates shall be fabricated
ENGG CERT
in panels as indicated on the Drawings. Steel shapes and plates shall conform to
ASTM A36. Nuts, bolts, rivets, washers and anchorage devices shall conform to
ASTM A 325. Thickness for 50 mm square hollow steel shall be 3 mm.
Fabrication shall be as specified in Part 2.02 of this section. All fence steel
members, gates and geometries shall be painted and the color to be used shall be
coordinated with Saudi Aramco. Painting shall conform to Section 09900 of the
Specifications. Shop drawings and fence paint color samples shall be submitted to
Saudi Aramco Representative for approval prior to fabrication.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
2.05 Aluminum
A. Aluminum Pipe Railings:
The aluminum pipe railings shall be all-welded railings fabricated as indicated and
shall consist of 50 mm (2 in.) IPS, Schedule 80 aluminum pipe, alloy 6063-T6 for
stanchions and 50 mm (2 in.) Schedule 80 aluminum pipe, alloy 6063-T6 for top rails,
40 mm (1-1/2 in.) Schedule 80 aluminum pipe, alloy 6063-T6 intermediate rails and
returns. The railings shall be fabricated in panels with joints made in a neat and
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
inconspicuous manner. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth. All pipe rail
stanchions shall be reinforced with 200 mm (8 in.) long 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) diameter
06/01/22
solid aluminum rod inserts at the bottom of the stanchions.

DATE
Handrail stanchions mounted on the top of the stair stringers shall be fitted over and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
fastened to the reinforcing rods with two 13 mm (1/2 in.) flat head machine screws
ENGINEER and fillet welds at the base. The reinforcing rods shall be welded to aluminum angles
for bolting to the stringers.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Guard rail stanchions, side mounted to concrete, shall be welded to 8 mm extruded
aluminum brackets. The brackets shall be secured to the concrete with four, 13 mm
DATE: (1/2 in.) diameter type 316 stainless steel expansion bolts.
CERTIFIED
Railings shall extend 1.075 m (42 in.) above concrete and include a top rail and two
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
intermediate rails of 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) Schedule 40 aluminum pipe welded to 50 mm
AGENCY (2 in.) Schedule 80 aluminum pipe posts spaced at maximum 2.00 m (5 ft.) on
centers. Railings shall be provided with toe plates of 10.2 cm x 5.72 cm x 0.64 cm (4
DATE:
in. x 2-1/4 in. x 1/4 in.) aluminum bent plate coped at top or 0.64 cm x 10.2 cm (1/4 in.
OPERATIONS
x 4 in.) aluminum plate fastened to post. Bottom of toe plate shall be 0.64 cm (1/4 in.)
above concrete. Distance between railings and top of top plates shall not exceed
DATE: 27.9 cm (11 in.).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Floor Hatch Scuttle: Furnish and install single leaf floor hatch scuttle in sizes indicated
EDSD
on Drawing.
DATE:
BY:
C. Aluminum Plate Covers and Frames:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
1. Aluminum Tread Cover: Provide with acceptable nonskid surface, reinforced

(DCC) NO. _____________________
with aluminum bars and angles welded to underside of cover. Cover to

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
support uniform superimposed load of 100 psf for span with deflection less
than 1/4 in., based on allowable fiber stress of 16,000 psi unless otherwise
indicated. Fit covers neatly and accurately in frames.
ENGG CERT
2. Hinged: Hinge cover to frame with 316 stainless steel, heavy duty plain
bearing hinges and 316 stainless steel pins. Attach hinges to cover and frame
with 316 stainless steel machine screws. Provide flush lift handles made from
1/2 in. dia 061-T6 alloy rod. Maximum size of single-leaf cover plate, 3 ft.
square.
3. Frames: Provide aluminum angle frames. Miter corners, weld joints and grind
DESCRIPTION
smooth where exposed. Weld strap anchors for securing in concrete floor
Issued for IFC
and 1/2 in. diameter stainless steel bolts for securing to concrete wall, where
applicable.
4. All aluminum items embedded in concrete shall be provided with a protective

coating against electrolysis. Coating shall be as specified under Specification
Section 09900.
2.06 Galvanizing
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Zinc-coated by hot-dip process in conformity with ASTM - A153.

06/01/22
2.07 Manufacturer
DATE
A. Decorative Steel Fences, Enclosures and Gate Panels: Al Khodary Heavy Industries.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Or approved equal.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE: 3.01 General

CERTIFIED
A. Accurately set and properly secure in place. Where bolted connections are used,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
draw closely together and draw nuts tightly.
AGENCY
B. Locate anchors and anchor bolts and build into connecting work. Insert expansion
DATE:
holes into drilled holes.
OPERATIONS
C. Set stairs in manholes and other structures prior to pouring concrete in place.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
D. Accurately set anchors and bolts with tie bars at tubular steel framed post embedded
VERIFICATION
into precast concrete.

EDSD
DATE:
3.02 Painting
BY:
A. Conform to Section 09900.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 06100
ENGG CERT
ROUGH CARPENTRY
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
2.02 Treated Wood
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Installation
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 1 - GENERAL
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Work in this Section includes but is not limited to, wood nailers, blocking, stripping,
sleepers, roof cants and moulding.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
AGENCY
B. Section 07531, Roofing System.

DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Section 08211, Flush Wood Doors.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Applicable Standards: Conform to the following standards:

EDSD
DATE:
1. USPS PS 1: Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood.

BY:
2. USPS PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
3. American Wood-Preservers' Institute (AWPI).

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. American Plywood Association (APA).
ENGG CERT
5. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB).
6. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA).
B. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work: scribe and cope as required for
accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar
supports to allow proper attachment of other work.
DESCRIPTION
C. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials dry during delivery and storage. Protect
Issued for IFC
against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber
and plywood, and provide air circulation within stacks.
D. Protection: Protect installed carpentry work from damage by work of other trades until
acceptance of work by Saudi Aramco.
E. Identification: Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood to identify the type,
grade, agency providing inspection service, producing mill and other qualities as
specified herein.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.04 Submittals
06/01/22
DATE
A. Certificate: Submit a Certificate of Inspection issued by an independent inspection

agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee stating grade of
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
lumber, treatment quality and moisture content at time of delivery.
ENGINEER
B. Wood Treatment Data: Submit chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for

DATE:
proper use of each type of treated material.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
C. Pressure Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by treating plant
DATE: stating chemicals and process used, net amount of salts retained and conformance
CERTIFIED
with applicable standards.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Shop Drawings: Showing details for counter tops, hanging cabinet, built-in closet,
AGENCY door frames, architrave and moulding.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE: 2.01 Materials

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Lumber, General:
EDSD
DATE:
1. Standard: For each use, comply with "American Softwood Lumber Standard"
BY:
PS 20 by U.S. Department of Commerce. Provide lumber complying with

grading rules which conform to requirements of "National Grading Rule for

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Dimension Lumber" of American Lumber Standards Committee established

(DCC) NO. _____________________
under PS 20.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S.
ENGG CERT
b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at

time of dressing and comply with dry size requirements of PS 20.
B. Lumber, Grade:
1. Southern Pine No. 2 (SPIB).
2. Douglas Fir "Construction" grade (WWPA).

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3. Select beechwood.
C. Plywood (Interior): Softwood plywood, interior type APA, Group 1, Grade B-B where
unexposed, Grade A-B, where one side is exposed, identified with DFPA Grade
Treatment of the American Plywood Association meeting USPS, PS 1.
D. Hardware: Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, washers, steel plates, straps and other
carpenter's iron of type, size and finish best suited for the intended use. hardware of
exterior use; galvanized.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Water-Borne Preservative: Chromated copper arsenate (CCA) conforming to

06/01/22
requirements of AWPI Standard LP-2.

DATE
2.02 Treated Wood

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Preservative Treatment: Pressure-treat above ground lumber and plywood with water
borne preservative comply with applicable requirements of American Wood
DATE:
Preservers Institute (AWPI). Mark each treated item to comply with AWPI Quality
PROJECT
ENGINEER Mark requirements for specified requirements. Pressure-treat above-ground items
with water-borne preservative complying with AWPI LP-2. After treatment, kiln-dry to
DATE: a maximum moisture content of 15%. Treat indicated items and following:
CERTIFIED
1. Wood cants, nailers, blocking, stripping and similar members in connection

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
with roofing, flashing and waterproofing.
AGENCY
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed

DATE:
members in contact with masonry or concrete.
OPERATIONS

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.01 Installation
EDSD
DATE:
A. Materials: Use only sound, thoroughly seasoned materials of longest practical

BY:
lengths and sizes to minimize jointing. Use materials free from warp which cannot be
easily corrected by anchoring and attachment. Sort out and discard warped material
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
and material with other defects which would impair quality of work.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. General: Erect all nailers, blocking, grounds, framing, bracing, scaffolding and other
rough carpentry detailed or required to complete the Project. Install all work plumb,
level, in true alignment, closely fitted and rigidly fastened into place. Exercise care in
ENGG CERT
spiking and nailing using spikes and nails of proper size so as not to split the
members. Drill members accurately for bolting. Provide suitable washers under
heads and/or nuts and draw nut and bolt up tight.
C. Nailers and Blocking: Anchor nailers or blocking embedded in or adjacent to

concrete, anchored to steel, or covered with metal with bolts, straps, nails or as
detailed.
DESCRIPTION
D. Grounds: Anchor full size grounds with nails or screws.

Issued for IFC
E. Plywood: Anchor plywood with nails or anchors of type, size and spacing
recommended by the American Plywood Association.
- END OF SECTION -
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 06620
ENGG CERT
SOLID SURFACING MATERIALS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
1.02 Related Work

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.08 Warranty
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 Material
06/01/22
2.03 Fabrication
DATE
Part 3 - Execution
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.01 Examination
3.02 Installation
DATE:
3.03 Cleaning
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.04 Protection
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.01 Description
AGENCY
A. Work under this section includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing solid
DATE:
polymer products, as indicated and specified herein.
OPERATIONS
1.02 Related Work

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Supports for countertops and sinks.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Plumbing piping and trim.

DATE:
BY:
C. Cabinet and fixture work.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. C501, Test Method for Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile
ENGG CERT
by the Taber Abraser.
2. D256, Test Method for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance
Notched Specimen of Plastics.
3. D570, Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.
4. D638, Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
5. D696, Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics

Between - 30C and 30C.
6. D2583, Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a

Barcol Impressor.
7. E84, Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
LD.3, High Pressure Decorative Laminates.

06/01/22
DATE
1.04 Submittals
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color book showing colors of actual
ENGINEER material in not smaller than 1-1/2 in. size. Following selection of colors, submit
samples as specified above.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Shop Drawings: Fabricator shall provide detailed and dimensioned shop drawings
showing all details of fabrication, edging, sink installation, coving, and seams, indicate
DATE: fastener types and locations, sealant proposed for use, and fabrication details of
CERTIFIED
support brackets.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit complete manufacturer's fabrication and
AGENCY installation instructions.
DATE:
D. Upon completion, furnish Saudi Aramco with one set of manufacturer's recommended
OPERATIONS
cleaning procedure.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation of the solid polymer shall be by a firm that is

EDSD
approved by the manufacturer and that can demonstrate successful experience in

DATE:
installing finish carpentry items similar in type and quality to those required for this
BY:
Project.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. The material shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation for use in food
(DCC) NO. _____________________
service and health care facilities.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. Transport and handle sheets and fabricated items by methods that will prevent
damage and defacing.
B. Storage: If units are not installed immediately upon delivery to site, store in covered
location, off the ground or floor, and cover with moisture-and stain-resistant paper or
plastic.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Obtain and comply with manufacturer advice for optimum temperature and humidity
conditions for the solid polymer during its storage and installation.
1.08 Warranty
A. Furnish the manufacturer's ten year warranty against defective materials and
workmanship.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
06/01/22
2.01 Manufacturers
DATE
A. Avonite Inc., 1945 S. Highway 304, Belen, NM 87002 (800) 4-Avonite.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. I.E. Dupont de Nemours and Co. Inc. of Wilmington, Delaware, USA 19898.
available through Al-Khatt Al-Khaleegiah Co.
DATE:
P. O. Box 8103
PROJECT
ENGINEER Dammam-31482, KSA
Tel: 966-13-833 3501
DATE: Fax: 966-13-833 0972
CERTIFIED
C. Topstone, Al-Romaizan Factory for Solid Surfaces

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
P. O. Box 50855
AGENCY Riyadh-11533, KSA
Tel: 966-11-464 7333
DATE:
Fax: 966-11-465 6925
OPERATIONS
D. Approved equal.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2.02 Material
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. General: The material shall be non-porous, homogeneous blend of polyester/acrylic

DATE:
alloy and fillers to create a material that looks like stone, but cuts like wood. The color
BY:
and pattern shall extend throughout the material. The material shall be in 1/4 in., 1/2
in. or 3/4 in. thickness as indicated, in one piece wherever possible.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Properties: The material shall conform to the following properties:
ENGG CERT
Property Crystelle Test Method

Class I
Specific Gravity 27.0 (grams/cu. in.)
Hardness 58 ASTM D2583
Elongation (percent) 0.36 ASTM D638
Tensile strength (psi) 3,520 ASTM D638
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
Tensile modulus 11 x 105 ASTM D638

Abrasion resistance @ 1000 0.9 ASTM C501
cycles, grams
Water absorption after 24 0.05 ASTM D570
hours, percent
Izod impact foot pounds per 0.3 ASTM D256
inch
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Linear thermal expansion 2.4 x 105 ASTM D696

Weight per square foot, 1/2 in. 4.0
06/01/22
DATE
thickness, pounds
Flame spread classification I ASTM E84
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
C. Fabrication and Installation Materials:
DATE:
PROJECT 1. Joint Adhesive: Type recommended by manufacturer, in color to match the
ENGINEER
material.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2. Silicone Sealant: Type recommended by manufacturer.
DATE:
2.03 Fabrication
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. Countertops shall be thickness as indicated, one piece wherever possible, and with
DATE:
flush joints sealed with joint adhesive where required. Use sheets in consecutive
OPERATIONS order as numbered by manufacturer, whenever possible. Shop fabricate in largest
sections possible for transporting and building access.
DATE:
B. Ease top and front edges and corners.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Material panelling shall be fabricated of 1/4 in. thick material unless otherwise
EDSD
indicated. Vertical seams in wet areas shall be joined as detailed.

DATE:
BY:
D. Material shall be fabricated to field measurements. Seams shall be located where

CERTIFICATE
shown on approved shop drawings. Provide seam blocks under all seams where
23-10028-0001-008
necessary in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. Edge details shall be as shown on the Drawings.
ENGG CERT
F. Backsplash height shall be as shown on the Drawings.
G. Backsplashes shall be field installed, with tight, sealed joints.
H. Finish of exposed surfaces shall be according to the methods prescribed by the

manufacturer.
I. Cutouts for sinks furnished by others shall be smooth and uniform without saw marks.
DESCRIPTION
The top and bottom of sink openings shall be finished smooth. Corners of sink
Issued for IFC
cutouts may be radiused to a minimum of 1/4 in.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Examination
A. Verify that counters and supports are suitable for installation in accordance with shop
drawings.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
A. Install tops in locations indicated, conforming to manufacturer's recommended

installation procedures. Set tops on supports, and anchor using fasteners shown on
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
approved submittals.
ENGINEER
B. Use silicone sealant for attaching backsplashes and reveal edges. Seal all joints with
DATE:
sealant.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
C. Field joints shall be hard seamed unless otherwise specified.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.03 Cleaning
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. At completion of Work, remove all excess material, dirt, dust, trash and other
AGENCY materials resulting from the installation. Clean surfaces of the installed material,
remove all labels, and leave the area clean.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.04 Protection
DATE: A. Provide suitable protection on counters and other surfaces of the solid polymer to
CONTROL NUMBER
protect the installation from damage until final acceptance. Place temporary covers
VERIFICATION
over the polymer sinks to preclude their use for construction purposes.
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
- END OF SECTION -
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07100
ENGG CERT
DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Submittals
1.05 Qualifications
1.06 Regulatory Requirements
1.07 Pre-installation Conference
1.08 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
1.09 Environmental Requirements
1.10 Coordination
1.11 Warranty
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
DATE
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 Materials
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
3.01 Preparation
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.02 Application
DATE: 3.04 Cleaning
CERTIFIED
3.05 Protection
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
1.01 Description
OPERATIONS
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and applying
DATE: waterproofing membrane as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
A. Section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete.

BY:
B. Section 07243 – Roof Deck Insulation.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Section 09260 – Gypsum Board Systems.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Section 15430 – Plumbing Specialties.
ENGG CERT
1.03 References
A. ASTM D5 - Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous Materials.
B. ASTM D36 - Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring-and-Ball Apparatus).
C. ASTM D570 – Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastic.

DESCRIPTION
D. ASTM D828 – Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper and Paperboard Using
Issued for IFC
Constant-Rate-Of-Elongation Apparatus.
E. ASTM E96 – Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
F. ASTM E154 – Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth
Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover.
G. ASTM G53 – Practice for Operating Light and Water – Exposure Apparatus
(Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of Non-Metallic Materials.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
H. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and Waterproofing

06/01/22
Manual.
DATE
I. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE:
A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01000 and 02000.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination detail conditions, and conditions of

DATE: interface with other materials.
CERTIFIED
C. Product Data: Provide characteristics on membrane materials, and insulation.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. Samples: Submit two 12 x 12 inch (300 x 300 mm) in size illustrating roof membrane
and protection membrane.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special precautions required for
seaming the membrane.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified

VERIFICATION
requirements.
EDSD
DATE:
G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit under provisions of Section 01400.

BY:
H. Reports: Indicate procedures followed, ambient temperatures, humidity, and wind

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
velocity during application.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.05 Qualifications
ENGG CERT
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this

section with three years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with 3 years
documented experience and approved by system manufacturer.
C. Work of this section to conform to manufacturer's instructions.

DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
A. Conform to UL code for roof assembly fire hazard requirements.
B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Design No. P920.
A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section, under provisions of
Division 1.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related Work.

06/01/22
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Sections 01000,
ENGINEER 01005 and 02000.
DATE:
B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, seals and
PROJECT
ENGINEER labels intact.
DATE: C. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather.
DATE:
B. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than
OPERATIONS
can be weatherproofed during same day.
DATE: 1.10 Coordination

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01000.

EDSD
DATE:
1.11 Warranty
BY:
A. For warranty, refer to Schedule “A”.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Warranty: Cover damage to building resulting from failure to prevent penetration of
water.
ENGG CERT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacturers
A. Bitumat Company Limited

P.O. Box 7487
Dammam-31462, K.S.A.
Tel. 966-13-812-1210/812-1213
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Tremco Limited
P.O. Box 61331
Riyadh-11565, K.S.A.
Tel. 966-11-544-07379
Fax: 966-11-416-0940
C. DWI
Dermabit, Waterproofing Industries Co. Ltd.
Al Khobar, K.S.A.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Tel. 966-13-882-3986
Fax: 966-13-887-8025
06/01/22
DATE
D. Or approved equal.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.02 Materials
ENGINEER
A. Polyflame: Atactic polypropylene modified membrane as manufactured by bitumat or

DATE:
approved equal. The waterproofing membrane shall be a single-ply 4 mm to 5 mm
PROJECT
ENGINEER thick modified bitumen membranes with a reinforcement of 200 gsm non woven,
polyester fabric and shall be produced from a blend of special polypropylene
DATE: thermoplastic polymers and distilled bitumen.
CERTIFIED
B. Finishes:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. For covered applications, the waterproofing membrane shall have fine sanded
upper surface.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. For exposed applications, the waterproofing membrane shall have a coloured
slate granule surfacing colour as approved by Saudi Aramco Representative
DATE: from manufacturer’s standard range.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
BY:
3.01 Preparation
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Insure that surfaces are clean, dry and free from dust and dirt, and otherwise
(DCC) NO. _____________________
prepared as recommended by the material manufacturer.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.02 Application
ENGG CERT
A. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s installation specification and data sheets.
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400.
B. Correct identified defects or irregularities.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation materials' manufacturers daily

during installation of the Work.
3.04 Cleaning
A. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by Work of this section, consult
manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their instructions.
B. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by Work of this section.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.05 Protection
06/01/22
DATE
A. Protect building surfaces against damage from roofing work.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces.
ENGINEER
DATE:
- END OF SECTION -
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07110
ENGG CERT
SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Applicable Codes and Standards
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.05 Product Handling
Part 2 - Products
2.01 General
2.02 Materials
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
3.02 Protection
3.03 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.01 Description
DATE: A. General: All underground reinforced concrete structures when located within the
CERTIFIED
water table and the capillary fringe and as shown on the Drawings shall be totally
enveloped (tanked) with waterproofing membrane.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY This section does not cover reinforced concrete structures above the water table and
out of capillary fringe.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Work Included: This section covers the furnishing and installation of membrane
waterproofing materials as required on concrete structures. Contractor shall furnish
DATE: all labor, materials, tools and equipment required to complete the Work.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

EDSD
1. Section 01005 - Miscellaneous Requirements.

DATE:
BY:
2. Section 01400 - Quality Control.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
3. Section 02210 - Excavation, Trenching, Back-filling and Compacting.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
ENGG CERT
1.02 Applicable Codes and Standards
A. The following codes and standards are intended to provide an acceptable level of
quality for materials and products. The requirements of latest editions of these codes
and standards shall apply. In case of conflict between these standards and text of
this Specification, the Specification text shall govern:
1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials:

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
a. ASTM D 41 - Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,

Damproofing and Waterproofing.
b. ASTM D1751 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for

Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and
Resilient Bituminous Types).
c. ASTM D4586 - Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-

Free.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
d. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

06/01/22
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of all work and materials to be used in
ENGINEER the Work and shall propose quality control program for review. The program shall
cover shop inspection, field supervision and the installation procedures in compliance
DATE:
with Section 01400 - Quality Control.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.04 Submittals
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Contractor shall submit the following information, data and drawings, to the Saudi Aramco
Representative:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Before Commencing Work:
DATE:
1. Manufacturer's recommended specification and instructions for transporting,
OPERATIONS
handling and storage of materials.
DATE: 2. Certificate of compliance stating that the materials used and the installation
CONTROL NUMBER
procedures conform to all requirements of this Specification.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
3. Qualifications of the waterproofing membrane installers.

DATE:
BY:
4. Contractor's proposed installation procedures based on instructions and

recommendations by the manufacturer.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5. Manufacturer's Quality Control and Quality Assurance Program related to the
production, testing and handling.
ENGG CERT
6. Catalog data sheets related to proposed materials and 3 sets of samples for
all proposed materials.
B. At Completion of Work: As-built drawings prepared in accordance with Section 01000,

General Specifications.
1.05 Product Handling

DESCRIPTION
A. All materials shall be delivered to site in manufacturer's original containers and

Issued for IFC
pallets. Each container and pallet shall include a packing list in a waterproof envelop.
B. The materials shall be checked against packing lists on delivery to the work site and
shall be inspected for damage. Damaged materials shall be removed from the site.
C. Each container and individual roll of membrane sheet shall be labeled to show brand
name, type of material, lot and shelf life, date of manufacture, batch number and
instructions for storage and handling, if any.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
D. All materials shall be adequately protected during shipment, loading and unloading,
storage and installation against incidental damage, sunlight and UV radiation, rain,
06/01/22
and high temperatures.

DATE
E. The materials shall be stored in dry, shaded and covered areas. In open areas the
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
material shall be covered with a heavy duty black PVC sheet. The rolls of membrane
ENGINEER shall be stored vertically on a smooth hard surface.
DATE:
F. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent fire hazards in the storage area
PROJECT
ENGINEER and during installations.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 2 - PRODUCT
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.01 General
AGENCY
A. All materials and products covered by these Specifications shall be procured from an
DATE:
in-Kingdom manufacturer. Procurement of materials and products from an out-of-
OPERATIONS
Kingdom manufacturer/supplier must be approved by the Saudi Aramco
Representative.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2.02 Materials
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Membrane: Shall be preformed, cold applied, self-adhering, laminated sheet

DATE:
membrane. The laminate shall consist of glass fiber core coated on both side with a
BY:
polymer modified rubber bitumen compound. The membrane shall have a

polypropylene film bonded on one side and a siliconized release paper backing on the
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
adhesive side. The nominal thickness off the laminate shall be 1.5 mm. Moisture
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
vapor transmission rate shall not exceed 0.2 gm/m2/24 hours measured according to
ASTM E96.
ENGG CERT
The glass fiber core shall be nonwoven mat with minimum mass of 50 gms/m2.
B. Solar Reflective Membrane: Shall have similar construction as the membrane above
but the exposed face shall have solar reflective properties.
C. Primer: Shall be solvent based bituminous primer conforming to ASTM D41. The
primer shall be compatible with the membrane and shall ensure proper adhesion.
DESCRIPTION
D. Flashing Compound: Shall be trowel grade, cold applied rubberized bitumen cement,
Issued for IFC
conforming to ASTM D4586.
E. Fillets: Shall be extruded PVC triangular shaped 40 x 40 mm Sections coated with

self-adhesive compound.
F. Protection Board: Shall be either of the following:
1. 6 mm thick sandwich board. The core shall consist of fine aggregate bounded
in modified bitumen covered with 2 layers of tough asphalt paper.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. 12 mm thick sandwich board. The core shall consist of granulated cork bound
06/01/22
in modified bitumen and encased in 2 layers of tough asphalt paper

DATE
conforming to ASTM D1751.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3. 3 mm thick tempered masonite boards incorporating resin and impregnating
ENGINEER with hot drying oils.
DATE:
PROJECT

CERTIFIED
A. Typical installation details shall be in accordance with the Drawings, and Details for
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Membrane Waterproofing of Concrete Structure.
AGENCY
1. The concrete surfaces shall be dry and free of all dust and debris. All sharp
DATE:
protrusions shall be ground smooth and all hollows and honeycomb voids,
OPERATIONS
and similar surface defects shall be filled with approved concrete fillers in
accordance with Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. The concrete surfaces shall be painted with one coat of bitumen primer and
VERIFICATION
allowed to dry until touch dry.

EDSD
DATE:
3. The adhesive side of membrane sheets shall be unrolled onto prepared

BY:
surfaces after progressively peeling back the protective release paper. The
sheets shall be rolled to ensure exclusion of air under the membrane.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. A minimum lap of 75 mm shall be provided at the edges and 150 mm at the
ends between the adjacent sheets. Edge and end laps shall be rolled with
pressure to ensure complete adhesion.
ENGG CERT
5. One layer of membrane shall be laid directly over the horizontal surface of
blinding under the footings and a layer of sand/cement screed 25 mm thick
shall be cast over it before erecting forms for footings.
6. All angles and corners, external or internal, shall be reinforced with an extra
strip of 300 wide membrane sheet. The external and internal corners shall
have cut and cloaked membrane pieces.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
7. External corners shall have a minimum 25 mm chamfer and internal angles

between slab and walls shall be provided with a 40 x 40 mm preformed fillet.
8. In no case the membrane shall be stretched at the angles or corners. The

membrane shall be dressed and eased around corners and angles.
9. At the location of pipes through the walls and floor slabs, reinforcing strips and
collars shall be used.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
10. For structures projecting above ground, the membrane shall be extended at
least 150 mm above grade and terminated and finished in a 20 x 20 mm
06/01/22
chase in the concrete. The chase shall be pointed immediately with bitumen
DATE
flashing compound prior to backfilling.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
11. Portions of membrane exposed to sunlight and UV radiation shall be of solar
ENGINEER reflective construction and shall have an end lap of 200 mm.
DATE:
3.02 Protection
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. All below ground membrane surfaces shall be protected with protection boards before
DATE: the backfilling operations can begin.
CERTIFIED
B. On horizontal surfaces with membrane, where reinforcing steel is to be placed, 25

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
mm thick layer of sand/cement screed shall be cast. Placing of formwork,
AGENCY reinforcement and concrete shall only begin after the screed has sufficiently
hardened. Other membrane protection materials in lieu of screed may be used
DATE:
provide approval is obtained from the Saudi Aramco Representative.
OPERATIONS
C. Areas with membrane shall be protected either with screed or protection board at the
DATE: end of a working day. No storage of materials or traffic shall be allowed on the
CONTROL NUMBER
unprotected membraned areas.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
D. Care shall be exercised during the backfilling operations so as not to dislocate the
DATE:
protection boards and damage the membrane.

BY:
3.03 Inspection
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Before covering the installed membrane, a careful inspection shall be made of all
areas where membrane work has been completed. Any damaged to the membrane
shall be repaired by patching.
ENGG CERT
- END OF SECTION -
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07210
ENGG CERT
BUILDING INSULATION
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.04 References
1.05 System Description
1.06 Submittals
1.08 Sequencing
1.09 Coordination
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Manufacturers
06/01/22
2.02 Materials
DATE
2.03 Adhesives
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.01 Examination
DATE:
3.02 Installation
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing thermal
and acoustical insulation for exterior and interior walls respectively, as shown on the
DATE:
Drawings and specified herein, including all pertinent accessories required to
OPERATIONS
complete the Work.
DATE: 1.02 Related Sections

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Section 03400 - Precast Concrete.

BY:
C. Section 09260 – Gypsum Board Systems.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
D. Section 15241 – Mechanical Room Noise Isolation.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. Provide each blind as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including

hardware, accessory items, mounting brackets and fastenings. Furnish all blind units
of each type by one manufacturer.
1.04 References
A. ASTM C578 - Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.

DESCRIPTION
B. ASTM C612 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.
Issued for IFC
C. ASTM C728 - Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.
D. ASTM D2842 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics.
E. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
F. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
G. NFPA 255 - Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

06/01/22
H. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

DATE
1.05 System Description

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Materials of This Section: Provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure
elements in conjunction with thermal insulating materials.
DATE:
PROJECT
DATE: A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01000 and 02000.

CERTIFIED
B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics and performance criteria, and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
limitations.
AGENCY
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special environmental conditions

DATE:
required for installation and installation techniques.
OPERATIONS
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified

DATE: requirements.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are

BY:
detrimental to successful installation.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
1.08 Sequencing
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Sequence work under the provisions of Section 01000 and Contract Schedules.
B. Sequence work to ensure proper installation before access is restricted by placement

ENGG CERT
of precast elements, or other obtrusive items.
1.09 Coordination
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
2.01 Manufacturers
A. Carlisle Product
Available through
Isam Kabbani & Partners
Tel. 966-13-857-0034
Fax: 966-13-858-0331
B. Arabian Fiberglass Insulation Company

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Tel. 966-13-857-1519/2301
06/01/22
C. ATCO Group East & West Company

DATE
Tel. 966-13-847-2956
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
2.02 Materials
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Thermal Insulation shall be foamular 400, rigid extruded polystyrene board insulation
with integral “Foil Reinforced Kraft (FRK)” vapor barrier on one side as manufactured
DATE: by Carlisle or approved equal. Comply with ASTM C578 and conforming to the
CERTIFIED
following:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 1. Board Density: 2.2 pcf.
AGENCY
2. Board Size: 600 x 2400 mm.

DATE:
OPERATIONS 3. Board Thickness: 50 mm.
4. Thermal Resistance: R value @ 40oF: 10.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
5. Compressive Strength: 60 psi, min.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
6. Board Edges: Square.

DATE:
BY:
B. Acoustical insulation shall be fiberglass noise barrier batt insulation to comply with
ASTM E84 and ASTM E96 minimum thickness is 89 mm.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.03 Adhesives
A. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application.

ENGG CERT
B. Apply adhesive in three continuous beads per board length to full bed 3 mm (1/8 inch)
thick. Daub adhesive tight to protrusions.
C. Install boards on wall surface, vertically. Place membrane surface of insulation

against adhesive.
DESCRIPTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Issued for IFC
3.01 Examination
A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 02000.
B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation boards are dry and ready to
receive insulation.
3.02 Installation
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Install insulation only when construction has advanced to the point that remaining
06/01/22
construction operations will not damage the insulation.

DATE
B. Install thermal or acoustical insulation where shown on the Construction Drawings in

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, with the integral vapor/radiant barrier
ENGINEER of thermal insulation installed to the weather side. Fasten and support flanges to the
sides of the framing members to form a continuous vaportight seal.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Friction-fit or otherwise secure insulation to insure a continuous vaportight or
acoustical seal.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. A separate vapor/radiant barrier membrane shall be installed concurrently with the
erection of the metal stud system. Apply membrane to the weather side of the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
studwork, wrapped over top and bottom plates to form a continuous seal. Use tape to
AGENCY join adjacent sheets splice vapor barrier 75 mm minimum. Tape around window and
door openings.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
E. Fill cracks with insulation around exterior and interior window frames and exterior
door frames. An additional vapor/radiant barrier shall be applied to insure a
DATE: continuous seal to window and door barriers.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Cleaning: Remove trash, debris, equipment and parts from Work Site.
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
- END OF SECTION -
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07220
ENGG CERT
ROOF DECK INSULATION
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.04 References
1.05 Submittals
1.07 Sequencing
1.08 Coordination
1.09 Product Delivery and Storage
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Manufacturers
06/01/22
2.02 Materials
DATE
2.03 Adhesives
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.01 Installation
DATE:
3.02 Cleaning
PROJECT
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.01 Description
AGENCY
A. Work under this Section include, but is not limited to furnishing and installing roof deck
DATE:
insulation consisting of “Rigid Board Insulation” over entire roof area, 100% fastened
OPERATIONS
directly to the metal roof deck with structural concrete or hollow core slab with
mechanical fasteners and coordinated with the single ply membrane roofing system
DATE: attachment devices, etc., as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein,
CONTROL NUMBER
including all accessories required to complete the Work.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Section 03400 - Precast Concrete.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Section 07531, Roofing System.
D. Section 07920 – Sealants and Caulking.

ENGG CERT
A. Provide each blind as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including

hardware, accessory items, mounting brackets and fastenings. Furnish all blind units
of each type by one manufacturer.
B. Insulation must be compatible with the membrane roofing system provided.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Fire Ratings: Comply with fire resistance ratings as shown on the Drawings, and as
required by governing Authorities Codes and Standards, and comply with following
roof insulation requirements:
1. UL listing for “Roof Deck Construction” which are rated “Fire-Acceptable”.
1.04 References
A. ASTM C578 - Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. ASTM C612 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.
06/01/22
DATE
C. ASTM C728 - Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
D. ASTM D2842 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics.
ENGINEER
E. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER F. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
DATE: G. NFPA 255 - Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

CERTIFIED
H. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY I. FS-HH-I-1972/GEN - Insulation Board, Thermal, Faced, Polyisocynurate.
DATE:
1.05 Submittals
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics and performance criteria, and
VERIFICATION
limitations.
EDSD
DATE:
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special environmental conditions

BY:
required for installation and installation techniques.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified

(DCC) NO. _____________________
requirements.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are

detrimental to successful installation.
1.07 Sequencing
A. Sequence work under the provisions of Section 01000 and Contract Schedules.
B. Sequence work to ensure proper installation before access is restricted by placement

DESCRIPTION
of precast elements, or other obtrusive items.

Issued for IFC
1.08 Coordination
1.09 Product Delivery and Storage
A. Delivery: Deliver insulation undamaged and in a dry condition. Materials received

which are wet or otherwise damaged will be rejected and be replaced at no additional
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
cost to Saudi Aramco.

06/01/22
B. Storage: Store insulation on wood blocking and under a weathertight cover. Do not
DATE
store on new concrete or on the ground.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE:
2.01 Manufacturers
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. The Arabian Chemical Company

DATE: P.O. Box 5348, Dammam 31422
CERTIFIED
Tel. 966-13-827-1652
Fax 966-13-827-3623
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Saptex
Tel. 966-11-265-0980
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Arabian Fiberglass Insulation Company.
Tel. 966-13-847-1519
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.02 Materials
DATE:
BY:
A. Roof insulation shall be as follows:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
7. Polyisocyanurate HP (Isocyanurate with a heavy glass facer), conforming to

(DCC) NO. _____________________
the following:
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
a. Board Density: 1.5 pcf.
b. Board Size: 1200 x 2400 mm.
ENGG CERT
c. Board Thickness: 50 mm.

d. Thermal Resistance: R value @ 40oF: 15.00
e. Compressive Strength: 16 psi, min.
f. Board Edges: Square.
B. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Mechanical Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive mechanical fasteners for entire

DESCRIPTION
roof areas with required heads, washers or plates, of manufacturer and type
Issued for IFC
as approved by roofing membrane manufacturer, and by Factory Manual for

use with insulation to be provided. Provide fasteners of sufficient length to
penetrate the insulation and engage with the slab as applicable. The fastener
chosen shall be coordinated with the mechanical fastening system by the
roofing manufacturer.
2.03 Adhesives
A. Adhesive: type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE
3.01 Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. General: Keep insulation dry during and after application, and protect against
excessive foot and wheel traffic. Cut insulation to fit neatly around projections, pipes
DATE:
and vents through roofing. Lay insulation with joints over center of top flanges of
PROJECT
ENGINEER metal roof decking. Install only as much insulation as can be covered by roofing
membrane on the same day. Do not leave insulation exposed to sunlight or weather.
DATE: Seal all edges of insulation adjoining vertical surfaces as recommended by the
CERTIFIED
membrane roofing manufacturer.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Mechanically fasten the insulation (100%) using one fastener per every 0.60 sq.m of
AGENCY board and fastener spacing recommended by roof insulation manufacturer. Lay
insulation with long dimension at right angles to deck ribs with long joints continuous
DATE:
and end joints staggered. Ends and edges must abut over a deck rib to provide
OPERATIONS
support.
DATE: C. 0.06 inch EPDM membrane to be fully adhered over the insulation (refer to Section
CONTROL NUMBER
07531).
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.02 Cleaning
DATE:
BY:
A. Remove trash, debris equipment and parts from WORK Site.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.03 Protection
A. Finished roof areas shall be protected from damage by Contractor during

ENGG CERT
construction.
- END OF SECTION -
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07256
ENGG CERT
SPRAYED FIREPROOFING
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 Submittals
1.04 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling.
1.05 Site Condition
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Manufactures.
2.02 Materials
2.03 Mixes.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 3 - Execution
06/01/22
DATE
3.01 Preparation
3.02 Application
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.03 Patching and Cleaning
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 1 - GENERAL
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.01 Description
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Work under this section includes, but not limited to provide and apply sprayed – on
cementitious aggregate of fireproofing for structural members and underside of metal
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
decking as shown on Drawings, specified herein and required, complete and
AGENCY acceptable to Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
1.02 Quality Assurance:
OPERATIONS
A. Qualification of Applicator:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Licensed by a manufacturer of fireproofing materials.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Codes and Standards Requirements: Comply with applicable Codes and Standards
DATE:
Specified herein:
BY:
1. International Building Code Requirements for fire resistance rating of area to

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
receive sprayed fireproofing materials.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.: Fire Resistance Directory.
C. Testing:
ENGG CERT
1. Fire resistance rating of assemblies ASTM E-119.
2. Perform tests in field in accordance with IBC Standards.
3. 804 Density determination.
D. Rating Schedule: (Unless otherwise noted):

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. 1 Hour: Columns, beams, Girders, Underside of Metal Decking.
1.03 Submittals
Submit the following to Saudi Aramco Representative for approval.
A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s product specification and installation instructions for

each type of materials and application method required.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Test Reports: Certified test reports of acceptable testing agencies which perform
testing in accordance with ASTM E119.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Certificates:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Manufacturer’s certification that materials meet or exceed specification
ENGINEER requirements which include UL design numbers of members or sections being
fireproofed.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Applicator’s certification that material has been as specified to meet fire
resistance ratings. Thickness requirements, and application requirements
DATE: in conformance to UL Fire-Resistive Directives/Fire-Resistance Directory
CERTIFIED
Design.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.04 Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling
AGENCY
A. Deliver Materials in original, unopened package bearing name of the manufacturer

DATE:
and product identification.
OPERATIONS
B. Reject damaged package found unsuitable for use and remove from the Work Site.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Store Materials above the ground, under cover, and away from damp surfaces.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
D. Keep materials dry at all times.

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Environmental Conditions: Do not apply sprayed insulation when temperature of substrate

(DCC) NO. _____________________
materials is below 5 degrees C and the Surrounding air temperature is below 5 degrees C.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Protection:
ENGG CERT
A. Provide ventilation in areas to receive sprayed fireproofing, introducing fresh air

and exhausting air continually during and 24 hours after the application to maintain
a non toxic, unpolluted, safe working area.
B. Provide temporary enclosures to prevent spray from contaminating air.
C. Protect adjacent surface and equipment from damaged from over spray fall-out, and
dusting off of sprayed fireproofing materials.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
D. Provide fire extinguishers and post caution signs warning against smoking and open
flames when working with flammable materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacture’s
A. AVI – Arabian Vermiculite Industries

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
P. O. Box 7137,
Dammam 31462, Saudi Arabia
06/01/22
Tel: 966-13-847 1450

DATE
B. Faisal Al-Maimi Est.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
P. O. Box 30019,
ENGINEER Al-Khobbar – 3195, KSA
Tel. No. 857-7054
DATE:
Fax 857-9337
PROJECT
ENGINEER
C. Saudi Insulation and Fire Protection Ind.

DATE: P. O. Box 15374 Riyadh-11444, KSA
CERTIFIED
Tel. No. 478-3663/478-954
Telex 400692ALRAHA SJ
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. Or approved equal
DATE:
2.02 Materials
OPERATIONS
A. Sprayed-on Cementitous Aggregate Fireproofing: Perlite or vermiculite aggregate,

DATE: inorganic cement, and manufacturer’s standard asbestos-free reinforcement, fillers,
CONTROL NUMBER
and additives, for spray-on-cap application. Mix with water and with air at spray
VERIFICATION
nozzle to form a rigid, porous, noncombustible (passes ASTM E136 test) covering of
EDSD
uniform density and thickness as indicated. Apply in one or more courses, to provide
DATE:
fire-endurance rating as indicated in Paragraph 1.02, D “Rating Schedule.”

BY:
1. Dry Density: The field density shall be measured in accordance with ASTM E-
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
605. Minimum average density shall be that listed in the UL. Fir resistance
(DCC) NO. _____________________
directory or ICSO evaluation report.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Compressive Strength: The fire proofing shall not deflect more than 10%
when subjected to compressive forces of 24 kN/sq.m (500 psf) when tested in
ENGG CERT
accordance with ASTM E-761.
3. Corrosion Resistance: Fire proofing shall not promote corrosion of steel when
tested in accordance with ASME E-937.
4. Bond Strength: 9.6 kN/sq.m (200 psf) minimum (ASTM E-736) for each
application substrate.
DESCRIPTION
B. Provide fire proofing to the thickness required by UL Fire Resistance Directory Design
Issued for IFC
No. S715 to provide a one-hour fire proof rating. Unless otherwise noted provide
spray-on fire proofing to the following minimum thickness:
2. Steel Beams and Purlins 14.3mm (9/16”)
3. Steel Roof Deck (Bottom) 22.2mm (7/8”)
C. Water: Clean, free of mineral or organic substances.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.03 Mixes
06/01/22
A. Mix sprayed fireproofing materials as recommended by the manufacturer.

NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ENGINEER
3.01 Preparation
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Sand blast members to receive sprayed fireproofing to remove all paint and
incompatible materials. Metal surface cleanliness shall be grade SA2 (Commercial
DATE: through blast cleaning) in accordance with Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-H-101.
CERTIFIED
Metals shall be primed with paint compatible with fireproofing, see Section 05120 -
Structural Steel.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
B. Assure that clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate
DATE: the sprayed fireproofing are placed before installing fireproofing.
OPERATIONS
C. Verify that ducts, piping equipment, or other items, which would interfere with
DATE: application of fireproofing, are positioned until sprayed fireproofing Work is
CONTROL NUMBER
completed.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
D. Ensure that radiant barrier is provided to areas which need sprayed-on fireproofing.
DATE:
BY:
3.02 Application
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Apply sprayed fireproofing in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations, complying with fire rating requirements.
ENGG CERT
B. Provide thickness in accordance with the UL “Fire Resistance Directory Design”

with the corresponding fire rating of such structures or assemblies or as required
for compliance with indicated fire-endurance ratings, whichever is greater in each
instance. Extend fireproofing in full thickness over the entire area of each substrate
to be protected and to follow contours of the substrate. Except as otherwise shown
on the Construction Drawings or recommended by manufacturer, provide the body
of fireproof covering material in a single course.
DESCRIPTION
C. Provide sprayed-in place installation of fireproofing materials to the greatest extent

Issued for IFC
possible. Following spraying operation in each area. Complete the coverage by

trowelled installation or other appropriate placement method recommended by
manufacturer.
D. Maintain ambient conditions during installation and for the cure period following
installation, as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide ventilation and avoid
an excessive rate of drying. Protect from exposure to the sun.
E. Immediately upon completion of the spraying operation of fire proofing, request for
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Saudi Aramco Representative to ascertain the required thickness by applying the

measuring technique described in Method #1 of UBC standard. Section 43 803(c)
06/01/22
and approve the installations. Unsatisfactory conditions will be rectified to the

DATE
satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.03 Patching and Cleaning
ENGINEER
A. Cleaning: Immediately upon completion of spraying operations in each containable

DATE:
area of the object, remove over-spray and fall-out of materials from surfaces of the
PROJECT
ENGINEER Work and clean surfaces, to remove evidence of soiling. Repair or replace
damaged Work to an acceptable condition at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Coordinate installation of fireproofing with other work so as to minimize the need
for other trades to cut into or remove installed fireproofing. As other trades
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
successively complete installations of their Work, patch fireproofing installations
AGENCY which have been cut away to facilities such installations, so as to maintain
complete coverage of full thickness on all substrates to be protected with
DATE:
fireproofing. Trowel-applied fireproofing materials are acceptable for patching of
OPERATIONS
Work. Do not allow Work requiring patching to be covered over or otherwise
concealed before patching is completed.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Immediately upon completion of the spraying operation of fireproofing, request for

VERIFICATION
Saudi Aramco Representative to ascertain the required thickness by applying the

EDSD
measuring technique described in Method #1 of UBC standard, Section 43.803 (c)

DATE:
and approve the installations. Unsatisfactory conditions at the end shall be

BY:
rectified to the acceptance of Saudi Aramco Representative at no additional cost to

Saudi Aramco.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
- END OF SECTION -
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07531
ENGG CERT
ROOFING SYSTEM
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Submittals
1.05 Qualifications
1.07 Mockup
1.11 Coordination
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.12 Warranty
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
DATE
2.01 Manufacturers
NO.
REV
00
2.02 Membrane and Related Materials

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.01 General
3.02 Substrate Preparation
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
AGENCY
1.01 Description
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited, to furnishing and applying a fully
adhered non-reinforced “Membrane Roofing System” as shown on the Drawings and
DATE: specified herein, including all equipment, material and accessories required to
CONTROL NUMBER
complete the Work acceptable to Saudi Aramco Representative.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Section 03400 - Precast Concrete.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Section 07220 – Roof Deck Insulation

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
D. Section 15430 – Plumbing Specialties.

ENGG CERT
1.03 References
A. ASTM C177, Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurement and Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus.
B. ANSI/ASTM D412, Rubber Properties in Tension.

DESCRIPTION
C. ASTM D471, Test Method for Rubber Property – Effect of Liquids.

Issued for IFC
D. ASTM D573, Test Method for Rubber-Deterioration in an Air Oven.
E. ASTM D624, Rubber Property – Tear Resistance.
F. ANSI/ASTM D746, Brittleness Temperature of Plastic and Electrometric by Impact.
G. ASTM D751, Test Method for Coated Fabrics.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
H. ASTM D822, Practice for Conducting Tests on Paint and Related Coatings and
Materials Using Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Light and Water Exposure
06/01/22
Apparatus.
DATE
I. ASTM D1149, Test Method for Rubber-Deterioration-Surface Ozone Cracking in a

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Chamber.
ENGINEER
J. ASTM D1204, Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of Nonrigid

DATE:
Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated Temperature.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
K. ASTM D2137, Test Methods for Rubber Property - Brittleness Point of Flexible
DATE: Polymers and Coated Fabrics.
CERTIFIED
L. ASTM D2240, Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY M. ASTM E96, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
N. ASTM G26, Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc Type) With
and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
O. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly Classifications.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
P. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and Waterproofing

DATE:
Manual.
BY:
Q. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.04 Submittals
ENGG CERT
B. Samples: A single complete sample roofing section, 300 mm x 300 mm pieces

composed of all elements of the roofing system materials proposed for use. This
shall include a section of roof decking, roof insulation, mechanical fasteners,
reinforced roofing membrane and hypalon coating.
C. Manufacturer’s literature indicating the manufacturer’s recommended installation

DESCRIPTION
instructions and recommended precautions for fire protection.

Issued for IFC
D. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance, with each delivery.
E. “Membrane Roofing System” will not be approved unless it is part of a submittal which
includes required technical information on all components of the roofing that are to be
used including roof insulation, non-reinforced membrane, mechanical fasteners,
splicing cement, beading adhesive fastening strips, etc. Manufacturer must certify
that all these components are compatible.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.05 Qualifications
06/01/22
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this

DATE
section with three years documented experience.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with 3 years
ENGINEER documented experience and approved by system manufacturer.
DATE:
C. Work of this section to conform to manufacturer's instructions.
PROJECT
ENGINEER

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Conform to UL code for roof assembly fire hazard requirements.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Design No. P920.
AGENCY
C. Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM): Roof Assembly Classification, of

DATE:
Class 1 Construction, wind uplift requirement of I60, in accordance with FM
OPERATIONS
Construction Bulletin 1-28.
DATE: 1.07 Mockup

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Provide mockup of roof membrane system and associated components and

EDSD
accessories under provisions of Section 01400.

DATE:
BY:
B. Mockup Size: 10 x 10 feet (3 x 3 m), including roof membrane protective membrane,

and at traffic paving location designated.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Mockup may remain as part of the Work if approved.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Division 1.
B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related Work.
DESCRIPTION
01005 and 02000.

Issued for IFC
B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, seals and

labels intact.
C. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
A. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp deck surface.

06/01/22
DATE
C. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than
can be weatherproofed during same day.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.11 Coordination
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Coordinate the work with the installation of associated metal flashings, as the work of
DATE: this section proceeds.
CERTIFIED
1.12 Warranty
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. For warranty, refer to Schedule “A”.
DATE:
B. Warranty: Cover damage to building resulting from failure to prevent penetration of
OPERATIONS
water.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.01 Manufacturers
DATE:
BY:
A. Carlisle Product
Available through Isam Kabbani & Partners

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Tel. 966-13-857-0034
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Fax: 966-13-858-0331
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. CELOTEX, Roofing Products Division
ENGG CERT
P.O. Box 31075

Tampa, Florida, 33631, USA
Fax: 813-873-4287
C. Or approved equal.
2.02 Membrane and Related Materials

DESCRIPTION
A. Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM): Brite-Ply (white-on-black) 1.5 mm (0.06

Issued for IFC
inch) thick non-reinforced EPDM membrane, as manufactured by Carlisle Syntec

Systems or approved equal. Roof membrane shall be fully adhered to the roof
insulation with 90-8-30A bonding adhesive in accordance with manufacturers
instructions. Membrane shall meet the following minimum physical characteristics.
Physical Property Test Method Specification Typical

Properties
Tolerance on Nominal Thickness, % ASTM D412 +10 +10
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Tensile Strength, min, psi (Mpa) ASTM D412 1305 (9) 1685 (11.6)
Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D412 350 550
06/01/22
DATE
Tear Resistance, min, lbf/in (kN/m) ASTM D624 150 (26.3) 200 (350)
(Die C)
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Factory Seam Strength, min. Modified Membrane Membrane
ENGINEER ASTM D816 Rupture Rupture
DATE:
Resistance to Heat Aging* ASTM D573
PROJECT
ENGINEER Properties after 1 week @ 2400F
(1160C)
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Tensile Strength, min, psi (Mpa) ASTM D412 1205 (8.3) 1550 (10.7)
Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D412 200 250
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Tear Resistance, min, lbs/in (kN/m) ASTM D624 125 (21.9) 185 (32.4)
DATE:
Linear Dimensional Change, max, ASTM D1204 +1.0 -0.5
OPERATIONS %
Ozone Resistance* ASTM D1149 No Cracks No Cracks
DATE:
Condition after exposure to 100
CONTROL NUMBER
pphm
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Ozone in air for 168 hours @ 1040F

(400C)
DATE:
BY:
Specimen is at 50% strain

Brittleness Temp., max, deg. F (deg. ASTM D746 -75 (-59) -75 (-59)
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
C)*
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Physical Property Test Method Specification Typical
Properties
ENGG CERT
Resistance to Water Absorption*

After 7 days immersion @ 1580F
(700C)
Change in mass, max, % ASTM D471 +4.0 +3.6
Water Vapor Permeance* max., ASTM E96 0.1 .05
perms (Proc. B or
DESCRIPTION
BW)
Issued for IFC
Resistance to Outdoor (Ultraviolet) ASTM D4637 No Cracks No No Cracks No

Weathering* Conditions Crazing Crazing
Xenon-Arc, 7560 kJ/m2 total radiant
exposure at 0.70 W/m2 irradiance,
1760F (800C) black panel
temperature
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Rubber Fastening Strips: 38 mm (1-1/2 in.) wide, 3.0 (10 ft) long fastening strip to
secure the reinforced roofing membrane or approved equal.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Pre-fabricated Pipe Flashing: White, uncured elasto foam flashing for pipes up to 200
mm in diameter.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
D. Cleaners Adhesives and Sealants:
DATE:
PROJECT 1. Splice Cleaner: Blue tinted splice cleaner.
ENGINEER
2. Splicing Cement: A cold applied white splicing cement for splicing adjoining
DATE:
CERTIFIED
sections of EPDM membrane.
DATE:
3. Lap Sealant: A heavy bodied white sealant used to seal exposed edges of a
CONSTRUCTION membrane or splice.
AGENCY
4. In-Seam Sealant: A silicone sealant applied in the splice between cured

DATE:
OPERATIONS membrane sheets.
5. 90-8-30A Bonding Adhesive: A high strength fawn or yellow colored, synthetic

DATE:
rubber adhesive used for bonding brite-ply reinforced EPDM membrane to
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
various surfaces.
EDSD
DATE:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
BY:
3.01 General
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. When feasible, begin the application at the highest point of the highest roof level and
work to the lowest point to prevent moisture infiltration and to minimize construction
traffic on completed sections. This will include completion of all flashings and
ENGG CERT
terminations.
B. Follow criteria outlined in the “Design Criteria” Section of the manufacturer technical
manual to prepare the roof deck of the existing substrate prior to the application of the
new roofing system.
C. Compression wood nailers must not be utilized for membrane securement.

DESCRIPTION
3.02 Substrate Preparation

Issued for IFC
A. On retrofit-recover projects, cut and remove wet insulation, as identified by the

specifier, and fill all voids created by such removal with new isulation so that it is
relatively flush with the existing surface.
B. The substrate must be even without noticeable high spots or depressions, and must
be free of accumulated water, ice or snow to prevent the absorption of moisture in the
new roofing components and roofing system.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Prior to the placement of the membrane underpayment, clear the substrate of debris
and foreign material which may be harmful to the roofing system. Fresh bitumen
06/01/22
based roof cement must be removed or concealed.

DATE
3.03 Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Membrane Installation:
DATE:
1. Fully adhere the EPDM membrane to the substrate with 90-8-30A bonding
PROJECT
ENGINEER adhesive at the rate specified on the container label.
DATE: 2. Overlap adjacent EPDM membrane sheets a minimum of 3 inches and clean
CERTIFIED
the splice area with splice cleaner. Apply splicing cement at the rate of
approximately 150 liner feet per gallon. Just prior to closing the splice, apply a
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
head on In-Seam Sealant no less than 1/8 inch and no more than ¼ inch in
AGENCY diameter a minimum of ½ inch from the inside edge of the bottom membrane
sheet and a minimum of 2 inches from the lead edge. After adjoining
DATE:
membrane sheets have been spliced together, wait a minimum of 2 hours and
OPERATIONS
clean the exposed edge of the splice with Splice Cleaner and apply a 5/16-
inch diameter head of Lap Sealant. Feature the Lap Sealant to completely
DATE: cover the splice edge.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Additional Membrane Sacrament: The EPDM membrane must be secured at the

EDSD
perimeter of each roof level, roof section, expansion joint, curb, skylight, interior wall,
DATE:
penthouse, etc., at any angle change which exceeds 2 inches in one horizontal foot,
BY:
and at other penetrations in accordance with manufacturer. The additional

membrane sacrament may be provided by RUSS (Reinforced Universal Securement

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Strip) or Seam Fastening Plates.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Membrane Flashing: When feasible, flash all penetrations and walls with cured EPDM
membrane. Uncured Elastoform Flashing shall be limited to overlay vertical scams
(as required at angle changes) or to flash inside and outside corners, scuppers,
ENGG CERT
pourable sealer pockets and other penetrations or unusually shaped walls where the
use of cured membrane flashing is not practical. Prefabricated accessories (Pre-
Molded Pipe Boots and Pressure-Sensitive Products such as Pourable Sealer
Pockets, Pipe Boots, Flashing and Inside/Outside Corners) should be used, when
feasible, in lieu of uncured Elastoform Flashing.
- END OF SECTION -
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07620
ENGG CERT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Submittals
1.06 Qualifications
1.07 Pre-Installation Conference
1.09 Coordination
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Manufacturers
06/01/22
2.02 Materials
DATE
2.03 Fabrication
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Part 3 - Execution
ENGINEER
3.01 Examination
DATE:
3.02 Preparation
PROJECT
DATE: 3.05 Dissimilar Materials
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
AGENCY
1.01 Description
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to installing and providing roof
equipment flashing, piping and conduit flashing, and sheet metal Work as shown on
DATE: the Drawing, and specified herein, including all pertinent accessories.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
A. Section 03400 – Precast Concrete.

BY:
B. Section 07531 - Roofing System.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. Section 09900 - Painting.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.03 References
ENGG CERT
A. AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) - Stainless Steel - Uses in Architecture.
B. ASTM A167 - Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel

Plate Sheet and Strip.
C. ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-

Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
DESCRIPTION
D. ASTM B32 - Specification for Solder Metal.

Issued for IFC
E. ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Alloy Sheet and Plate.
F. ASTM B370 - Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.
G. ASTM D226 - Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing.
H. ASTM D4586 - Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
J. CDA (Copper Development Association) - Contemporary Copper, A Handbook of

06/01/22
Sheet Copper Fundamentals, Design, Details and Specifications.

DATE
K. CDA - Copper Roofing - A Practical Handbook.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER L. FS O-F-506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid.
DATE:
M. NRCA (National Roofing Contractors Association) - Roofing Manual.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.04 Submittals
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening
AGENCY methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details.
DATE:
C. Samples: Submit samples as sufficient in size, illustrating typical external corner,
OPERATIONS
internal corner, valley, ridge, junction to vertical dissimilar surface, material and finish.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA standard details and requirements.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Maintain one copy of document on site.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.06 Qualifications
A. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 3
ENGG CERT
years documented experience.
1.07 Pre-Installation Conference
Division 1.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
01005 and 02000.
B. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion,

and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage.
C. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining.
1.09 Coordination
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Division 1.

06/01/22
DATE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2.01 Manufacturers
DATE:
A. Fry Reglet Corporation
PROJECT
ENGINEER 625, South Palm Avenue
Alhambra, California – 91803, USA
DATE: Fax No. (818) 289-0537
CERTIFIED
B. BMC. Telephone 857-0034/8.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY C. Al-Sarround Windoor
P. O. Box 88, Qatif - 31911
DATE:
Telephone 856-2391, Fax 855-3768
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2.02 Materials
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Aluminized Zinc Coated Steel Sheet: Flashing materials shall be 0.5 mm (26 gauge
DATE:
nominal) aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel with minimum yield point of 25 kN/cm2.

BY:
Base metal shall be coated on both sides with a layer of aluminum-zinc alloy
composed of approximately 55% aluminum and 45% zinc applied by the continuous
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
hot dipped method. Coating shall be 150 g/m2 (total both sides) by triple spot test
(DCC) NO. _____________________
according to ASTM A-428 specification.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Sheet Lead: Provide sheets formed from common desilverized pig lead, complying
with ASTM B29 and weighing 20 kg/sq.m (4.0 lbs. Per sq. ft.).
ENGG CERT
C. Fasteners:
1. Threaded: Stainless steel.
2. Nails and Rivets: Same material as flashing sheet, or other as recommended

by the manufacturer of flashing sheet.
DESCRIPTION
3. Washers: Neoprene.
Issued for IFC
D. Sealants: See Section 07920 – Sealants and Caulkings.
E. Metal Reglet and Cap Flashings: Fry Reglet Corporation “SM Type” 26 gauge
aluminized zinc alloy coated steel, aluminum or equal. Flashing to be surface
mounted as approved by SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.
2.03 Fabrication
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Aluminized Zinc Alloy Coated Steel Sheet: Fabricate Work from the following
minimum thickness:
06/01/22
DATE
1. Flashings: Conform to SMACNA Requirements and as shown on the

Drawings.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. General:
DATE:
1. SMACNA Details: Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with
PROJECT
ENGINEER applicable recommendations and details of “Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual” by SMACNA.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
2. Separate dissimilar metals from each other by painting each metal surface in
area of contact, with a heavy application of bituminous coating, or by other
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
permanent separation as recommended by the manufacturers of metals.
AGENCY
3. Fabricate and install work with lines and corners of exposed units true and
DATE:
accurate. Form exposed faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves and
OPERATIONS
avoidable tool marks, considering the temper and reflectivity of metal. Provide
uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds and sealant.
DATE: Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, fold back sheet metal to form a
CONTROL NUMBER
hem on concealed side of exposed edges.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions wherever possible in exposed

DATE:
work, and locate so as to minimize the possibility of leakage. Cover and seal
BY:
work as required for a tight installation.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
5. For embedment of metal flashing, flanges in roofing or composition of flashing

(DCC) NO. _____________________
or stripping, extended flanges for a minimum of a 100 mm (4”) embedment.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Pipe Penetration Flashings: See Section 07531 –Roofing System.
ENGG CERT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Examination
A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, and conduits sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof
are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located.
DESCRIPTION
B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.
Issued for IFC
3.02 Preparation
A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats prior starting installation.
3.03 Installation
A. General:Comply with details and profiles as shown on the Drawings, and comply with
SMACNA “Architectural Sheet Metal Manual” recommendations, for installation of the
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Work.
06/01/22
B. Performance: Coordinate related Work with other Work for the correct sequencing of
DATE
items, which make up the entire membrane or system of weatherproofing,

waterproofing or roof drainage. It is required that flashing and sheet metal Work be
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
permanently watertight and not deteriorate in excess of manufacturer’s published
ENGINEER limitations.
DATE:
C. Counter and Cap Flashing: Anchor as shown on the Drawings. Lap ends 100 mm (4
PROJECT
ENGINEER inches) and fill lap with roofing cement. Flashing shall be snapped into reglet
receiver, except when installing surfaced mounted flashings to conform to
DATE: manufacturer’s directions. Seal reglets with sealant as specified in Section 07920 –
CERTIFIED
Sealants and Caulkings.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
D. Curb Flashing: Carry flashing the full height and over the top of curbs and cover with
AGENCY metal flashing. Anchor as shown on the Drawings.
DATE:
E. Vent Flashing: Install as shown on the Drawings.
OPERATIONS
F. Pipe Penetration Flashing: Install as shown on the Construction Drawings.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
G. Pitch Pans: Comply with SMACNA Plate 61.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
H. Equipment Supports: Install equipment supports to conform to the Drawings and

DATE:

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
I. Fasteners:
1. Exposed Fasteners: Fasteners for anchoring exterior face panels and trim
ENGG CERT
shall be nylon hex head with a plastic sealing flange (integral with head) and
stainless steel shank.
2. Unexposed Fasteners: Provide zinc coated steel fasteners.
J. Finish: Paint all exposed flashing unless prefinished a beige color to match Precast
Concrete Panels. See Section 09900 – Painting.
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
A. Inspection will involve surveillance of Work during installation to ascertain compliance

with specified equipments.
3.05 Dissimilar Materials
A. Where sheet metal abuts or members into dissimilar materials, the junction shall be
constructed in such a manner as to present electrolysis between the two materials.
Paint aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
bitumastic enamel.
06/01/22
DATE
- END OF SECTION -
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07631
ENGG CERT
ROOF WALKWAY TREADS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
1.02 Submittals
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.03 Product delivery, Storage and Handling
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 Materials
Part 3 - Execution
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.01 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
PART 1 - GENERAL
NO.
REV
00
1.01 Description
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
A. This Section cover providing roof walkway treads where shown on the Construction
DATE: Drawing, providing materials, accessories and services specified herein and required
PROJECT
ENGINEER for a complete and acceptable to Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE: 1.02 Submittals

CERTIFIED
A. Submit to Saudi Aramco Representative one (1) full size sample of a walkway tread
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
for approval.
AGENCY

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Deliver, materials to the job site in sufficient time to permit installation on roof, after
membranes installed.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
EDSD
2.01 Manufacturers
DATE:
BY:
B. Carlisle Product
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Available through Isam Kabbani & Partners

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Tel. 966-13-857 0034

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Fax: 966-13-858 0331
B. Or approved equal.
ENGG CERT
2.02 Materials
A. Provide 762 mm (30 in) x 762 (30 in.) rubber non-skid roof walkway treads.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Treads shall be attached to the roof membrane according to manufacturers

recommendations and laid 25 mm apart. Apply bead G300LS sealant to the
underside of the pad around the perimeter and diagonally from corner to corner.
Press into place.
B. Treads will be laid such that no ponding occurs on the roof.
3.02 Replace or repair damage materials and defective Work as directed by Saudi Aramco
Representative at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
06/01/22
- END OF SECTION -
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07810
ENGG CERT
UNIT SKYLIGHTS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.04 Submittals
1.05 Warranty
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Manufacturer’s
2.02 Materials
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.03 Fabrication
06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.04 Cleaning
DATE:
3.05 Protection
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Contractor shall furnish and install dome and round skylights at locations and sizes as
shown on the Drawings and specified herein, including design, materials, fabrication,
DATE:
erection and all pertinent accessories.
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Section 07220 – Roof Deck Insulation.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Section 07531 - Roofing System.

DATE:
BY:
C. Section 07920 – Sealants and Caulkings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Reference Codes and Standards: Comply with UBC Chapter 34.
B. AAMA standards shall be adhered to throughout the construction.

ENGG CERT
C. Comply with NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council.
D. U-factor, solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and air leakage rate:
1. Air leakage for fenestration and doors shall be determined in accordance with
NFRC 400. Air leakage shall be determined by a laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation organization such as the National
DESCRIPTION
Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) and shall be labeled and certified by the
Issued for IFC
manufacturer. Air leakage shall not exceed 1.0 cfm/ ft2 for glazed swinging
entrance doors and for revolving doors and 0.4 cfm / ft2 for all other products.
2. The U-factor, solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and the ai9r leakage rate for
all fenestrations shall be determined by a laboratory accredited by a nationally
recognized accreditation organization such as the National Fenestration
Rating Council (NFRC).
3. All fenestration products shall have a permanent nameplate, installed by the

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
manufacturer, listing the U-factor, solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and the
air leakage rate. When the fenestration product do not have such a
06/01/22
nameplate, the supplier of any such product shall provide a signed and dated
DATE
certification for the installed fenestration listing the listing the U-factor, solar
heat gain coefficient and the air leakage rte.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 4. U-factor shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 100. U-factors for
skylights shall be determined for a slope of 20 degrees above the horizontal.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5. The solar heat gain coefficient for the overall fenestration area shall be
determined in accordance with NFRC 200.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
6. Shading coefficient of the center of glass multiplied by 0.86 shall be an
acceptable alternative for determining compliance with the SHGC
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
requirements for the overall fenestration area. Shading coefficient shall be
AGENCY determined using a spectral data file determined in accordance with NFRC
300. Shading coefficient shall be verified and certified by the manufacturer.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
7. SHGC of the center of glass shall be an acceptable alternat9ive for
determining compliance with the SHGC requirements for the overall
DATE: fenestration area. SHGC shall be determined using a spectral data file
CONTROL NUMBER
determined in accordance with NFRC 300. SHGC shall be verified and

VERIFICATION
certified by the manufacturer.

EDSD
DATE:
8. Visible light transmittance shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200.

BY:
Visible light transmittance shall be verified and certified by the manufacturer.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.04 Submittals
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings to Saudi Aramco Representative detailing

ENGG CERT
skylights, anchorage and installation and flashing instructions for approval.
B. Contractor shall submit for Saudi Aramco Representative’s approval the following
test:
1. Structural calculations by a registered professional engineer to confirm

compliance with all loading requirements in accordance with SAES-M-100.
DESCRIPTION
2. Data regarding light transmittance, shading coefficient and thermal

Issued for IFC
conductivity of complete skylight assembly.
1.05 Warranty
A. A written warranty will be presented that certifies “Skylights” shall be free of defects in
design, materials, and construction and will not leak for the period of two (2) years
from date “Skylights” are completed.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the project site crated and packed in such a manner as
06/01/22
to prevent damage and defacement.

DATE
B. Storage: Store materials under cover and in such a manner as to prevent damage
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
from construction activities or other causes.
ENGINEER
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.01 Manufacturers
DATE:
CERTIFIED
C. Tanami Holding Company
P.O. Box 4988
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Al Khobar
AGENCY Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel.: (+966) 13 3310000
DATE:
Fax: (+966) 13 8010303
OPERATIONS
Email: info@tanamiholdingcom
DATE: B. Al Fanar Aluminium Factory

CONTROL NUMBER
P.O. Box 325028

VERIFICATION
Riyadh-11371
EDSD
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

DATE:
Operation Manager / Mr. Anas Abunahla

BY:
Tel.: (+966) 92 000 611 Ext. 3835

Fax: (+966) 12756699 / (+966) 12654932

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. National Aluminum Factory Co. (NAFCO)
2nd Industrial Area
ENGG CERT
Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Tel.: (+966) 12650105
Fax: (+966) 1265008
Email: aluminum@alunafco.com
2.02 Materials
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Size and design as shown on the Drawings for the prefabricated frames.
B. Skylight shall be fully factory assembled consisting of a cast double glazed lexan
skylight.
C. Fire Rating: The lexan GE skylight shall be sealed by interior and exterior gasketing to
a 6063-T5 heliarc welded aluminum frame.
D. Lexan outer layer shall be bronze tinted. Lexan inner layer shall be clear.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
E. Maximum acceptable U-factor is 0.5 Btu/h.ft2. deg.F. Solar heat gain coefficient
06/01/22
(SHGC) – 0.34.
DATE
2.03 Fabrication
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Frames:
DATE:
1. The frame is to have an integral condensation channel to carry moisture to the
PROJECT
ENGINEER exterior. The aluminum retaining cap fasteners are to be corrosive resistant.
All units are to be guaranteed against defective workmanship and materials.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
2. Provide units complete with curbs and flashing, for mounting on the roof as
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3. “Skylight” assembly shall be made of supporting 137 kg/sq.m (28 psf) live
load.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3.01 Inspection
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. The installer shall inspect all mounting surfaces and determine that the area is in
DATE:
design and dimensional agreement with the approved shop drawings.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Aluminum structure of “Skylights” must be protected from contact with dissimilar metal
ENGG CERT
and concrete.
B. To prevent electrolytic action and corrosion a protective coating must be provided

between dissimilar metals.
3.03 Installation
A. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to the curbs to maintain a
watertight condition as per manufacturers instructions.
C. Final installation shall be watertight.
3.04 Cleaning
A. Clean the completed system, inside and outside, promptly after installation exercising
care to avoid damage.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Clean double glazed lexan GE skylight surfaces after installation, complying with
06/01/22
requirements contained in the “Glass and Glazing” Section for cleaning and
DATE
maintenance. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other
substance from aluminum surfaces.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE:
A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction
PROJECT
ENGINEER period to ensure that skylight will be without damage or deterioration, other than
normal weathering, at time of acceptance.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 07920
ENGG CERT
SEALANTS AND CAULKINGS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1.06 References
1.08 Qualifications
1.09 Submittal
1.11 Coordination
1.12 Warranty
Part 2 - Products
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Manufactures
2.05 Materials
06/01/22
DATE
Part 3 - Execution
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.05 Application
DATE: 3.06 Cleaning
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
1.01 Description
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Contractor shall provide and apply sealant caulking as shown on the Drawings, and
specified herein.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. The required applications of sealants include, but are not limited to the followings
general locations:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Flashing reglets and retainers.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Pre-cast concrete wall joints, exterior and interior.

DATE:
BY:
3. Exterior wall joints, including the exterior and interior perimeter of metal door,
window and storefront frames.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
4. Flooring joints.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5. Other exterior joints noted on the Drawings.
ENGG CERT
6. Joints at penetrations of walls, decks and floors by piping and other services
and equipments.
7. Fire rated sealant as required or any penetrations of fire rated walls, decks
and floors.
C. The required applications of caulking include, but are not limited to, the followings
general locations:
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Perimeter of interior door, windows and storefront frames.
2. Joints between top of guard rails and walls.
3. Other interior joints noted on the Drawings.
B. Section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Section 03400 – Precast Concrete.

06/01/22
DATE
D. Section 08100 – Metal Doors and Frames.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
E. Section 08400- Aluminum Storefront.
ENGINEER
1.03 References
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. ASTM C1193 – Guide for use of Joint Sealants.
DATE: B. ASTM C834 – Specification for Latex Sealants.

CERTIFIED
C. ASTM C919 – Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY D. ASTM C920 – Specification for Electrometric Joint Sealants.
DATE:
E. SWRI (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) – Sealant and Caulking
OPERATIONS
Guide Specification.

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
E. Reference Codes and Standards: Comply with the ASTM C-919 and C-920
EDSD
Standards for elastomeric joints sealants.

DATE:
BY:
F. Perform Work in accordance with SWRI requirements for materials and installation.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
G. Perform Acoustical sealant application Work in accordance with ASTM C919.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.07 Qualifications
ENGG CERT
A. Manufacture: company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this

Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with

minimum two (2) years documented experience approved by manufacturer.
1.08 Submittals
DESCRIPTION
A. System Selection: submit the name of system selected for use to Saudi Aramco
Issued for IFC
Representative for approval.
B. Color Samples: Submit the manufacture’s full range palette of caulking and sealant
colors to Saudi Aramco Representative for review and approval.
Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacture during and
after installation.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.10 Coordination
06/01/22
DATE
Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01000.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.
ENGINEER
1.11 Warranty
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. For warranty, refer to Schedule “A”.
DATE: B. Warranty: include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to
CERTIFIED
achieve air tight seal, or exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
2.04 Manufactures
OPERATIONS
E. Saudi Industrial Paint Co. Ltd. (SIPCO).

DATE: Tel: 966-13-847-2299
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Saudi Paint Company Ltd., Riyadh.

EDSD
Tel: 966-11-446-5555
DATE:
BY:
G. Saudi Chemical Industries Co. Ltd.

Tel: 966-13-881-2025
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. FOSROC Fosam Company Ltd.
Tel.: 966-13-857-2929
ENGG CERT
Fax: 966-13-857 5009
I. Dow-Corning.
J. Or approved equal.
2.05 Materials
DESCRIPTION
C. General: Use the same caulking and sealant system materials throughout the Project.
Issued for IFC
D. Colors: Colors of caulking and sealant materials will be approved by Saudi Aramco
Representative from the manufacturer’s standard colors.
E. Compatibility: Before purchasing of each specified sealant, investigate the

compatibility of the joint fillers and other materials in the joint system.
Provide only materials which are known to be fully compatible with the actual
installation condition, as shown by manufacturer’s published data or certification.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
F. Sealant Backer rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene

06/01/22
jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible,
DATE
permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended for compatibility with

sealant by the sealant manufacturer. The rod will control the joint depth for sealant,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
break bond of sealant at bottom of the joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on
ENGINEER the back side, and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize the possibility of
sealant extrusion when the joint is compressed.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER G. Sealant: Silicon based, single component, chemical, complying with ASTM C-920 for
single part elastomeric sealants, curing to withstand movement of up to 50 percent of
DATE: the joint width and to be satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of4 to
CERTIFIED
49 deg. C shall be used for roof flashing, interior glazing, duct Work and any general
interior usage for sealant. General Electric Silicon Sealant 1200 or a suitable equal,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
approved by Saudi Aramco Representative, shall be used.
AGENCY
H. Sealant: Polyurethane conforming to ASTM C-920 or ASTM C-920 for two part
DATE:
elastomeric sealant. Use for precast panels, exterior control joint, exterior glazing,
OPERATIONS
anodized window systems, door frames and any other exterior application, not
mentioned previously. Polyurethane shall be similar to TREMCO Dynamic as
DATE: distributed by Unitech (Tel. No. 857-0034) SIPCO, Brimo-kol sealant or equal,
CONTROL NUMBER
approved by Saudi Aramco Representative shall be used.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
I. Fire-rated Sealant: Provide Dow-Corning fire-rated sealant (#3-6548 Silicon RTV

DATE:
foam or Bromastic Intumescent Sealant or Hilti model (CP-601)) or approved equal

BY:
for pipe/duct penetrations in fire rated walls. Equivalent sealant shall be approved by

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation Work

ENGG CERT
E. Inspection: examine joint surface to receive caulking and sealant materials report
to Saudi Aramco Representative all unacceptable conditions.
F. Cleaning:
i. General: Thoroughly clean all joints schedule to receive caulking and

sealant materials. Rake joint to full width and depth. Remove loose particles
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
present or resulting from cleaning operations, by blowing out joints with oil
free compressed air. All traces of bituminous materials must be removed.
ii. Porous surface: Clean surface, such as concrete, by grinding, blast

cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these
methods to provide a clean, sound base surface for caulking and sealant
adhesion. Remove form oils by blasting-cleaning. Insure that concrete is
fully cured and free from laitance, loose aggregate and surface treatments.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
If surface treatment are present, test for adhesion before proceeding with
0001
sealing Work.
06/01/22
DATE
iii. Nonporous Surfaces: Clean surface, such as metal and glass, in

accordance with system manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not use
NO.
REV
00
solvents that leave are residue. Apply and remove solvents with clean
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER white cloths. Do non allow solvents to air dry without wiping.
DATE:
PROJECT G. Protection: Prior to priming, apply masking taps to adjusting surfaces. Leave,
ENGINEER
asking tape in place until tooling operation is complete.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.02 Application
DATE: F. General: Employee only proven installation techniques which will insure that
CONSTRUCTION sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air
AGENCY
pockets and with complete “wetting” of the joint bond surface equally on opposite
DATE:
sides. Except as otherwise shown, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface,
OPERATIONS slightly below adjoining surface. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal
surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a light cover, so that the joint will not
DATE:
trap moisture and dirt.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
G. Back-Up: Install back-up materials to a proper depth in all joints. Use back-up
EDSD
material of a suitable size and shape, so that when compresses (25to 50%), it will
fit in all joints as required. When using a back-up of hose or rod stock, roll the
DATE:
material into the joint to avoid lengthwise stretching. Do not twist or braid the hose
BY:
or rod stock. Use bond-breaker strips in all joint where sufficient room for back-up
CERTIFICATE
material does not exist and where required by manufacture’s recommendations.

23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. Primer: Primer surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and
allow to dry before applying sealing material.
ENGG CERT
I. Caulking and Sealing: Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding mixing, pot life
and application procedure. Do not apply sealing materials when the temperature of
the material, air or substrate is below 7. Deg. C or during wet or humid weather.
Apply sealing materials in full bead and force into joint.
J. Polysulfide Sealant Installation: Comply with standard issued by Thiokol Chemical

Corporation, except where more stringent requirements have been shown or
specified, or issued as recommendations by the sealant manufacturer.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
K. Tooling: Tool joint to compress the compound into the joint. Except as
recommended by the sealing material manufacturer, do not use liquid solutions to
moisten tools. Remove masking tape immediately after cooling.
L. All sleeve penetrating roof or fire rate walls or partitions shall have on approved
sealant requirement to the roof/wall partitions.
M. All ducts, conduits and pipes which pass through fire walls and/or roof shall have
metal sleeve around them.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.03 Cleaning
06/01/22
DATE
A. Remove excess sealing materials from adjacent surfaces. Clean surfaces using
procedures recommended by the sealing material manufacturer.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08100
ENGG CERT
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.13 References
1.15 Qualifications
1.17 Submittals
1.18 Product Delivery, Storage and handling
1.19 Field Measurements
1.20 Coordination
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
2.06 Manufacturers
DATE
2.07 Materials
2.08 Fabrication
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.09 Doors
ENGINEER 2.10 Frame
DATE:
Part 3 - Execution
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.07 Examination
CERTIFIED
3.09 Adjust and Clean
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
1.01 Description
OPERATIONS
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to installing and providing welded
DATE: hollow steel doors, welded steel frames for steel and wood doors as shown on the
CONTROL NUMBER
Drawings and specified herein, primed and painted for finish painting on Site,
VERIFICATION
including all pertinent accessories.

EDSD
DATE:

BY:
F. Section 03400 – Precast Concrete.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
G. Section 08211 – Flush Wood Doors.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
H. Section 08710 – Hardware.
ENGG CERT
I. Section 08810 – Glass and Glazing.
J. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems.
K. Section 09900 - Painting
1.03 References
DESCRIPTION
F. ANSI /SDI-100 – Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

Issued for IFC
G. ASTM A653/A653M – Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
H. DHI – Door Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel
Frames, Insulates Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder’s Hardware.
I. NFPA 80 – Fire Doors and Windows.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
J. NFPA 252 – Fire Tests for Door Assemblies.

06/01/22
K. UL 10B – Fire tests of Door Assemblies.

DATE
G. NFRC – National Fenestration Rating Council.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.12 Quality Assurance
DATE:
H. Fire-Rated Assemblies:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1. Where a fire-resistance classification is shown on the Drawings or scheduled

DATE: for hollow steel doors, providing approved/listed and labeled fire-rated hollow
CERTIFIED
metal doors and frames that have been tested as a fire door assembly,
complete with type of fire door hardware, including smoke seals.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2. Identify each fire door and frame with the Underwriter’s Laboratories or
Warnock Hersey labels, indicating applicable fire rating of both the door and
DATE:
the frame. Label shall be permanently installed near or on the door or frame.
OPERATIONS
3. Construct and install assemblies to comply with NFPA Standard No. 80 and
DATE: as herein specified.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Air Leakage and U-factor

EDSD
DATE:
1. Air leakage for fenestration and doors shall be determined in accordance with
BY:
NFRC 400. Air Leakage shall be determined by a laboratory accredited by a

nationally recognized accreditation organization such as the National

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Fenestration Rating Council and shall be labeled and certified by the

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
manufacturer. Air leakage shall not exceed 1.0 cfm/ft2 for glazed swinging
entrance doors and for revolving doors and 0.4 cfm/ft2 for all other products.
ENGG CERT
2. The U-factor and the air leakage rate for all doors shall be identified on a
permanent nameplate installed on the product by the manufacturer. When
doors do not have such a nameplate, the supplier of any such door shall
provide a signed and dated certification for the installed doors listing the UI-
factor and the air leakage rate.
3. U-factor shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 100.

DESCRIPTION
1.13 Qualifications
Issued for IFC
C. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this

Section with minimum three years experience.
C. Fire Rated Frame Construction: Conform to NFPA 252, and UL 10B.
D. Installed Frame Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class same as fire door.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.15 Submittals
06/01/22
DATE
Submit the following to Saudi Aramco Representative for approval.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Shop Drawings: Complete fabrication and erection drawings of hollow steel doors and
ENGINEER frames. Include details, in metric dimensions, for each frame type, elevation of door
design types, conditions at openings, details of constructions, location and installation
DATE:
requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements and scaled and dimensions
PROJECT
ENGINEER elevation. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide a schedule of doors and
frames using the same reference numbers for details and opening as shown on the
DATE: Drawings.
CERTIFIED
B. Product Data: Indicate door configurations, location of cut-outs for hardware

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
reinforcement.
AGENCY
C. Samples: Submit two (2) samples of doors face metal, 4 x 4 inch 10 x 10 mm) in size
DATE:
illustrating pre-finished door thickness and quality.
OPERATIONS
D. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
E. Manufacturers Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified

VERIFICATION
requirements.
EDSD
DATE:

BY:
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Sections
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
01000, 01005 and 02000.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Protect hollow steel units against damage during transit and storage.
C. Store hollow steel units on raised platforms, in vertical positions with blocking
ENGG CERT
between units, to allow air circulation. Keep stored material covered and protected
from damage.
C. Field verify that measurements are as shown on the approved shop drawings.
1.18 Coordination
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Coordinate the Work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware
installation requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.06 Manufacturers
K. Al Kuhaimi Metal Industries Ltd., Dammam.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Tel.: 966-13-847-2777
06/01/22
L. CECO Door products

DATE
Available through, AICS Al-Dress Dammam

Tel.: 966-13-857-6468
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER M. Fenestra Corp.
Available through AICS Al-Dress Dammam
DATE:
Tel.: 966-13-857-6468
PROJECT
ENGINEER
N. Binex
DATE: Tel.: 966-13-857-2080
CERTIFIED
Fax: 966-13-857-8034
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
O. Or approved equal.
AGENCY
2.07 Materials
DATE:
OPERATIONS
J. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strips: Conform to ASTM A1011/A1011M commercial
quality carbon steel.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
K. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Conform to ASTM A1008/A1008M commercial quality

VERIFICATION
carbon steel.
EDSD
DATE:
L. Supports and Anchors: Fabrication of not less than 16 gauge sheet steel.
BY:
M. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturers standard units suitable for the function
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
required.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
N. Shop-Applied Paint: Rust-inhibitive primers, either by air-drying or backing, suitable
as a base for specified finish paints, see Section 09900 - Painting.
ENGG CERT
2.08 Fabrication
H. Fabricate hollow steel units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects,
warp or buckle. Accurately form steel to required sizes and profiles. Wherever
practical, fit and assemble units in the manufacturers plant. Clearly identify Work
that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to ensure proper
assembly at the project site. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress and
make smooth, flush and invisible. Metallic filler to conceal manufacturing defects is
DESCRIPTION
not acceptable.
Issued for IFC
I. Exposed Fasteners: Countersink heads of exposed screws and bolts.
J. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare hollow steel units to receive mortised and
concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in
accordance with final finish hardware schedule and templates provided by the
hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 Series and
ANSI A151.1.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
K. Locate finish hardware as shown on the approved shop drawings.

06/01/22
DATE
L. Shop Painting:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
1. Clean, treat and paint surfaces of fabricated hollow steel units, whether
DATE:
concealed or exposed in the finished work.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign
DATE: materials before application of shop paint.
CERTIFIED
DATE:
3. Apply pretreatment to cleaned steel surfaces, using cold phosphate solution
CONSTRUCTION (SSPC-PT2), hot phosphate solution (SSPC-PT4) or basic zinc chromate-
AGENCY
vinyl butyral solution (SSPC-PT3).
DATE:
OPERATIONS
4. Apply a shop coat of prime paint within limits recommended by the
pretreatment manufacturers. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to
DATE: provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in; 2
mils).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.09 Doors
DATE:
BY:
N. Provide flush design doors with 44 mm (1-3/4 in.) thickness of cold-rolled steel
sheets and seamless hollow construction.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
O. Provide thermal insulation filler of fiberboard, mineral-wool board or glass fiber
solidly packed to full door height to fill the voids between the inner core reinforcing
members. Fire rated doors shall have mineral-wool cores only. Maximum
ENGG CERT
acceptable U-factor is 0.2 Btu/h. ft2 deg.F.
P. Reinforce doors with a rigid tubular frame, where louvers are shown. Form tubular
frames with 16 gauge steel, welded to outer sheets.
Q. Fabricate doors with two (2) outer cold-rolled steel sheets of not less than 18
gauge. Construct doors with smooth, flush surfaces, without visible joints or seams
one exposed faces or stile edges, except around glazed or louvered panel inserts.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
R. Reinforce the inside of doors with vertical, steel channel-shaped sections or

interlocking z-shaped sections of not less than 20 gauge. Space vertical
reinforcing 150 mm o.c. and extended to the full door height. Spot weld at 100 mm
o.c., to both outer sheets.
S. Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with 18 gauge horizontal steel channels
welded continuously to outer sheets. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors
to provide a weather seal, as an integral part of door construction or by addition of
flush closing steel channels.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
T. Door louvers, where shown on the Drawing or in “Door and Louver Schedule,” shall
06/01/22
be fabricated integrally with the door. Non fire-rated louvers shall be constructed of
DATE
spot welded 16 gauge (minimum) cold rolled steel sections, comprising semi-
concealed perimeter frame and inverted “v” louver blades. Louvers shall be of size
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
and height as shown on the Drawings or in “Door and Louver Schedule” and
ENGINEER located centrally in door width.
DATE:
U. Reinforce each door for finish hardware conforming to CHM-1-69.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.10 Frames
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Provide pressed steel frames for steel and wood doors, glazed openings and other
openings, of size and profiles as shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
specified in Section 08710 - Finish Hardware, provide removable mullions for
AGENCY multiple or special nonlabeled door/window frames.
DATE:
B. Fabricate frames of full-welded unit construction, with corners mitered, reinforced
OPERATIONS
and continuously welded to the full depth and width of frame, unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings. Knock-down type frames are not acceptable.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Form frames of either cold or hot-rolled sheets, not less than 16 gauge for
VERIFICATION
openings up to 1.22 m wide. For openings over 1.22 m wide, increase thickness
EDSD
by at least two (2) standard gauges.

DATE:
BY:
D. Finish Hardware Reinforcement: Reinforce frames for required finish hardware

conforming to CHM-1-69 and provide cover boxes at the back of all hardware
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
cutouts.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. Wall Anchors: Furnish wall anchors as required to secure frames to adjacent
construction, formed of not less than 18 gauge galvanized steel. Spacing shall
conform to CHM 1-69.
ENGG CERT
1. For in-place concrete construction, furnish “Completed Opening Anchors”.

Conform to NFPA standard No. 80 for fire-rated frames.
F. Floor: Provide floor anchors for each jamb which extended to the floor, formed of
not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip type anchors, with two (2) holes to receive
DESCRIPTION
fasteners, welded to bottom of jambs and mullions.

Issued for IFC
2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable type with extension clips.

Terminate the bottom of frames at the finish floor surface.
G. Head Anchors: Provide two (2) anchors at head of frames exceeding 107 cm (42
in.) wide for frame mounted in precast concrete walls or metal studs.
H. Head Reinforcing: For frames over 1.22 m (4 ft.) wide, provide two (2) continuous
steel angles not less than 50 mm x 50.mm (2 in.) x 12 gauge and to the width of
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
opening. Weld to back of frame at the head, unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.
06/01/22
DATE
I. Spreader Bars: Provide two (2) removable spread bars across the bottom of
frames, back welded to jambs and mullions
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER J. Rubber Door Silencers: Drill stops to receive three (3) silencers on single door
frames and two (2) silencers, each side on double-door frames. Install plastic
DATE:
plugs to keep hole clean during construction.
PROJECT
ENGINEER

CERTIFIED
3.01 Examination
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Field verify that opening sizes tolerance are acceptable.
DATE:
3.02 Installation
OPERATIONS
B. Install hollow steel units and accessories in accordance with approved shop
DATE: drawings and manufacturers data, and as herein specified.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement.

EDSD
DATE:
D. Setting Anchorage Devices:

BY:
1. Provide anchorage devices where required for securing hollow metal

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
frames to other construction.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Set anchorage devices opposite of each anchor location, in accordance
with details on final drawings and anchorage device manufacturers
instructions. Leave drilled holes rough, not reamed, and free from dust and
ENGG CERT
debris.
3. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners, instead of

masonry anchorage devices and machine screws.
E. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position. Plumb, align and brace securely
unit permanent anchor are set. Place fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA
Standards No. 80. All frames shall be grouted solid after installation.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
F. Fill dimples in frames, screws and bolts using metal filler. Grind sooth and apply
primer paint. Dimples shall not show in the finished Work.
G. Door Installation:
1. Fit hollow steel doors accurately in their respective frames, within the
following clearances:
a. Jambs and Head: 3 mm (1/8 in.).

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
b. Meeting Edges, Pairs of Doors: 3mm (1/8 in.).

06/01/22
DATE
c. Bottom, at Threshold or Carpet: 3mm (1/8 in.).

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2. Place fire-rated doors with the clearance as specified in NFPA Standard
ENGINEER No. 80.
DATE:
3. See Section 08710 - Finish Hardware for finish hardware installation.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.03 Adjust and Clean

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust all operating finish hardware items in hollow
metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave Work in complete and proper
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
operating condition. Remove and replace defective Work, including doors or
AGENCY frames which are warped or otherwise damaged at no additional cost to Saudi
Aramco.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Prime Coat Touch-Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or
damaged areas of the prime coat of paint and apply touch-up of a compatible air-
DATE: drying primer paint.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Painting: See Section 09900 - Painting.

EDSD
DATE:
D. Ensure that UL or other applicable fire rating labels are not painted over.
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
- END OF SECTION -
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08120
ENGG CERT
ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Performance Requirements
1.05 Submittals
1.07 Qualifications
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.12 Coordination
1.13 Warranty
06/01/22
DATE
Part 2 - Products
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.01 Manufacturers
ENGINEER 2.02 Materials
2.03 Fabrication
DATE:
2.04 Aluminum Finishes
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.01 Examination
3.02 Installation
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.05 Cleaning and Protection
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Work under this section includes, but is not limited to; installing and providing
EDSD
aluminum doors, frames and exterior aluminum wall framing systems as shown on
DATE:
the Drawings and specified herein, including all accessories.

BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Section 07920 – Sealants and Caulkings.
ENGG CERT
D. Section 08810 - Glass and Glazing.
E. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems.
1.03 References
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications
Manual.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
B. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum
From Shop to Site.
C. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls.
D. AAMA 603.8 - Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented

Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum.
E. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Extrusions and Panels.

06/01/22
F. AAMA 606.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic
DATE
Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
G. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for
ENGINEER Architectural Aluminum.
DATE:
H. AAMA 608.1 - Specification and Inspection Methods for Electrolytically Deposited
PROJECT
ENGINEER Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
DATE: I. AAMA SFM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual.

CERTIFIED
J. ANSI A117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY K. ANSI/ASTM A36 – Carbon Structural Steel.
DATE:
L. ANSI/ASTM A123 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Products.
OPERATIONS
M. ANSI/ASTM A653/A653M, ASTM A924/A924M - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated

DATE: (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
N. ANSI/ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
EDSD
DATE:
O. ANSI/ASTM B221 – Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,

BY:
Profiles, and Tubes.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
P. ANSI/ASTM E283 – Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences
Across the Specimen.
ENGG CERT
Q. ANSI/ASTM E330 – Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,

Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
R. ANSI/ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
S. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
T. NFRC – National Fenestration Rating Council.
1.04 Performance Requirements
A. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and
negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance
with UBC code to a design pressure of 20 lb/sq ft (1 KPa) and as measured in
accordance with ANSI/ASTM E330.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Limit mullion deflection to flexure limit of glass or to 1/500 span, whichever is more
restrictive, with full recovery of glazing materials.
06/01/22
DATE
C. System to accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals,

movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection of structural support framing, and
ENGINEER building expansion joints.
DATE:
D. Air Leakage for fenestration and doors shall be determined in accordance with NFRC
PROJECT
ENGINEER 400. Air Leakage shall be determined by a laboratory accredited by a nationally
recognized accreditation organization such as the National Fenestration Rating
DATE: Council (NFRC) and shall be labeled and certified by the manufacturer. Air Leakge
CERTIFIED
shall not exceed 1.0 cfm / ft2 for glazed swinging entrance doors and for revolving
doors and 0.4 cfm / ft2 for all other products.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 with a test
pressure difference of 2.86 lbf/sq ft (136.85 N/sq m).
DATE:
OPERATIONS
F. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly, primarily in line with
[inside] pane of glass and inner sheet of infill panel and heel bead of glazing
DATE: compound.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
G. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused
EDSD
by a cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F (75 degrees C) over a 12 hour

DATE:
period without causing detrimental affect to system components.

BY:
H. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.05 Submittals
A. Manufacturer’s Data: Manufacturer’s specifications, recommendations and standard

ENGG CERT
correct details for aluminum doors, door frames and wall frames. Include fabrication,
finishing, accessories and other components of the Work.
B. Shop Drawings: Complete for fabrication, details and erection drawings of aluminum
frame system doors, door and wall frames, and associated components or Work.
Include, in metric dimensions, wall elevations, sections and full sized detail sections.
Show anchors, joint system and expansion provisions.
DESCRIPTION
C. Samples: Two (2) samples of required aluminum finish, on 150 mm (6 in) long
Issued for IFC
extrusions from stock to be used for Work. Where normal color and texture variations
are to be expected, include 2 or more units of each sample, showing the range of
such variations. Samples will be reviewed by Saudi Aramco Representative for color
and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility
of the Contractor.
A. Perform Work in accordance with AAMA SFM-1 and Metal Curtain Wall, Window,
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Store Front and Entrance Guide Specifications Manual.

06/01/22
B. Conform to requirements of ANSI A117.1.

DATE
1.07 Qualifications
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing
systems with minimum three years documented experience.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.08 Pre-installation Conference
DATE: A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of
CERTIFIED
Division 1.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01005.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Handle work of this section in accordance with AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10.
DATE: C. Protect pre-finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers
CONTROL NUMBER
or sprayed coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5

degrees C) during and 48 hours after installation.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.

ENGG CERT
1.12 Coordination
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01000.
B. Coordinate the Work with installation of automatic sliding doors and precast
components materials.
DESCRIPTION
1.13 Warranty
Issued for IFC
A. For warranty, refer to Schedule “A”.
B. Warranty: Include coverage for complete system for failure to meet specified
requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.01 Manufacturers
06/01/22
A. Alupco
DATE
P.O. Box 2080

Dammam 31451, KSA
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Tel.: 966-13-847 1300
ENGINEER Fax: 966-13-847 3010
DATE:
B. Al Zamil Aluminum
PROJECT
ENGINEER Dammam 31451, KSA
Tel.: 966-13-847 1555
DATE: Fax: 966-13-844 7282
CERTIFIED
C. Alumaco
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
P.O. Box 8602
AGENCY Dammam 31492, KSA
Tel.: 966-13-847 2555
DATE:
Fax: 966-13-847 2081
OPERATIONS
D. Abdullah Ali-Al Wakeel and Bros. Co.

DATE: Tel.: 966-13-856 1431/856 2616
CONTROL NUMBER
Fax: 966-13-856 2013

VERIFICATION
EDSD
E. Or approved equal.
DATE:
BY:
2.02 Materials
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Frames: Framing systems shall be true thermal core, 46 mm wide by 108 mm deep
(DCC) NO. _____________________
frames of extruded aluminum.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Doors: Doors shall be of a medium stile design similar to the Kawneer 350 series,
complete with flexible non-porous weatherstripping on all exterior doors.
ENGG CERT
C. Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper as recommended by manufacturer

for strength, corrosion resistance, application of required finish and control of color,
with not less than 150 N/sq mm (22,000 psi) ultimate tensile strength. Provide main
extrusions of not less than 3 mm (0.125 in) wall thickness, except as otherwise shown
on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
D. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, recommended by

DESCRIPTION
manufacturer for joint type.

Issued for IFC
1. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a
VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
E. Hardware: Hardware for aluminum doors shall be provided by the door manufacturer
and shall include the following:
1. Thresholds: Metal threshold with built-in stop strip with wool pile weather
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
stripping, 13 mm (1/2”) high similar to PEMKO 177BP or National Guard

884BR-P.
06/01/22
DATE
2. Butt Hinges: Extra heavy weight, four ball bearing, five knuckle hinges, ANSI
Type A2111. Size 127 x 115 mm (5 x 4-1/2 in) wide with non-removable
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
stainless steel pins. Similar to Stanley Model #FBB-199-SSP, NRP, or Hager
ENGINEER BB-199-SSP, NRP, or Mckinney T4B 3386 SSP-NRP.
DATE:
3. Panic Device: For single doors, Yale 7200 Rim Exit Device, Yale 501 Exit
PROJECT
ENGINEER Device Trim (ANSI function F03), and Yale 757 Rim Strike. For double doors,
Yale 7220 CVR Exit Device, Yale 501 Exit Device Trim (ANSI function F03)
DATE: Yale 791 top strike, and Yale 794 Floor strike. All devices shall have key
CERTIFIED
cylinder dogging.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
4. Concealed overhead combination holder-stop; Glynn-Johnson 100 or Sargent
AGENCY 690 Series, Rixson No. 1 Series or Corbin 490 Series, US10B (dark bronze).
DATE:
5. Door Closers: LCN 4040 “Super Smoothee” or Rixson 2020 or Corbin 120,
OPERATIONS
interior application, surface mounted, for mounting on head of door frame.
Painted finish to match door finish.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
6. Door Pulls: Solid offset tubular pulls, 25 mm (1 in) diameter, 305 mm (12 in)
VERIFICATION
long, similar to Quality No. 521-12”, Trimco NO. 1191-4 Hiawatha No. 658B.
EDSD
DATE:
7. Lock Cylinders: Provided by hardware supplier in accordance with Section

BY:
08710 – Hardware.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
8. Door Bumpers: Trimco 1270 series wall bumper equipment Yale or approved
(DCC) NO. _____________________
equal. Floor bumper shall be Trimco W1212 dome stop or equal.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
9. Hardware Sets:
ENGG CERT
a. Exterior Single Doors:
1 Threshold
3 Butt hinges
1 Concealed O.H. holder/stop
1 Closer
1 Pull
1 Panic exit device
DESCRIPTION
1 Cylinder
Issued for IFC
2 Bumpers
b. Exterior Pair of Doors:
1 Threshold
6 Butt hinges
2 Panic exit device
2 Closer
2 Concealed O.H. holder/stop
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2 Pull
1 Cylinder
06/01/22
2 Bumpers
DATE
F. Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1. Fasteners: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel or hardened, tempered
aluminum fasteners guaranteed by manufacturer to be compatible with
DATE:
frames, anchors and other items being fastened. For exposed fasteners (if
PROJECT
ENGINEER any), provide countersunk aluminum flathead screws with finish matching the
item fastened.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
2. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for assembly of
units.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2.03 Fabrication
DATE:
A. General:
OPERATIONS
1. Complete cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and grinding of all metal Work prior to
DATE: cleaning, finishing, treatment and application of coatings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Conceal fasteners, except as otherwise shown on approved shop drawings.

EDSD
DATE:
3. Maintain continuity of line and accurate relationship of planes and angles.

BY:
Provide secure attachment and support at mechanical joints, with hairline fit of
contracting members.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Reinforce Work as necessary for performance requirements and for support
with the structure. Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint or
preformed separators which will prevent corrosion.
ENGG CERT
5. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare aluminum frame units to receive

mortise type and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing,
drilling and tapping in accordance with the final finish hardware schedule and
templates provided by the hardware supplier.
Locate finish hardware as shown on approved shop drawings, or if not shown

in accordance with “Recommended Locations for Builder’s Hardware”,
DESCRIPTION
published by the Builder’s Hardware Manufacturer Association”.

Issued for IFC
6. Provide cutouts to receive electrical receptacles, wiring and switches as

B. Aluminum Frames and Doors:
1. Fabricate tubular frame assemblies and aluminum doors, as shown on the

Construction Drawings, with mechanical and welded joints in accordance with
manufacturer’s standards and with concealed fasteners.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. Provide members of the size, shape and profile shown on the Drawings.
06/01/22
Reinforce internally as necessary, to support the required loads.

DATE
3. Apply a bituminous coating of an approximately 30-mil dry film thickness or

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
other suitable permanent, separator, on the concealed contact surfaces of
ENGINEER dissimilar materials, or surfaces in contact with concrete or concrete masonry
units, before assembly or installation, wherever there is possibility of corrosive
DATE:
or chemical reaction between dissimilar materials or metals.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.04 Aluminum Finishes

DATE:
CERTIFIED
General:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. After fabrication of metal Work, prepare surfaces for finishing in accordance with
AGENCY recommendations of aluminum producer, finisher or processor.
DATE:
B. Finish all components of each assembly simultaneously so as to attain complete
OPERATIONS
uniformity of color. Adjust and control direction of mechanical finishes (as specified)
to achieve the best overall visual effect in Work, as determined in consultation with
DATE: Saudi Aramco Representative.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Color and Texture: Saudi Aramco Representative reserves the right to reject
EDSD
aluminum units because of color or texture variations which are visually objectionable,
DATE:
but only where variation exceeds range of variations established by the manufacturer
BY:
prior to installation of Work, by means of range samples which have been approved

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
D. Prepare and submit to Saudi Aramco Representative for review range samples on
extrusions of profiles and shapes similar to, and at least 50% as large as the actual
members of Work.
ENGG CERT
E. For the aluminum frames, provide powder coated paint comply with AAMA 605.2 as
F. Provide finished aluminum surfaces with a protective lacquer coating or Redi-Kote

film for protection during shipping, erection and construction.
DESCRIPTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Issued for IFC
3.01 Examination
A. Field verify opening conditions.
B. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other trades.
C. Field verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to
receive Work of this Section.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3.02 Installation
06/01/22
DATE
A. Comply with manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations for the installation

of aluminum doors, frames, and exterior window units. Coordinate installation with
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
the electrical requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in these
ENGINEER Specifications.
DATE:
B. Set plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames. Anchor securely in
PROJECT
ENGINEER place. Separate aluminum and other corrosive metal surfaces from sources of
corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of frames, exercising care to
AGENCY avoid damage of protective coating. When protective coatings have served their
purpose, clean the aluminum surfaces thoroughly following manufacturer’s
DATE:
recommendations. Do not use abrasive, caustic or acid cleaning agents.
OPERATIONS
B. Provide protective treatment and other precautions required through the remainder of
DATE: the construction period, to ensure that frames will be without damage or deterioration
CONTROL NUMBER
at time of acceptance.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
- END OF SECTION -
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08211
ENGG CERT
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Submittals
1.06 Qualifications
1.10 Coordination
1.11 Warranty
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
DATE
2.01 Manufacturers
2.02 General Requirements for Materials and Fabrication
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.03 Interior Flush Wood Doors
ENGINEER 2.04 Flush Door Facing
DATE:
Part 3 - Execution
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.01 Examination
CERTIFIED
3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
1.01 Description
OPERATIONS
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to, installing and providing non-fire
DATE: rated/fire rated and acoustical flush mounted wood doors, as shown on the Drawing
CONTROL NUMBER
and specified herein, including all accessories.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Section 08100 – Metal Doors and Frames.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
B. Section 08710 - Hardware.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Section 08810 - Glass and Glazing.
D. Section 09900 - Painting.

ENGG CERT
1.03 References
A. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard.
B. ANSI/HPMA HP - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood.
C. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
D. AWI - Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute.
E. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.
F. NFPA 252 - Standard Method of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies.
G. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
H. Warnock-Hersey - Certification Listings for fire doors.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.04 Submittals
06/01/22
DATE
A. Submit under provisions of Division 1.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
B. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings,
ENGINEER undercuts required, special blocking for hardware, and identify cutouts.
DATE:
C. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; hardwood face veneer
PROJECT
ENGINEER medium density overlays (painted door) or high-pressure plastic laminate, type and
characteristics, and factory finishing criteria.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Samples: Submit two samples of door construction, 6 x 6 inch (150 x 150 mm) in size
cut from corner of door.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY E. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of door facing, 12 x 12 inch (300 x 300
mm) in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen, or plastic laminate color
DATE:
and sheen.
OPERATIONS
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions.

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Identification:
DATE:
BY:
1. Factory mark each door with the NWMA, “Quality Certified” Seal of Approval,
or provide an equal certification.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Transparent Finish: Where doors are shown on the Drawings or scheduled to
receive transparent finish, omit factory markings. Provide a certification of
door quality for each door, if markings will be visible after finishing.
ENGG CERT
B. Non-Fire Rated Flush Wood Doors:
1. Standard I.S.I. “Wood Flush Doors” of the National Woodwork Manufacturer’s

Association (NWMA).
2. Standard I.S.I-87 “Wood Core Doors” of the National Wood Window and Door
Association (NWWDA).
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Where fire-resistance classifications are shown on the

Drawings or scheduled for wood assemblies, provide doors which comply with the
requirements of NFPA #80 and which have been tested and rated with single point
hardware by UL. Provide UL or Warnock Hersey label on each door panel. Door
assemblies shall include frames, door hardware and smoke seals, and be rebated for
automatic door bottoms where scheduled. Manufacturers of fire rated doors will be
acceptable to Saudi Aramco Representative only upon submission of test results
which show that their products meet the requirements of UBC ST#43-2 and
NFPA#80.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1.06 Qualifications
06/01/22
DATE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this

section with minimum three years experience.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.07 Regulatory Requirements
DATE:
A. Fire Door Construction: Conform to NFPA 252, and UL 10B.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Installed Fire Rated Door and Transom Panel Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire
DATE: rated class as scheduled.
CERTIFIED

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1.
DATE:
B. Protect doors with resilient packaging. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas
OPERATIONS
where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges if stored more than
one week. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved shop drawings.

DATE:
BY:
1.10 Coordination
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Division 1.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware
installation.
ENGG CERT
1.11 Warranty
A. Provide warranty under provisions of Division 1 to the following term:
1. Interior Doors: Two (2) years.
B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation

tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacturers
A. Al-Ghamdi Wood Industries Factory

Dammam
Tel.: 966-13-826 3600
Fax: 966-13-826 307?
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. Al-Othman Woodworks Industries

06/01/22
Tel.: 966-13-887 5000

DATE
Fax: 966-13-887 1199

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
C. Kricger Steel Products (Supplier: Al Shadi Trading Establishment).
ENGINEER Tel.: 966-13-895 3322
DATE:
D. Fenestra.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
E. Eggers.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
F. Or approved equal.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.02 General Requirements for Materials and Fabrication
AGENCY
A. Exposed Face Materials: Provide same material on both faces of individual doors,
DATE:
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
OPERATIONS
B. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors as shown. Comply with applicable
DATE: requirements of NWMA IS-1 for kind and quality of doors shown and specified.
CONTROL NUMBER
Unless otherwise shown, trim openings with solid wood moldings of the profile shown.
VERIFICATION
Comply with all requirements for construction of openings in fire rated doors and
EDSD
acoustical doors, including maximum size and required reinforcing.

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.03 Interior Flush Wood Doors
A. Solid Core Flush Wood Doors: Materials and Fabrication – provide door construction
ENGG CERT
for non-fire rated doors in compliance with reference codes and standards and
requirements as follow:
1. Core Construction: Solid wood-block of wood particle with wood lock blocks
conforming to NWMA IS-1.
2. Face Panels: Manufacturer’s standard 2 or 3-ply face panels. See Section

2.04.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3. Adhesive Type: Provide Type I waterproof bond.
B. Fire-Rated Mineral Core Flush Wood Doors: Where wood doors with fire-resistance
classifications are shown on the Drawings or in “Door Schedule”, provide face finish
to match non-fire rated wood doors in the same areas of the building, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or in the “Door Schedule”. Where required, door
construction shall comply with the requirements specified under “Quality Assurance”
for fire-rated wood finish, mineral core doors.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Flush Door Facing

06/01/22
A. Plastic Laminate Facing : U.L. approved high pressure plastic laminate from Formica,
DATE
Wilson Art, Nevamar or approved equal.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
DATE:
3.01 Examination
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Verify frame opening conditions.

DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for
AGENCY size or alignment.
DATE:
3.02 Installation
OPERATIONS
A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in the installation area prior to

DATE: installation.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. For installation of hardware see Section 08710 – Finish Hardware.

EDSD
DATE:
C. Install wood doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as shown on

BY:
the approved shop drawings.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
D. Work Fit Doors:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1. Fit doors to frame for proper fit and uniform clearance at each edge and
machine for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
ENGG CERT
2. Bovel doors 3 mm (1/8 in) 500 mm (2 in) at lock edges and at hinge edges.
E. Clearances: For non-fire rated doors, provide clearances of 2.4 mm (3/32 in) at jambs
and heads; 3 mm (1/8 in) at meeting stiles for pairs of doors and 9.5 mm (3/8 in) from
bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown
or scheduled, provide 6 mm (1/4 in) clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold.
F. Fire-Rated Doors: Install in corresponding fire-rated doors and frames, in accordance

DESCRIPTION
with requirements of NFPA No. 80, which includes lockset with 19 mm (3/4 in)
Issued for IFC
minimum latch throw at double doors and where required by manufacturer label
procedure. Install door with heavy weight grade 1 half surface hinges thru-bolted with
backplate.
G. Restore shop sealer on edges of doors after fitting and machining, at Work site and
prior to installation.
H. See Painting, Section 09900 – Painting of these Specifications, for the requirements
for finishing wood doors.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
I. Door closures and exit devices shall be thru-bolted at mineral core doors using “Hex
06/01/22
Bolts” or other method approved by Saudi Aramco Representative.

DATE
3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as
directed by Saudi Aramco Representative at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Protection:
DATE: 1. Protect installed wood doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of
CERTIFIED
Work.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. If doors are hung prior to finish painting, carpeting or vinyl wall covering
AGENCY application, then the doors must be kept completely wrapped with
polyethylene or paper.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3. If veneer on doors becomes damaged and repairs cannot be made, which
blend in to the satisfaction of Saudi Aramco Representative, the entire door
DATE: shall be replaced by Contractor at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
- END OF SECTION -
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08520
ENGG CERT
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.03 References
1.04 Submittals
1.09 Coordination
1.10 Warranty
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
2.01 Manufacturers
DATE
2.02 Materials
2.03 Windows Types
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.04 Fabrication
ENGINEER
Part 3 - Execution
DATE:
PROJECT
DATE:
CERTIFIED
PART 1 - GENERAL
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to, installing and providing design,
OPERATIONS
materials and equipment of windows and window frames, as shown on the Drawings
and specified herein, including all accessories.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008

(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.03 References
ENGG CERT
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications
Manual.
B. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum
From Shop to Site.
C. AAMA 603.8 - Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented

DESCRIPTION
Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum.

Issued for IFC
D. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural

Extrusions and Panels.
E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for
Architectural Aluminum.
F. ANSI A117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
G. ANSI/ASTM A36 - Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

06/01/22
H. ANSI/ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.

DATE
I. ANSI/ASTM A653/A 653M – Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
ENGINEER
J. ANSI/ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER K. ANSI/ASTM B221 - Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,
DATE:
CERTIFIED
L. ANSI/ASTM E283 – Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
M. ANSI/ASTM E330 – Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,

DATE:
OPERATIONS
N. ANSI/ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain
DATE: Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
O. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council.

EDSD
DATE:
1.04 Submittals
BY:
Submit the following to Saudi Aramco Representative for approval:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Shop Drawings which indicate the location, size, hardware requirements and details
of material connections, installation and operation of all windows.
ENGG CERT
B. Manufacturer’s specification, recommendations and standard details for aluminum

frames, including fabrication, finishing accessories and components.
C. A 600 mm x 600 mm sample of a complete window assembly with finished frame,

glass, glazing and all other components. This shall include any operable
components.
DESCRIPTION
D. Tests: Submit certification of tests as specified in Paragraph 1.05, A., of this Section.
Issued for IFC
E. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certification that the products meets or exceed specified

requirements.
A. The design, materials and execution procedures shall be in accordance with this
Specifications and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
B. There shall be no leakage when unit is subjected to a pressure drop of 0.3 kPa in
accordance with ASTM E 3310-70 and ASTM E 283-73.
06/01/22
DATE

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to Site under provisions of Sections
ENGINEER 01000, 01005 and 02000.
DATE:
B. Protect pre-finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers
PROJECT
ENGINEER or sprayed coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather.
DATE: 1.07 Environmental Requirements

CERTIFIED
A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
degrees C) during and 48 hours after installation.
AGENCY

DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
DATE: 1.09 Coordination

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Division 1, Section 01000.

EDSD
DATE:
B. Coordinate the Work with installation of revolving doors air and vapor barrier and
BY:
precast components materials.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
1.10 Warranty
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
A. Provide three year warranty under provisions of Division 1, Schedule “A”.
B. Warranty: Include coverage for complete system for failure to meet specified
ENGG CERT
requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacturers
A. Alupco
DESCRIPTION
P.O. Box 2080

Issued for IFC
Dammam 31451, KSA

Tel.: 966-13-847 1300
Fax: 966-13-847 3010
B. Al Zamil Aluminum
Dammam 31451, KSA
Tel.: 966-13-847 1555
Fax: 966-13-844 7282
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Alumaco
P.O. Box 8602
06/01/22
Dammam 31492, KSA

DATE
Tel.: 966-13-847 2555

Fax: 966-13-847 2081
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER D. Abdullah Ali-Al Wakeel and Bros. Co.
Tel.: 966-13-856 1431/856 2616
DATE:
Fax: 966-13-856 2013
PROJECT
ENGINEER
E. Or approved equal.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
2.02 Materials
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. All aluminum windows and related materials shall be high grade Architectural
AGENCY aluminum extruded from aluminum alloy, 6063-T5, or an approved equal.
DATE:
B. All principal frame sections shall be of special extruded aluminum, produced from
OPERATIONS
architectural grade homogenized aluminum primary billet. Width to be 46mm and
thickness 2.2mm (minimum).
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. All exposed surfaces of aluminum assemblies shall be given a powder coated paint
VERIFICATION
comply with AAMA 605.2 as shown on Construction Drawing.

EDSD
DATE:
D. All access frames shall be mitered and sealed forming a hairline, watertight joint.
BY:
Corners shall be reinforced with aluminum gusset blocks and chemically welded,
followed by hydraulic crimping.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
E. The weatherstripping shall be neoprene and installed in dovetail grooves. All
weatherstripping shall be replaceable.
ENGG CERT
F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, recommended by

manufacturer for joint type.
1. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a
VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
G. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Section 08810 “Glass and Glazing”.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
H. Hardware: Manufacturer’s standard design required for the operation indicated.

Provide solid bronze locking hardware.
I. Hinges shall be manufactured from stainless steel Type 304, 2.5 mm thick with cold
rolled track and edge dressed strip links. The slide mechanism incorporates and
adjustable screw bracing onto a thermoplastic friction pad. Hinges shall be heavy
duty type and weatherproof. Hinges should pass the test requirements of AAMA for
such hinges.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
J. Insect screens shall be supplied and fitted at all opening sashes. Screen unit shall be
a removable single piece consisting of a perimeter aluminum frame finished to match
06/01/22
windows frames, with metal or nylon mesh screen of similar color.

DATE
2.03 Window Types (Operation)

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. General: Drawings show which panels of each window unit are operable sashes and
which are fixed. Where two or more types of operating sash are included in the same
DATE:
window unit, the operation of each unit is shown on the Drawings.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.04 Fabrication
DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Windows frames shall be fabricated in the shop, including all cutouts for hardware,
in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Fasteners and connectors
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
shall be concealed wherever possible. Any fasteners exposed to view shall be
AGENCY color matched to frames.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Contractor shall comply with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations

EDSD
for the installation of aluminum window units.

DATE:
BY:
B. Units shall be set plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames.
Anchor securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action, at points of contact with other

(DCC) NO. _____________________
materials.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Contractor is not allowed to use wood shims; only metal or plastic shims should be
ENGG CERT
allowed in the installation.
A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after the installation of frames exercising care to
avoid damage of the protective coating
B. When protective coating have served their purpose, clean the aluminum surfaces
DESCRIPTION
thoroughly, following the manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not use abrasive,

Issued for IFC
caustic soda or acid cleaning agents.
C. Provide protective treatment and other precautions required, through the remainder of
the construction period, to ensure that frames will be without damage or deterioration
at the time of acceptance.
D. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of use mineral spirits or other solvent
acceptable to sealant manufacturer.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
- END OF SECTION -
06/01/22
NO. DATE
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08665
ENGG CERT
VERTICAL SLIDING SERVING WINDOWS
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.04 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
1.06 References
1.06 Submittals
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Design Requirements

2.02 Manufacturers
2.03 Materials
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.04 Fabrication
06/01/22
Part 3 - Execution
DATE
3.01 Inspection
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3.02 Installation
ENGINEER 3.03 Cleaning and Protection
DATE:
PROJECT

CERTIFIED
F. Work under this Section consists of installing and providing design, materials,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
equipment and fabricating, of vertical sliding serving windows as shown on the
AGENCY Drawings and specified herein, including all accessories.
DATE:
OPERATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
1.03 References
A. AAMA 606.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic
ENGG CERT
Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
G. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for
Architectural Aluminum.
H. AAMA 608.1 - Specification and Inspection Methods for Electrolytically Deposited

Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
DESCRIPTION
I. ANSI/ASTM B221 – Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,

Issued for IFC
J. ANSI/ASTM E283 – Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through
K. ANSI/ASTM E330 – Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
L. ANSI/ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
06/01/22
DATE
1.04 Submittals
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
A. Submit the following to Saudi Aramco Representative for approval:
ENGINEER
a. Detailed shop drawings.

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER b. Installation instructions.
DATE: c. A corner sample, 300 mm x 300 mm; hardware units may also be requested
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. Crate, pack, deliver to the site, store, and handle window units so as to protect it from
DATE:
damage and defacement. Replace damaged or defaced unit at no additional cost to
OPERATIONS
Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.01 Design Requirements

DATE:
BY:
A. General: Provide vertical sliding serving window assembly of the size shown on the
Drawings.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Type: Vertical sliding windows assembly single hung operating one side and one is
fixed.
ENGG CERT
C. Operation: Manual operation.
D. Construction: Windows shall be surface mounted with no obstruction or grooves in

the counter. The vertical sliding windows shall be fitted with a brush seal on the
active sash for counter contact.
2.02 Manufacturer
DESCRIPTION
A. Vertical sliding serving windows shall be similar to Series “CS” windows, as

Issued for IFC
manufactured by Nissen and Co. Inc., 9508 Rush Street, South EI Monte CA-91733-
1574, USA or approved equal.
2.03 Materials
A. Frame and Glass Channels: Frame and glass channel shall be of heavy type 6063-
T5 aluminum extrusions.
B. Screens: Screens shall be match with aluminum color.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
C. Finish: Powder coated paint color to match the adjacent windows.

06/01/22
DATE
D. Lock: Key Lock.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
E. Overhead Tracks and Track Brackets: As recommended by the manufacturer.
ENGINEER
F. Weatherstripping and Sealants: Conform to the requirements of Section 07920 -

DATE:
Sealants and Caulking and/or as recommended by the window manufacturer.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
G. Finish Hardware: As recommended by the manufacturer and/or conforming to

DATE: Section 08710 - Finish Hardware.
CERTIFIED
H. Glazing: Comply with Section 08810 - Glass and Glazing.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2.04 Fabrication
DATE:
A. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble item in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as
OPERATIONS
to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Correct errors
before assemblies are delivered to the Work site.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Workmanship: Cut, form, and shape pieces to sizes and working points shown.
VERIFICATION
Machine-cut, shear, or grind edges exposed in the finished Work. Form Work true
EDSD
line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. Ease exposed
DATE:
edges free from burrs, sharp edges, and sharp corners. Form bent-metal corners to
BY:
the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing
the Work.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
C. Joining and Fastening: Form connections exposed to view with hairline joints
which are flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Fit
other joints sung and flush.
ENGG CERT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Inspection
D. Examine the substrates, adjoining construction, and the conditions under which the
windows are to be installed. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory
DESCRIPTION
conditions have been corrected.

Issued for IFC
3.02 Installation
A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop

drawings, level, plumb, square, and with all parts properly connected and securely
fastened.
B. Apply weatherstriping, edges, and seals at windows as required to assure a

weathertight installation. Upon completion of Work, check all units for proper
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
operation and make adjustments so that windows operate smoothly and fit closely on
all sides when locked.
06/01/22
DATE
C. Clean rust other foreign matter from shop coated surfaces which have been damaged
in shipment, handling, or erection.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER D. Lubricate operating parts as recommended by the manufacturer.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Cleaning: Upon completion the installation of windows and adjacent finishes, clean
DATE: exposed metal surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer.
CERTIFIED
B. Protection: Protect the Work. Repair or replace damaged Work as required by Saudi
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Aramco Representative at no additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
AGENCY
DATE:
- END OF SECTION -
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SECTION 08710
ENGG CERT
HARDWARE
SUBSECTION INDEX
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC

1.05 Submittals
1.06 Storage and Handling
1.07 Job Conditions
1.08 Warranty
1.09 Maintenance Materials
1.10 Extra Materials
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
Part 2 - Products
06/01/22
2.01 Suppliers
DATE
2.02 Keying
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.04 Packing and Marking
ENGINEER 2.05 Sizing Hardware
2.06 Hardware Finishes
DATE:
2.07 Hardware Items
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2.08 Masterkeying
DATE: Part 3 - Execution

CERTIFIED
3.01 Hardware Mounting Heights

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.02 Installation
AGENCY 3.03 Adjust and Clean
DATE:
OPERATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to; furnishing and installing all door
EDSD
finish hardware, except as supplied as part of other assemblies such entrance doors,
DATE:
wood casework, custom casework, or as part of the security system.

BY:

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
A. Section 08100 – Metal Doors and Frames.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
B. Section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors.
ENGG CERT
C. Section 08120 - Aluminum Doors and Frames.
A. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA):
1. Products Standards 601 Series 4000

DESCRIPTION
B. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI):

Issued for IFC
1. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware.
A. Manufacturer: Insofar as possible obtain each kind of hardware from only one
manufacturer; even though several may be indicated as acceptable manufacturers.
B. Departures From Scheduled Designations: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
one manufacturer's numeric designation system in schedules does not imply that
another manufacturer's products will not be acceptable, unless they are not
06/01/22
acceptable in design, or not equal in size, weight, finish, function, or other quality of
DATE
significance.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1.05 Submittals
ENGINEER
A. Manufacturer's Data; Finish Hardware: Submit manufacturer's product data, including

DATE:
illustrations, for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be
PROJECT
ENGINEER necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for
installation and for maintenance of operating parts and exposed finishes. Wherever
DATE: needed, furnish templates to fabricators of other work which is to receive finish
CERTIFIED
hardware.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
B. Hardware Schedule; Finish Hardware: Submit six detailed copies of the hardware
AGENCY schedule, in the manner and format specified for approval. Hardware schedules are
intended for coordination of the Work. Review and acceptance by Saudi Aramco
DATE:
Representative does not relieve Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the
OPERATIONS
requirements as shown and specified.
DATE: C. Keying Schedule: A master keying schedule for review and approval. Schedule shall
CONTROL NUMBER
include locks specified under Section 08400 – Aluminum Store Front.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
D. Samples: Prior to submittal of the final hardware schedule and prior to delivery of
DATE:
hardware, submit one sample of each exposed hardware unit, finished as required,
BY:
and tagged with full description for coordination with the schedule. Sample will be
reviewed by Saudi Aramco Representative for design, color and texture only.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
Compliance with other requirements shall be the exclusive responsibility of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Contractor. Units which are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal,
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
review and field comparison procedures may, after final check of operation, be used
in the Work, within limitations of keying coordination requirements.
ENGG CERT
E. Shop Drawings: Indicate hardware component dimensions, location. Provide full set
of detailed schedule of hardware for each door including manufacturer, finish,
reference. Relate and coordinate with other trades.
1.06 Storage and Handling
A. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed.
Control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately
DESCRIPTION
replaceable, so that the completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware
Issued for IFC
losses, both before and after installation.
1.07 Job Conditions
A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package
separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic
installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for
use on doors and frames of the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar
requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations
(shop or project site) for installation.
06/01/22
DATE
B. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and

other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
check the shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are
ENGINEER made for the proper installation of hardware.
DATE:
1.08 Warranty
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Provide standard warranty. Include coverage for door closers and latch sets.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1.09 Maintenance Materials
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware
AGENCY component.
DATE:
B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component
OPERATIONS
manufacturer.
DATE: 1.10 Extra Materials

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Provide five key lock cylinders for each master keyed group.
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Suppliers
ENGG CERT
A. AICS
P.O. Box 369
Dammam-31411, KSA
Tel. No. 966-13-857 6468
Fax No. 966-13-857 0356
B. Al Kuhaimi Metal Industries Ltd.

DESCRIPTION
P.O. Box 545

Issued for IFC
Dammam-31421, KSA
Tel. No. 966-13-857 2777
Fax No. 966-13-857 2591
C. Saudi Pan Gulf

Tel. No. 966-13-814 1411/814 1148
Fax No. 966-13-814 1143
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2.02 Keying
06/01/22
DATE
A. Lock Cylinders and Keying: Provide factory six (6) pin Master key system. Provide
one master key system for. Provide keys from blanks that cannot be duplicated at a
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
key shop.
ENGINEER
1. Provide all locks with cylinders or key cores, and padlocks from one
DATE:
manufacturer.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Provide individual change key for each lock, which is not designated to be keyed alike
DATE: with group of related locks.
CERTIFIED
C. Key Identification: Provide all keys with identification markings identifying each
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
specific facility and building. Provide key tags by room number. Provide also a key
AGENCY log by number and room number.
DATE:
D. Key Material: Provide keys in nickel silver only.
OPERATIONS
E. Keying Quantity: Provide three (3) keys for each lock and three (3) keys for each
DATE: master system. Provide one extra key blank for each lock.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Construction Keying: Construction masterkey all locks for use during construction.
EDSD
Remove construction masterkey system and replace with Saudi Aramco key system
DATE:
when directed by Saudi Aramco Representative.

BY:
1. Provide six (6) construction masterkeys.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
G. Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key
clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers and permanent
markers.
ENGG CERT
1. Provide a hinged-panel type cabinet, for wall mounting. See Section 11000 –
General Equipment.
H. Coordination: It is the responsibility of Contractor to see that keyed sets of specific

groups are located in the respective doors and a list of key changes turned over to
Saudi Aramco. Tag keys to indicate location.
DESCRIPTION

Issued for IFC
A. General:
1. Hand of Door: The Drawings show swing or hand of each door leaf (left, right,
reverse bevel, etc.). Finish each item of hardware for proper installation and
operation of door swing.
2. Manufacturer's Nameplates: Do not use manufacturer's products which have

manufacturers name or trade name displayed permanently in a visible
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
location except in conjunction with required UL or equivalent labels.

06/01/22
3. Fasteners: Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates,

DATE
generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware

which has been prepared for self tapping sheet metal screws except as
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
specifically indicated.
ENGINEER
4. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide flathead
DATE:
screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any
PROJECT
ENGINEER condition) screws to match hardware finish of such other work as closely as
possible except as otherwise indicated.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
5. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door
is closed, except to extent no standard manufacturer units of type specified
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolt for installation
AGENCY where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work under any
condition, except where it is not possible to adequately reinforce work and use
DATE:
machine screws or concealed fasteners of another standard type, to
OPERATIONS
satisfactorily avoid use of through bolts.
DATE: 6. Closers: Provide hex nuts and bolts with all closers.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7. Provide fasteners which are compatible with bolt unit to be fastened and
EDSD
substrate, and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware,

DATE:
base material or fastener.

BY:
8. All exterior doors shall have weather stripping and aluminum thresholds.
CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2.04 Packing and Marking
A. Packing: Wrap all fasteners and hardware in paper and pack in boxes. Pack
ENGG CERT
hardware and fasteners in the same box.
B. Identification: Label each box of hardware to indicate that portion of the work for
which it is intended.
2.05 Sizing Hardware
A. Size all hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
2.06 Hardware Finishes
A. General:
1. Match finish of every hardware unit at each door or opening, to the greatest
extent possible, except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color
and textures as much as commercially possible, where base metal or metal
forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at same
door or opening. In general, match all items to manufacturer's standard finish
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
for latch and lock set (or push-pull units if not latch/lock sets) for color and
texture.
06/01/22
DATE
2. The Saudi Aramco Representative will be the sole judge of whether hardware
units match accepted samples and match each other satisfactorily.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any),
composition, hardness and other qualities in compliance with manufacturer's
DATE:
standards. Provide finish for each type of hardware.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.07 Hardware Items

DATE:
CERTIFIED
A. Hinges:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Manufacturer: Stanley Hardware, McKinney Sales Company Hager Hinge
AGENCY Company, or approved equal. Stanley FBB168-SSP steel with bronze finish
and stainless steel pins.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Pins (Stainless Steel): Provide non-removable pins on all exterior doors.
DATE: B. Lock and Latches:

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Manufacturer: Schlage “D” series, extra heavy duty grade 1 ANSI A156.2,
EDSD
1996 Series 4000 grade 1, U.L. Listed or approved equal.

DATE:
BY:
2. Design: Lever Designs; Athens VandlgardTM Lever Locks.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
3. Box strikes, ANSI 32 x 124 mm (1-1/4 x 4-7/8 in), 30 mm (1-3/6 in) LIP, 10-
(DCC) NO. _____________________
025 Standard.
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4. Latch Throw: 13 mm (1/2 in) Standard. Fire rated single doors may be 12.5
mm (1/2 in) latch throw in lieu of 19 mm (3/4 in) as specified elsewhere if
ENGG CERT
approved by UL. At fire rated double doors latch throw shall be 19 mm (3/4
in).
C. Deadlock:
1. Manufacturer: Yale # 3362 (ANSI/BHMA A156.5 Type E2171 Grade-1) or

Schlage B660P, or Corbin 627, or Sargent 487, or Russwin 1413-3/4, or
Arrow D64, or equal.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
D. Closers:
1. Manufacturer: LCN 4040 Series. Equivalent quality by Corbin Ruswin DC

2200 series, Rixson 2020, Sargent 1250, Arrow 300 Series closers or
approved equal.
2. Brackets: Where conditions require their use, provide special mounting

brackets with closers.
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
3. Hold Open Device: Where shown in the Hardware Schedule, provide

automatic hold open device. At fire-rated doors, provide fusible link.
06/01/22
DATE
4. Closers: All closers shall be provided with a solid stop in the closer to limit
door opening 85 to 110 degrees, adjustable, LCN Cush-N-Stop. For door
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
#164 (Boy’s Intermediate) and #158 (Boy’s Elementary) provide LCN Model
ENGINEER 4115 Cush, UL listed, non-hold open arm with dead stop at 100o closers,
complete with back-check cushion, drop plates, mounting supports, etc.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. Push Plates and Pulls:
DATE: 1. Manufacturer: Hiawatha #210 push and pull plates and #523A pull bar,
CERTIFIED
equivalent Yale or approved equal.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
F. Wall and Floor Stops:
AGENCY
1. Manufacturer: Trimco 1270 series wall bumper, equivalent Yale or approved

DATE:
equal. Floor stops shall be Trimco W1212 dome stop, or equal. Wall stops, if
OPERATIONS
used, shall be mounted at knob height only. Wall shall be reinforced for such
stops.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
2. Shims: Furnish shims with dome stops to be installed in areas scheduled to

VERIFICATION
receive carpet and areas where floor slopes may require shims.
EDSD
DATE:
3. Omit wall or floor stops, where limited stop is provided on the closer, even if
BY:
shown in the Schedule.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
G. Panic/Exit Devices: Heavy duty touch bar type, Yale #7100 Series or approved equal.
Knob and trim on opposite side similar in design to Door Locks. For rated pairs of
doors provide following type of fire exit hardware panic/exit devices.
ENGG CERT
1. Active Leaf: Mortise type exit devices similar to Von Duprin 9875 KF, Monarch
F-18-M-KE, Precision FL-1308x9, Sargent 12-8313-PRK, Arrow F-S3908-
SK08 or approved equal.
2. Inactive Leaf: Surface vertical rod type exit devices similar to Von Duprin 9827
EO-F, Monarch F-18-V-N, Precision FL-1201, Sargent 12-8710, Arrow F-
S3701 or approved equal.
DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
3. For non-rated doors provide devices which are UL listed Accident Hazard.
Devices shall be sized for 1220 mm wide doors where required. Provide
mortise floor strikes similar to Von Duprin 304L for recessing into the floor at
all double doors.
H. Silencers: Silencers specified herein are Yale or approved equal and shall be
provided for all doors. Furnish three (3) per single door and two (2) per pair of doors.
I. Kick Plates:
23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
1. Manufacturer: Hiawatha; equivalent Yale or approved equal. US 32 polished

06/01/22
stainless steel.
DATE
2. 1.25 mm thick x 200 mm (0.050 x 8 in) size, 50 mm (2 in) less than door width
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
for single doors and 25 mm (1 in) less than door width for pairs of doors.
ENGINEER
J. Weather-Stripping and Extruded Thresholds:

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Manufacturer: Zero International, Inc. Pemko, or approved equal.
DATE: 2. Finish: Aluminum for all series doors.

CERTIFIED
3. Thresholds and Weather-Stripping: Provide threshold Zero Int’l. Model #564A

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
with raised stop and neoprene weather-stripping for all exterior doors. Furnish
AGENCY thresholds with machine screws and expansion shields.
DATE:
K. Smoke Gaskets:
OPERATIONS
1. Gaskets or Draftstops: Provide for all fire doors. Unit shall provide tight-fitting
DATE: smoke and draft quality assembly with a rating to match the rating of the door
CONTROL NUMBER
as per UBC. Provide door bottom Model #39.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Manufacturer: PEMKO Model #s88D smoke seals at all fire doors and corridor
DATE:
doors.
BY:
3. Finish: Extruded aluminum.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
L. Door Coordinators:
1. Manufacturer: H.B. Ives, USA or approved equal.

ENGG CERT
2. Similar to Model 469, UL. Listed, surface mounted. Reversible type and
automatic coordinating device for use on pairs of doors to prevent the active
door leaf from closing ahead of the inactive one.
3. Finish: To match locksets, hinges and other hardware.
M. Automatic Door Bottom:

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
1. Manufacturer: Pemko Manufacturing Co. Model 434, National Guard Model

225, or approved equal.
2. Casing mortised into bottom of door, with sponge neoprene insert.
N. Fire Rated Astragal:
1. Manufacturer: Zero International, Inc. Model No. 328M.

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
2. With Solid Neoprene Tube provided for each leaf with both doors active.
06/01/22
O. Padlocks:
DATE
1. Manufacturer: Yale Model No. 7315 or Schlage Model No. PL2000 or P&F
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Corbin Model No. 2863A or Sargent Model No. 756 or Arrow Model NO. EPC-
ENGINEER 1 or Russwin Model No. 2863A. Used in all service buildings like in R.O.
Building, MDS building, Chiller Plant Enclosure, Trash Bin, and all pedestrian
DATE:
and vehicular gates.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
P. Flush Bolts:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1. Manufacturer: HB, Ives, USA or equal Model No. 358 for labeled wood doors,
Model No. 258 for non-labeled doors, Model No. 458 for labeled metal doors.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2. Made of extruded brass plate with brass slide and bolt head (for labeled bolts)
and aluminum slide and bolt head (for non-labeled doors).
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Q. Dust-Proof Strikes:
DATE: 1. Manufacturer: HB Ives, USA or equal Model No. 489, spring tension
CONTROL NUMBER
calibrated for positive closing with Model No. 487 plate for flush floor
VERIFICATION
conditions.
EDSD
DATE:
2.08 Masterkeying
BY:
A. Door masterkeying systems will be in the following manner.

CERTIFICATE
23-10028-0001-008
(DCC) NO. _____________________
1. General Masterkey: Will open all doors.

List of Sections
REVISION
381 A HE-274738
of 00
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
2. Cleaning Masterkey: Will open all doors except mechanical. Communication
and electrical rooms.
ENGG CERT
3. Maintenance Masterkey: Will open all doors except Managers and Division
Heads.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Hardware Mounting Heights

DESCRIPTION
Issued for IFC
A. Mount hardware units at heights recommended in "Recommended Location for

Builder's Hardware" by NBHA, except as otherwise specifically indicated or as
directed by the Saudi Aramco Representative.
3.02 Installation
Hardware shall be installed by the door manufacturer.
A. Install each hardware set in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and

23-10028-
JO/EWO
0001
recommendations. Wherever cutting and/or fitting is required to install hardware onto

or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each
06/01/22
item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish
DATE
application. After completion of each finish, reinstall each item. Do not install surface
mounted items until finishes have been completed and substrate prepared in a proper
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
fashion.
ENGINEER
B. Thresholds and Door Saddles:

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Aluminum thresholds shall be placed at all exterior doors. Set exterior door
thresholds in 2 beads of sealant, as specified in Section 07920, and securely
DATE: anchor inplace.
CERTIFIED
C. Panic/Exit Devices and Flush Bolts:

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Panic devices for double doors and all flush bolts shall be installed with a
receiver for the bottom latches recessed into the floor. Surface mounted
DATE:
receivers will not be acceptable. If these devices are installed in fire rated
OPERATIONS
door, shall have UL approved label.
DATE: 3.03 Adjust and Clean

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper
EDSD
operation or function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication
DATE:
recommended by manufacturer (graphite type if no other recommended). Replace

BY:
units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as
intended for application made.

CERTIFICATE

H274738001P00 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

H274738001P00 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)

100% DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING FOR

BI-23-10028 PUBLIC SCHOOLS – EAST DAMMAM II HOME OWNERSHIP

FIVE (5) SCHOOLS - DAMMAM

BOYS & GIRLS SCHOOL COMPLEX

Al Khobar Saudi Arabia

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 1

Section No. Title

Division 1 - General Requirements

01000 General Specifications

Issued for IFC

01010 Summary of Work

02000 General Instructions

02110 Clearing and Grubbing

DISCIPLINE 02513 Sub-Base/Base Course and Asphalt Concrete Paving

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 2

03100 Concrete Formwork

03200 Concrete Reinforcement

04300 Reinforced Unit Masonry System

05120 Structural Steel

Division 6 - Wood & Plastics

06100 Rough Carpentry

06620 Solid Surfacing Materials

Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

08100 Metal Doors and Frames

08211 Flush Wood Doors

08520 Aluminum Windows

08665 Vertical Sliding Serving Windows

08800 Glass and Glazing

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 3

09260 Gypsum Board Systems

09310 Ceramic Tiles

10110 Marker Boards

10530 Bleacher Shed

10710 Site Furnishing

DATE: Division 12 - Furnishings

12100 General Furniture and Accessories

DATE: Division 13 - Special Construction – Not Used

Division 14 - Conveying Systems – Not Used

- END OF VOLUME 1 LIST –

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 4

Section No. Title

15001 Industry Codes and Standards

Issued for IFC

15051 Cleaning Pipe and Equipment

15410 Water Supply Piping System

15411 Drainage Piping Systems

15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment

15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

90% Detail Design Engineering for BI-23-10028 Public Schools DOC 5

16100 Electrical - General

16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices

16740 Telephone/Data System